DO YOU KNOW WHAT WOULD HAPPEN ...
IF:
All the Television sets went blank?
IF: Atomic
war became a reality?
IF: The
last People on Earth were father and three daughters?
IF: The Civil Rights issue became a hot, all
out war?
IF: A racer had to kill people as well as get
to the finish line first?
IF: In
a far future world man had forgotten science?
IF: The
world were over-populated and the old people had to be
done away with like old dogs?
IF:
All crime were outlawed by a machine which could warn
the authorities before the crime was committed?
Do
you wonder what your life in 1977 and beyond will be like?
The possible answers to all these questions,
and many more, are offered here, in a series of exciting, and sometimes
frightening, stories by some of the top science fiction writers of the world.
by
Charles Nuetzel
WHODUNIT?
HOLLYWOOD
STYLE
(Book
Co.
of America 008)
IF THIS GOES ON
edited by
Charles
Nuetzel
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
THE
TEST by Richard Matheson, Copyright November 1954 by Fantasy House, reprinted by permission of the Harold Mat-son Company,
Inc.
THE
EARTH KILLERS by A. E. Van Vogt, Copyright 1949 by Fictioneers, Inc.; 1964 by
A. E. Van Vogt.
THE
RACER by lb Melchior, Copyright 1956 by Dee Publishing Co.
ALL
THE TROUBLES OF THE WORLD by Isaac Asimov, Copyright 1958 by Headline
Publications, Inc.
FRIENDS
AND ENEMIES by Fritz Leiber, Copyright 1957 by Fritz Leiber. Reprinted
from Infinity.
NO
LAND OF NOD by Sherwood Springer, Copyright 1952 by Standard Magazines, Inc.;
1953 by Sam Mines.
A VERY CULTURED TASTE by George Frederic, Copyrighted by Billingsley
Publications 1960.
THE MUTE QUESTION by Forrest J. Ackerman, Copyrighted 1948, David
Maclnnes; 1950, Clark Publishing Co.; 1951, Ken-dell Foster Crossen; 1953, The
Bodley Head Ltd.; 1964, A. Van Hageland.
HOMO
SAP by Charles Nuetzel, printed by permission of author.
AQUELLA
by Donald A. Wollheim, Copyright 1942 by Fictioneers, Inc.; 1948, Avon
Publishing Co., Inc.
THE
CLIMBING WAVE by Marion Zimmer Bradley, by permission of Scott Meredith,
author's agent.
ALMOST
THE END OF THE WORLD by Ray Bradbury, Copyrighted 1964
by Ray Bradbury, from his THE MACHINERIES OF JOY.
YOUR
LIFE IN 1977 by Willy Ley, copyright by Willy Ley, reprinted by permission of
author.
PREPOSTEROUS by Fredric Brown, copyright 1954 by Fred-ric Brown, by
permission of Scott Meredith, author's agent.
To
my parents—
Who lived through the younger years.
To
my wife, Brigitte—
Who has helped to make all this possible.
INTRODUCTION
by Forrest 3. Ackerman
TfhiS
is the first science fiction anthology edited by Charles Nuetzel. To the
majority of you the name will mean nothing—yet. He does not have the
anthological reputation of a Groff Conklin, a Fred Pohl, a
Don Woll-heim.
In
fact, if anything, you may confuse him with Albert Nuetzell, and ask, "What is an artist doing putting together a
story collection?" As tho Finlay or Emsh or Bonestell suddenly blossomed
out as story-selecters after establishing reputations as brush-wielders.
Charles
Nuetzel is, in fact, the son of
the sci-fi artist whose work has graced the covers of imaginative magazines
from Amazing Stories to Famous Monsters of Filmland and reached across the sea to Sweden & Germany. Father Nuetzell
spells the name with an extra "1" for
artistic esthetics, originally began painting otherworldly & otherwhenly
pictures because young son wanted a sci-fi artist for a pop!
Nuetzel
the younger has been an s.f. fan since his early teens. When I first made his
acquaintance; about a dozen years ago, I should imagine; he was the sparkplug
of a science fiction fan club in one of the suburban towns surrounding Los
Angeles, out around Tarzana. As a matter of fact he was a great Burroughs
enthusiast and among ERB fans can claim the distinction of having
acquired the last couple of books ever autographed by
Barsoom's gift to the planet Jasoom.
Early
in his career as a fan, Nuetzel published at least 2 articles by or about 2 of
the contributors to this present volume—A. Elton van Vogt & F. James
Ackerman ... better known as
"AE" & "FJA".
A
natural born fiction factory, young Nuetzel has turned out a torrent of words
in his early 20s, writing & selling 30 novels and around 100 short stories
& articles under about as many pseudonyms as the late Henry Kuttner. He
chums out salable pocketbooks in about 20 hours. One of the latter, Lovers: 2075, is science fiction, "a startling &
exciting book which takes the reader into the courtrooms of the 21st century
and exposes the degenerate single-mindedness of human hate for something it
does not understand"—hate, in this case, for the androids of Ersatz, Inc.
When Nuetzel heard Naomi Gordon, the songwriter, discussing the
philosophical-sociological implications of his ersatz-culture in the same
breath with Aldous Huxley's "Brave New World" concepts, he decided he
had better devote more serious attention to the science fiction side of the
writing field.
In
putting together this anthology, Charlie tells me, he set aside several times
as many excellent stories as he has selected. For instance, either of Fritz
Leiber's frightening dystopias of kill-car cultures, "Ctorning Attraction"
or "X Marks the Pedwalk", would have fitted admirably into the
anthology but at the expense of lb Melchior's slickly told (it should be: it
came from the slick pages of one of the upper-echelon Playboy-type magazines) "The Racer". My, how
time flies! (to express the perhaps one unoriginal
thought in this book)— it is nearly 10 years since I
first read "The Racer" in manuscript form. But 2 lustrums have not
served to erase the lustre of this grease-slick story in my memory—and I
predict it will stick in yours with all the thrill of an Indianapolis classic
with yourself at the shift-stick!
"The
Test" by Richard Matheson is another story that has stood the test of time
since 1954 when editor Anthony Boucher first said of
it when presenting it in The Magazine of Fantasy & Science Fiction: "It treats, poignantly
&
perceptively, a many-valued human problem to which even the advanced future
will find no simple answer." The Esquimaux have a cold equation solution;
S. Fowler Wright wrote a whole novel on the subject in The Adventure of Wyndham Smith, about a world of the future accustomed to
euthanasia.
"I'll
prophecy that Mrs. Bradley will soon be a Name of considerable
importance," predicted Anthony Boucher in introducing "The Climbing
Wave", the novella featured on the cover of the Feb. '55 FdcSF, and he predicted well. With 4 pocketbooks now to her credit from Ace,
Marion, who recently changed the Bradley to Breen and became the mother of a
science fiction author of 1985, is more & more frequently mentioned in the
same breath with such feminine aces of science fiction as Leigh Brackett, Andre
Norton & Catherine Moore.
In
1953 Sherwood Springer's "No Land of Nod" was anthologized in the
hard cover collection, The
Best from Startling Stories, which was a good trick considering the story was originally published in
Thrilling Wonder Stories. (However, TWS was a companion to Startling, under
the same editorship, so we won't quibble.) A taboo-breaker in its time,
"No Land of Nod" followed Philip Jose" Farmer's breakthru
neoclassic, "The Lovers", and of it readers said:
"A splendid piece of work. Never have I come across such a wonderful statement.
What realism and what a great lesson it bears."—Walter Scott, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil. After reading s.f. magazines for 20 years, Big Name Fan Don
Ford broke down and wrote his first letter because of the story, saying "I
do want to let you know that I appreciated what you have done in printing 'No
Land of Nod'. I don't consider it the best story I have ever read or anything
like that; but I do consider it a milestone in the steps toward breaking down
the taboos of the pulp field." Gregg Calkins: "Absolutely
outstanding." And no less a giant than Theodore Sturgeon devoted
approximately 800 words to the trail-blazer, critical that it had not been
daring enough, yet laudatory that Springer had made the
attempt at all.
My own little 400-worder has proven to be the
most popular piece of fiction I ever wrote. I originally gave it away to a fanzine. Ray Palmer later paid me the magnificent sum of
$4 for its first professional publication in Other Worlds. Anthologist Kendell Foster Crossen did better
(by 21 bucks) when he picked it up and used it to follow Bradbury's "There
Will Come Soft Rains" in Adventures in Tomorrow. It was reprinted in the British edition of the latter and republished in
the English Authentic
Science Fiction magazine.
It was published in Mexico in Los Cuentos Fantásticos, under the pseudonym of Nick Beal. It was translated into French by
Francine Sternberg and, if I recall correctly, reprinted one Sunday in the New York Post. My greatest triumph was one day when I was in
an automobile with a motion picture producer (he later made Heinlein's PROJECT
MOON-BASE) and he, little dreaming that I was the author of it, quoted me the
punchline of "The Mute Question" as tho it were an especially witty
saying he had just made up on the spur of the moment! And when Famous Monsters was born, I appropriated my own punchline as a garfiñe for captioning a foto of one of the mutants from WORLD WITHOUT END.
The
other shortest story in this collection, Fred Brown's "Preposterous",
is a kind of parallel world version of Heinlein's slightly longer
"Columbus Was a Dope".
Speaking
of Heinlein, I am told that the title of this anthology does not derive from
his famous novel of the same name (whose working title
'way back in '39 was "Vine & Fig Tree") but that Nuetzel does
give a nod in the direction of the master Hugo-winner. If there is a companion
to this present volume, as I have reason to believe there will be, I shall
strongly urge the inclusion of "The Discovery of the Future", the
speech made by Guest of Honor Heinlein at the 3d World Science Fiction
Convention in 1941, and still the greatest speech I have ever heard in a
quarter century of s.f. conven-tioneering—matched only by Heinlein's address
his second time around as Guest of Honor 20 years later on.
It
is fitting & proper that Isaac Asimov should be represented in this
collection for he was in the vanguard of sociological science fiction when his
"Trends" set a trend for "gozon" stories when it first
appeared in the July 1939 Astounding Science-Fiction. I remember reading it on the train on my way to the First World Science
Fiction Convention over the 4th of July. Among other things it prophesied the
beginning of World War 2 in 1940. As we know now, the fireworks for the USA
began on 7 Dec. '41, ending in the mightiest military pyrotechni-cal display of
all time with the nuclear explosions at war's end. There is included in this
collection a story, "Almost the End of the World", by Ray Bradbury,
who was with me in New York at that first coming together of the s.f. clan, and
for young Bradbury it was the beginning of a new world, a world he has done
wond'rous well in conquering with a cornucopia of ensorcelled words &
concepts in the ensuing quarter century.
But
I had not said all I wished to say about Asimov, which was this: it would be
unfitting & improper to overlook including "Ike" in this
anthology, for statistics just recently released in WRCole's masterwork, A Checklist of Science Fiction Anthologies, establish the good doctor as the most anthologized sci-fi author, with a fabulous 56 (now make that 57)
stories to his credit.
In
the beginning (1946) when sci-fi authors started to sprout like dragon's teeth,
their compilers. were content to simply present great
selections of s.f., such as Adventures in Time & Space (Healy & McComas), The Best of Science Fiction (Conklin) and soon the Annual Bests. Then Martin Greenberg introduced
the theme-anthologies {Men
Against the Stars, The Robot and the Man, etc.). Now Nuetzel, an untried quantity in
the anthology arena, enters the lists with an impressive list of names and the
integrity to pick quality even if the name be not among the Top Ten. If this comes off, and this goes 'on, Nuetzel will
become a name to reckon with in the sci-fi field.
The
easiest—and most pleasurable—way to make up your mind is to read the selected
stories herewith presented.
Forrest
J. Ackerman 22 December 1964 Los Angeles 90035
PREFACE
Even before the Atomic Bomb was exploded in
1945 to bring a final end to a long and bloody war, many of the writers in this
book were already on their way to becoming nationally and internationally
famous as predictors of the future. Not that they made any serious attempt to
actually predict what would happen five, fifty or fifty-five million years in
the future, but they had in the process of inventing new ideas for a loyal and
devoted reading public automatically hit upon many events, inventions and
trends which would, in the much nearer future than they could have imagined,
come true.
A
short time before the Atomic Bomb became public information, one author and
magazine was investigated by the FBI because it was believed that a leak had
sprung in the tight security wall around the Manhattan Project. The story in
question had described the atomic bomb so closely that the government was sure
that secret information was being channeled out to foreign nations. They had
to plug the leak up. The editor, John Campbell, Jr., pointed out that if
he stopped publishing atomic bomb stories it would be all too obvious what had
happened, since science fiction writers had been talking about such .bombs for
decades!
In
the early fifties, scientists were advising the government to start a space
program, and there were some rumors that government officials were actually
consider
ing a Space Station project, but nothing
happened. Scientists were told, officially, to forget their science fiction
ideas and get down to reality.
Two years before the Russians beat the U.S.
to the punch, we had the actual equipment necessary to put up a satellite, but
again the scientists in question were told to forget their science fiction
dreaming and come down to earth. Two years later in 1957, the world was rocked
on its ears when the USSR beat the United States in making the first step into
outer space. In desperation, the government turned to those very scientists
they had been snubbing so long, and begged for fast help, to save our national
face. Within a month of being given a go-ahead, the United States had made a
"Me too" statement, one which had been repeated time and again, all
because there were not enough people listening to advanced thinking, to the
scientists!
Today,
finally, we are beginning to struggle to our feet, attempting to climb out of
the cloud of ignorance and put up a good fight to show off what the American
people and government is able to do to advance man toward the stars.
We
are catching up. We are even making a few vital "firsts" which have
managed to get international recognition.
The
public is now alive to the simple facts which some of the authors represented
here knew about years in advance, because their thinking, their oudooks, their
dreams, were searching out toward the future, looking for worlds yet to be.
They looked at the trends of the day and asked, "If this goes on, what
will happen?"
Some
of the questions have been obvious, especially since the first A-bomb dropping
over Japan. What would happen if we have an Atomic War, the kind which will
wipe out civilization, which will finish off Mankind.
Because the question is so vital, so important to everybody living in the
world today, almost every writer has touched upon the subject of an all-out
Atomic War. In this collection there are several such stories, besides the
outstanding NO LAND OF NOD. George Frederic's A VERY CULTURED TASTE, Forrest J.
Ackerman's
Preface
THE
MUTE QUESTION, my own THE HOMO SAP, touch upon the theme in their
own different ways.
But
Atomic War is not the only possible future which we might face.
As
Isaac Asimov's ALL THE TROUBLES OF THE WORLD so nicely points out, there might
be a world in which a machine could predict any crime, long before it
happened! But what about the machine? Could there be
such a device? Mechanical brains are already a reality. Yet they have been in
"existence" in the science-fiction magazines for decades. So who can
tell? Mr. Asimov created what is now known as the "Three Laws of
Robotics", a "fact" which is accepted by many science fiction
writers when they deal with the final and most sophisticated form of mechanical
brain—the robot.
Yet
it is not the desire to introduce each story here; this is not, in any way or
form, an introduction. The stories will have to speak for themselves.
Here
we set the tone, indicate the direction, point the path which was taken in
picking out the stories for this science-fiction anthology.
It
has been our desire to present a collection of ideas, thoughts, concepts, and
suggest not only possible outcomes to modern-day trends, but to examine some
of the ideals and attitudes of our present day through the eyes of possible
future worlds, created by some of the masters of imaginative social
science-fiction.
From
THE TEST by Richard Matheson, through YOUR LIFE IN 1977 by Willy Ley, to the last
story PREPOSTEROUS by Fredric Brown, every attempt has been made to find
material which would not only be thoughtful in its approach, or artistic, as
with Ray Bradbury's ALMOST THE END OF THE WORLD, but also entertaining
Each
author here has looked at today, seen something which forces him to ask, "If this goes on what will be the end
result?" and
then has written a story which attempts to answer that question.
I
wish to extend my personal thanks to Mr. Science Fiction, Mr. Monster himself,
Forrest J. Ackerman, who has over the years taken the time to help me, among so
many others, to find my way through the jungle of tangled difficulties which
stand between the amateur and professional writer. In this instant, his help
and suggestions, freely given in odd hours between putting out issues of his
three Monster magazines, made the difficulties of getting the right stories
from the right authors a possibility rather than a dream.
Beyond
that, the only thing left to say is to express my personal hope that you, the
reader, will find the following stories as delightful as I found them to be.
CHARLES
NUETZEL
1965
Richard Matheson's first story sky-rocketed
him into orbit as an established author some years back. That story, BORN OF
MAN AND WOMAN, became a science fiction classic almost the first week it
appeared on the magazine stands.
He
wrote the original story and screenplay of THE INCREDIBLE SHRINKING MAN and
co-scripted— and written—many other motion picture films, including BURN,
WITCH, BURN, one of the movie productions of Fritz Leiber's Conjure Wife. His reputation as a writer of outstanding
accomplishment was acknowledged by a World Science Fiction Convention which
greeted him as a Guest of Honor.
When
the editor first read the following story in magazine form he found himself
both horrified and emotionally shaken. The story is based on the problem of
population explosion and extrapolates it into a chilling horror, skillfully
blended with very human emotions and problems.
THE
TEST
by Richard Matheson
The night before the test, Les helped his father study in the
dining room. Jim and Tommy were asleep upstairs and, in the living room, Terry
was sewing, her face expressionless as the needle moved with a swiftly rhythmic piercing and drawing.
Tom
Parker sat very straight, his lean, vein-ribbed hands clasped together on the
table top, his pale blue eyes looking intently at his son's lips as though it
might help him to understand better.
He was 80 and this was his
fourth test.
"All
right," Les said, reading from the sample test Doctor Trask had gotten
them. "Repeat the following sequences of numbers."
"Sequence
of numbers," Tom murmured, trying to assimilate the words as they came.
But words were not quickly assimilated any more; they seemed to lie upon the
tissues of his brain like insects on a sluggish carnivore. He said th&^wprds in his mind again—sequence of . . . sequence of numbers—there he had it. He looked at his son and
waited.
"Well?" he said,
impatiently, after a moment's silence.
"Dad,
I've already given you the first one," Les told him.
"Well
. . ." His father grasped for the proper words. "Kindly give me the—the . do me the kindness
of..."
Les exhaled wearily.
"Eight-five-eleven-six," he said.
The
old lips stirred, the old machinery of Tom's mind began turning slowly.
"Eight
. . . f—ive . . ." The pale eyes blinked slowly. "Elevensix,"
Tom finished in a breath, then straightened himself proudly.
Yes,
good, he thought—very good. They wouldn't fool him tomorrow; he'd beat their
murderous law. His lips pressed together and his hands clasped tightly on the
white table cloth.
"What?"
he said then, refocusing his eyes as Les said something. "Speak up,"
he said, irritably. "Speak up."
"I
gave you another sequence," Les said quietly. "Here, I'll read it
again."
Tom leaned forward a
little, ears straining.
"Nine-two-sixteen-seven-three,"
Les said.
Tom cleared his throat with effort.
"Speak slower," he told his son. He hadn't quite gotten that. How did
they expect anyone to retain such a ridiculously long string of numbers?
"What, what?" he asked angrily as Les read the numbers
again.
"Dad,
the examiner will be reading the questions faster than I'm reading them. You—"
"I'm
quite aware of that," Tom interrupted stiffly. "Quite
aware. Let me remind you . . . however, this is . . . not a test. It's study, it's for study. Foolish to go rushing through everything. Foolish. I have to learn this —this . . . this test," he finished, angry at his son and angry at
the way desired words hid themselves from his mind.
Les
shrugged and looked down at the test again.
"Nine-two-sixteen-seven-three," he read slowly.
"Nine-two-six-seven—" "Sixteen-seven, Dad." "I said
that." "You said six, Dad."
"Don't
you suppose I know what I said!" Les closed his
eyes a moment. "All right, Dad," he said. "Well, are you going
to read it again or not?" Tom asked him sharply.
Les read the numbers off again and, as he
listened to his father stumble through the sequence, he glanced into the living
room at Terry.
She
was sitting there, features motionless, sewing. She'd turned off the radio and
he knew she could hear the old man faltering with the numbers.
All
right, Les heard himself saying in his mind as if he spoke to her. All right, I
know he's old and useless. Do you want me to tell him that to his face and
drive a knife into his back? You know and I know that he won't pass the test.
Allow me, at least, this brief hypocrisy. Tomorrow the sentence will be
passed. Don't make me pass it tonight and break the old man's heart.
"That's
correct, I believe," Les heard the dignified voice of his father say and
he refocused his eyes on the gaunt, seamed face.
"Yes, that's
right," he said, hastily.
He
felt like a traitor when a slight smile trembled at the corners of his father's
mouth. I'm cheating him, he thought.
"Let's
go on to something else," he heard his father say and he looked down
quickly at the sheet. What would be easy for him? he
thought, despising himself for thinking it.
"Well,
come on, Leslie," his father said in a restrained voice. "We have no
time to waste."
Tom
looked at his son thumbing through the pages and his hands closed into fists.
Tomorrow, his life was in the balance and his son just browsed through the test
paper as if nothing important were going to happen tomorrow.
"Come on, come
on," he said peevishly.
Les
picket-up a pencil that had string attached to it and drew a half-inch circle
on a piece of blank paper. He held out the pencil to his father.
"Suspend the pencil point over the
circle for three minutes," he said, suddenly afraid he'd picked the wrong
question. He'd seen his father's hands trembling at meal times or fumbling with
the buttons and zippers of his clothes.
Swallowing nervously, Les picked up the stop
watch, started it, and nodded to his father.
Tom took a quivering breath as he leaned over
the paper and tried to hold the slightly swaying pencil above the circle. Les
saw him lean on his elbow, something he wouldn't be allowed to do on the test;
but he said nothing.
He
sat there looking at his father. Whatever color there had been was leaving the
old man's face and Les could see clearly the tiny red lines of broken vessels
under the skin of his cheeks. He looked at the dry skin, creased and brownish,
dappled with liver spots. Eighty years old, he thought—what does a man feel
when he's 80 years old?
He
looked in at Terry again. For a moment, her gaze shifted and they were looking
at each other, neither of them smiling or making any sign. Then Terry looked
back to her sewing.
"I
believe that's three minutes," Tom said in a taut voice.
Les
looked down at the stop watch. "A minute and a half, Dad," he said,
wondering if he should have lied again.
"Well,
keep your eyes on the watch then," his father said, perturbedly, the
pencil penduluming completely out of the circle. "This is supposed to be a
test, not a—a—a party."
Les
kept his eyes on the wavering pencil point, feeling a sense of utter futility
at the realization that this was only pretense, that nothing they did could
save his father's life.
At
least, he thought, the examinations weren't given by the sons and daughters who
had voted the law into being. At least he wouldn't have to stamp the black inadequate
on his father's test and
thus pronounce the sentence.
The
pencil wavered over the circle edge again and was returned as Tom moved his arm
slightly on the table, a motion that would automatically disqualify him on that
question.
"That watch is
slow!" Tom said in a sudden fury.
Les caught his breath and
looked down at the watch. Two and a half minutes. "Three minutes," he
said, pushing in the plunger.
Tom
slapped down the pencil irritably. "There," he said. "Fool test anyway." His voice grew morose.
"Don't prove a thing. Not a thing."
"You want to do some
money questions, Dad?"
"Are
they the next questions in the test?" Tom asked, looking over suspiciously
to check for himself.
"Yes,"
Les lied, knowing that his father's eyes were too weak to see even though Tom
always refused to admit he needed glasses. "Oh, wait a second, there's one
before that," he added, thinking it would be easier for his father.
"They ask you to tell time."
"That's
a foolish question," Tom muttered. "What do they—"
He
reached across the table irritably and picked up the watch and glanced down at
its face. "Ten fifteen," he said, scornfully.
Before
Les could think to stop himself, he said, "But it's
11:15, Dad."
His
father looked, for a moment, as though his face had been slapped. Then he
picked up the watch again and stared down at it, lips twitching, and Les had
the horrible premont-tion that Tom was going to insist it really was 10:15.
"Well,
that's what I meant," Tom said abruptly. "Slipped out wrong. Course it's 11:15, any fool can see that. Eleven fifteen. Watch is
no good. Numbers too close. Ought to throw it away.
Now—"
Tom
reached into his vest pocket and pulled out his own gold watch. "Here's a watch," he said, proudly. "Been
telling perfect time for . . . sixty years! That's a watch. Not like this."
He
tossed Les's watch down contemptuously and it flipped over on its flfce and the crystal broke.
"Look
at that," Tom said quickly, to cover the jolting of embarassment.
"Watch can't take anything."
He
avoided Les's eyes by looking down at his own watch. His mouth tightened as he
opened the back and looked at Mary's picture; Mary when she was in her
thirties, golden-haired and lovely.
Thank God, she didn't have
to take tests, he thought—at least she was spared that. Tom had never thought
he could believe that Mary's accidental death at 57 was fortunate, but that was
before the tests.
He
closed the watch and put it away.
"You
just leave that watch with me, tonight," he said grumpily. "I'll see
you get a decent . . . uh, crystal tomorrow."
"That's
all right, Dad. It's just an old watch."
"That's
all right," Tom said. "That's all
right. You just leave it with me. I'll get you a decent . . . crystal. Get you
one that won't break, one that won't break. You just leave it with me."
Tom
did the money questions then, questions like How many quarters in a five dollar bill? and If I took 36 cents from your dollar, how much change would you have left?
They
were written questions and Les sat there timing his father. It was quiet in the
house, warm. Everything seemed very normal and ordinary with the two of them
sitting there and Terry sewing in the living room.
That
was the horror.
Life
went on as usual. No one spoke of dying. The government sent out letters and
the tests were given and those who failed were requested to appear at the
government center for their injections. The law operated, the death rate was
steady, the population problem was contained—all officially,
impersonally, without a cry or a sensation.
But
it was still loved people who were being killed.
"Never
mind hanging over that watch," his father said. "I can do these
questions without you . . . hanging over that watch."
"Dad,
the examiners will be looking at their watches." "The examiners are
the examiners," Tom snapped. "You're not an examiner."
"Dad, I'm trying to help y—"
"Well,
help me then, help
me. Don't sit there hanging
over that watch."
"This
is your test, Dad, not mine," Les started, a flush of anger creeping up
his cheeks. "If—"
"My
test, yes, my test!" his father suddenly raged. "You all saw to that,
didn't you? All saw to it that—that—"
Words
failed again, angry thoughts piling up in his brain.
"You
don't have to yell, Dad." "I'm not yelling!"
"Dad,
the boys are sleeping!" Terry suddenlv broke in.
"I
don't care if—!" Tom broke off suddenly and leaned back in the chair, the
pencil falling unnoticed from his fingers and rolling across the table cloth.
He sat shivering, his thin chest rising and falling in jerks, his hands
twitching uncontrollably on his lap.
"Do
you want to go on, Dad?" Les asked, restraining his nervous anger.
"I
don't ask much," Tom mumbled to himself. "Don't ask much in
life."
"Dad,
shall we go on?"
His
father stiffened. "If
you can spare the time," he said with slow, indignant pride. "If you can spare the time."
Les
looked at the test paper, his fingers gripping the stapled sheets rigidly. Psychological questions? No, he couldn't ask them. How did
you ask your 80-year-old father his views on sex?—your flint-surfaced father to
whom the most innocuous remark was "obscene."
"Well?"
his father asked in a rising voice.
"There
doesn't seem to be anymore," Les said. "We've been at it almost four
hours now."
"What about all those pages you just skipped?'-'
"Most
of those are for the the physical,
Dad."
He
saw his father's lips press together and was afraid Tom was going to say
something about that again. But all his father said
was, "A fine friend. Fine friend."
"Dad,
you—"
Les's
voice broke off. There was no point in talking about it anymore. Tom knew
perfectly well that Doctor Trask couldn't make out a bill of health for this
test the way he'd done for the^hree tests previous.
Les
knew how frightened and insulted the old man was because he'd have to take off
his clothes and be exposed to doctors who would probe and tap and ask offensive
questions. He knew how afraid Tom was of the fact that
when he re-dressed, he'd be watched from a peephole and someone would mark on a
chart how well he dressed himself. He knew how it frightened his father to
know that, when he ate in the government cafeteria at the midpoint of the
day-long examination, eyes would be watching him again to see if he dropped a
fork or a spoon or knocked over a glass of water or dribbled gravy on his
shirt.
"They'll
ask you to sign your name and address," Les said, wanting his father to forget
about the physical and knowing how proud Tom was of his handwriting.
Pretending
that he grudged it, the old man picked up the pencil and wrote. I'll fool them,
he thought as the pencil moved across the page with strong, sure motions.
Mr. Thomas Parker, he wrote, 2719 Brighton Street, Blairtown, New York.
"And the date,"
Les said.
The old man wrote, January 17, 2003, and something cold moved in the old man's
vitals. Tomorrow was the test.
They
lay beside each other, neither of them sleeping. They had barely spoken while
undressing and when Les had leaned over to kiss her goodnight she'd murmured
something he didn't hear.
Now
he turned over on his side with a heavy sigh and faced her. In the darkness,
she opened her eyes and looked over at him.
"Asleep?" she
asked softly.
"No."
He said no more. He waited
for her to start.
But
she didn't start and, after a few moments, he said, "Well, I guess this is
. . . it." He finished weakly because he didn't like the words; they
sounded ridiculously melodramatic.
Terry
didn't say anything right away. Then, as if thinking aloud, she said, "Do
you think there's any chance that—"
Les
tightened at the words because Jie knew what she was going to say.
"No," he said.
"He'll never pass."
He
heard Terry swallowing. Don't say it, he thought, pleadingly. Don't tell me
I've been saying the same thing for fifteen years. I know it. I said it because
I thought it was true.
Suddenly,
he wished he'd signed the Request For Removal years before. They needed desperately to be free
of Tom; for the good of their children and themselves. But how did you put that
need into words without feeling like a murderer? You couldn't say: I hope the
old man fails, I hope they kill him. Yet anything else you
said was only a hypocritical substitute for those words because that was
exactly how you felt.
Medical
terms, he thought—charts about declining crops and lowered standard of living
and hunger ratio and degrading health level—they'd used all those as arguments
to support passage of the law. Well, they were lies—obvious, groundless lies.
The law had been passed because people wanted to be left alone, because they
wanted to live their own lives.
"Les, what if he
passes?" Terry said.
He felt his hands
tightening on the mattress.
"Les?"
"I don't know,
honey," he said.
Her
voice was firm in the darkness. It was a voice at the end of patience.
"You have to know," it said.
He
moved his head restlessly on the pillow. "Honey, don't push it," he
begged. "Please."
"Les,
if he passes that test it means five more years. Five more years, Les. Have you thought what that means?"
"Honey, he can't pass
that test."
"But, what if he
does?"
"Terry, he missed three-quarters of the
questions I asked him tonight. His hearing is almost
gone, his eyes are bad, his heart is weak, he has
arthritis." His fist beat down hopelessly on the bed. "He won't even
pass the physical,"
he said, feeling himself tighten in self-hatred for assuring her that Tom was doomed.
If
only he could forget the past and take his father for what he was now—a
helpless, mid-jading old man who was ruining.,their
lives. But it was hard to forget how he'd loved and respected his father, hard
to forget the hikes in the country, the fishing trips, the long talks at night
and all the many things his father and he had shared together.
That was why he'd never had the strength to
sign the request. It was a simple form to fill out, much simpler than waiting
for the five-year tests. But it had meant signing away the life of his father,
requesting the government to dispose of him like some unwanted garbage. He
could never do that.
And yet, now his father was 80 and, in spite
of moral upbringing, in spite of life-taught Christian principles, he and Terry
were horribly afraid that old Tom might pass the test and live another five
years with them—another five years of fumbling around the house, undoing instructions
they gave to the boys, breaking things, wanting to help but only getting in the
way and making life an agony of held-in nerves.
"You'd better sleep,"
Terry said to him.
He
tried to but he couldn't. He lay staring at the dark ceiling and trying to find
an answer but finding no answer.
The alarm went off at 6. Les didn't have to
get up until 8 but he wanted to see his father off. He got out of bed and
dressed quietly so he wouldn't wake up Terry.
She
woke up anyway and looked up at him from her pillow. After a moment, she pushed
up on one elbow and looked sleepily at him.
"I'll get up and make
you some breakfast," she said.
"That's all
right," Les said. "You stay in bed."
"Don't you want me to
get up?"
"Don't bother,
honey," he said. "I want you to rest."
She
lay down again and turned away so Les wouldn't see her face. She didn't know
why she began to cry soundlessly; whether it was because he didn't want her to
see his father or because of the test. But she couldn't stop. All she could do
was hold herself rigid until the bedroom door had
closed.
Then
her shoulders trembled and a sob broke the barrier she had built in herself.
The
door to his father's room was open as Les passed. He looked in and saw Tom
sitting on the bed, leaning down and fastening his dark shoes. He saw the
gnarled fingers shaking as they moved over the straps.
"Everything
all right, Dad?" Les asked.
His
father looked up in surprise. "What are you doing up this hour?" he
asked.
"Thought I'd have
breakfast with you," Les told him.
For a moment they looked at
each other in silence.
Then
his father leaned over the shoes again. "That's not necessary," he
heard the old man's voice telling him.
"Well,
I think I'll have some breakfast anyway," he said and turned away so his
father couldn't argue.
"Oh ... Leslie."
Les turned.
"I trust you didn't forget to leave that watch out," his
father said. "I intend to take it to the jeweler's today and
have a decent decent
crystal put on it, one that
won't break."
"Dad,
it's just an old watch," Les said. "It's not worth a nickel."
His
father nodded slowly, one palm wavering before him as if to ward off argument.
"Never-the-less," he stated slowly, "I intend to—"
"All
right, Dad, all right. I'll put it on the kitchen table."
His
father broke off and looked at him blankly a moment. Then, as if it were
impulse and not delayed will, he bent over his shoes again.
Les
stood for a moment looking down at his father's gray hair, his gaunt, trembling
fingers. Then he turned away.
The
watch was still on the dining room table. Les picked it up and took it in to
the kitchen table. The old man must have been reminding himself about the watch
all night, he thought. Otherwise he wouldn't have managed to remember it.
He
put fresh water in the coffee globe and pushed the buttons for two servings of
bacon and eggs. Then he poured two glasses of orange juice and sat down at the
table.
About fifteen- minutes later, his father came
down wearing his dark blue suit, his shoes carefully polished, his nails
manicured, his hair slicked down and combed and brushed. He looked very neat
and very old as he walked over to the coffee globe and looked in.
"Sit down, Dad,"
Les said. "I'll get it for you."
"I'm not helpless," his father
said. "Stay where you are."
Les managed a smile. "I put some bacon
and eggs on for us," he said.
"Not hungry," his
father replied.
"You'll need a good
breakfast in you, Dad."
"Never
did eat a big breakfast," his father said, stiffly, still facing the
stove. "Don't believe in it. Not good for the stomach."
Les
closed his eyes a moment and across his face moved an expression of hopeless
despair. Why did I bother getting up? he asked himself
defeatedly. All we do is argue.
No.
He felt himself stiffening.
No, he'd be cheerful if it killed him.
"Sleep all right,
Dad?" he asked.
"Course
I slept all right," his father answered. "Always sleep fine. Fine. Did you think I wouldn't because of a—"
He
broke off suddenly and turned accusingly at Les. "Where's that
watch?" he demanded.
Les
exhaled wearily and held up the watch. His father moved jerkily across the
linoleum, took it from him and looked at it a moment, his old lips pursed.
"Shoddy
workmanship," he said. "Shoddy." He put
it carefully in his side coat pocket. "Get you a decent crystal," he
muttered. "One that won't break."
Les nodded. "That'll
be swell, Dad."
The
coffee was ready then and Tom poured them each a cup. Les got up and turned off
the automatic griller. He didn't feel like having bacon and eggs either now.
He
sat across the table from his stem-faced father and felt hot coffee trickling
down his throat. It tasted terrible but he knew that nothing in the world would
have tasted good to him that morning.
"What
time do you have to be there, Dad?" he asked to break the silence.
"Nine o'clock,"
Tom said.
"You're sure you don't
want me to drive you there?"
"Not
at all, not at all," his father said as though he
were talking patiently to an irritably insistent child. "The tube is good
enough. Get me there in plenty of time."
"All right, Dad," Les said and sat
there staring into his
heard. "It's early, Dad," he said,
loudly, his voice shaking a little.
"Never-the-less,"
his father said.
"But you haven't eaten anything."
"Never did eat a big breakfast,"
Tom started. "Not good for the—"
Les
didn't hear the rest of it—the words about lifetime habit and not good for the
digestion and everything else his father said. He felt waves of merciless
horror breaking over him and he wanted to jump and throw his arms around Ihe
old man and tell him not to worry about the test because it didn't matter,
because they loved him and would take care of him.
But
he couldn't. He sat rigid with sick fright, looking up at his father. He
couldn't even speak when his father turned at the kitchen door and said in a
voice that was calmly dispassionate because it took every bit of strength the
old man had to make it so, "I'll see you tonight, Leslie."
The
door swung shut and the breeze that ruffled across Les's cheeks chilled him to
the heart.
Suddenly,
he jumped up with a startled grunt and rushed across the linoleum. As he pushed
through the doorway he saw his father almost to the front door.
"Dad!"
Tom
stopped and looked back in surprise as Les walked across the dining room,
hearing the steps counted in his mind—one, two, three, four, five.
He
stopped before his father and forced a faltering
smile to his lips.
"Good
luck, Dad," he said. "Ill ...
see you tonight." He had been about to say, "I'll be rooting for
you"; but he couldn't.
His
father nodded once, just once, a curt
nod as of one gentleman acknowledging another.
"Thank you," his
father said and turned away.
When
the door shut, it seemed as if, suddenly, it had become an impenetrable wall
through which his father could never pass again.
Les
moved to the window and watched the old man walk slowly down the path and turn
left onto the sidewalk. He watched his father start up the street, then
straighten himself, throw back his lean shoulders and walk erect and briskly
into the gray of morning.
At
first Les thought it was raining. But then he saw that the shimmering moistness
wasn't on the window at all.
He couldn't go to work. He phoned in sick and
stayed home. Terry got the boys off to school and, after they'd eaten
breakfast, Les helped her clear away the morning dishes and put them in the
washer. Terry didn't say anything about his staying home. She acted as if it
were normal for him to be home on a weekday.
He
spent the morning and afternoon puttering in the garage shop, starting seven
different projects and losing interest in them.
Around
5, he went into the kitchen and had a can of beer while Terry made supper. He
didn't say anything to her. He kept pacing around the living room, staring out
the window at the overcast sky, then pacing again.
"I
wonder where he is," he finally said, back in the kitchen again.
"Hell be
back," she said and he stiffened a moment, thinking he heard disgust in
her voice. Then he relaxed, knowing it was only his imagination.
When he dressed after taking a shower, it was
five forty. The boys were home from playing and they all sat down to supper.
Les noticed a place set for his father and wondered if Terry,
had set it there for his benefit.
He
couldn't eat anything. He kept cutting the meat into smaller and smaller pieces
and mashing butter into his baked potato without tasting any of it.
"What is it?" be
asked as Jim spoke to him.
"Dad,
if grandpa don't pass, the test, he gets a month,
don't he?"
Les felt his stomach muscles tightening as he
stared at his older son. Gets a month, don't he?—the last of Jim's question muttered on in his brain.
"What are you talking
about?" he asked.
"My
Civics book says old people get a month to live after they don't pass their
test. That's right, isn't it?"
"No, it isn't," Tommy broke in. "Harry Senker's grandma
got her letter after only tvo weeks."
"How do you know?" Jim asked his nine-year-old brother. "Did you see it?"
"That's enough,"
Les said.
"Don't have t'see it!" Tommy argued, "Harry told me that—"
"That's enough!"
The two boys looked suddenly at their
white-faced father.
"We
won't talk about it," he said. "But what—"
"Jimmy," Terry said, wamingly.
Jimmy looked at his mother, then, after a
moment, went back to his food and they all ate in silence.
The
death of their grandfather means nothing to them, Les thought bitterly—nothing
at all. He swallowed and tried to relax the tightness in his body. Well, why should it mean anything to them? he told himself; it's
not their time to svorry yet. Why force it on them now? They'll have it soon
enough.
When
the front door opened and shut at 6:10, Les stood up so quickly, he knocked
over an empty glass.
"Les, don't,"
Terry said suddenly and he
knew, immediately, that she was right. His father wouldn't like him to come
rushing from the kitchen with questions.
He
slumped down on the chair again and stared at his barely touched food, his
heart throbbing. As he picked up his fork with tight fingers, he heard the old
man cross the dining room rug and start up the stairs. He glanced at Terry and
her throat moved.
He couldn't eat. He sat there breathing
heavily, and picking at the food. Upstairs, he heard the door to his father's
room close.
It was when Terry was putting the pie on the
table that Les excused himself quickly and got up.
He
was at the foot of the stairs when the kitchen door was pushed open.
"Les," he heard her say, urgently.
He stood there silently as
she came up to him.
"Isn't it better we
leave him alone?" she asked.
"But, honey, 1—"
"Les, if he'd passed the test, he would
have come into the kitchen and told us."
"Honey, he wouldn't
know if—"
"He'd know if he passed, you know that.
He told us about it the last two times. If he'd passed, he'd have—"
Her
voice broke off and she shuddered at the way he was looking at her. In the
heavy silence, she heard a sudden splattering of rain on the windows.
They
looked at each other a long moment. Then Les said, "I'm going up."
"Les," she
murmured.
"I won't say anything
to upset him," he said, "111 . . ."
A
moment later they stared at each other. Then he turned away and trudged up the
steps. Terry watched him go with a bleak, hopeless look on her face.
Les
stood before the closed door a minute, bracing himself. I won't upset him, he
told himself; I won't.
He
knocked softly, wondering, in that second, if he were making a mistake. Maybe
he should have left the old man alone, he thought unhappily.
In
the bedroom, he heard a rustling movement on the bed, then the sound of his
father's feet touching the floor.
Les caught his breath.
"It's me, Dad," he said.
"What do you
want?"
"May I see you?"
Silence
inside. "Well . . ." he heard his father say then and his voice
stopped. Les heard him get up and heard the sound of his footsteps on the
floor. Then there was the sound of paper rattling and a bureau drawer being
carefully shut.
Finally the door opened.
Tom
was wearing his old red bathrobe over his clothes and he'd takers off his shoes
and put his slippers on.
"May I come in,
Dad?" Les asked quietly.
His
father hesitated a moment. Then he said, "Come in," but it wasn't an
invitation. It was more as if he'd said, This is your
house; I can't keep you from this room.
Les
was going to tell his father that he didn't want to disturb him but he
couldn't. He went in and stood in the middle of the throw rug, waiting.
"Sit down," his father said and Les
sat down on the upright chair that Tom hung his clothes on at night. His father
waited until Les was seated and then sank down on the bed with a grunt.
For a long time they looked at each other
without speaking like total strangers each waiting for the other one to speak.
How did the test go? Les heard the words repeated in his mind. How did the test
go, how did the test go? He couldn't speak the words. How did the—
"I
suppose you want to know what . . . happened," his father said then,
controlling himself visibly.
"Yes,"
Les said, "I
. . ." He caught
himself. "Yes," he repeated and waited.
Old
Tom looked down at the floor for a moment. Then, suddenly, he raised his head
and looked defiantly at his son.
"I didn't go," he said.
Les
felt as if all his strength had suddenly been sucked into the floor. He sat
there, motionless, staring at his father.
"Had
no intention of going," his father hurried on. "No intention of going
through all that foolishness. Physical tests, m-mental tests, putting b-b-blocks in a board and . . . Lord knows what all! Had no
intention of going."
He
stopped and stared at his son with angry eyes as if he were daring Les to say
he had done wrong.
But
Les couldn'tsay anything.
A
long time passed. Les swallowed and managed to summon the words. "What are
you . . . going to do?"
"Never
mind that, never mind," his father said, almost as if he were grateful for
the question. "Don't you worry about your Dad.
Your Dad knows how to take care of himself."
And
suddenly Les heard the bureau drawer shutting again, the rustling of a paper
bag. He almost looked around at the bureau to see if the bag were still there.
His head twitched as he fought down the impulse.
"W-ell,"
he faltered, not realizing how stricken and lost his expression was.
"Just
never mind now," his father said again, quietly, almost gently. "It's
not your problem to worry about Not your problem at
all."
But it is! Les heard the words cried out in
his mind. But he didn't speak them. Something in the old man stopped him; a
sort of fierce strength, a taut dignity he knew he mustn't touch.
"I'd
like to rest now," he heard Tom say then and he felt as if he'd been
struck violently in the stomach. I'd like to rest now, to rest now—the words
echoed down long tunnels of the mind as he stood. Rest now, rest now...
He
found himself being ushered to the door where he turned and looked at his
father. Goodbye.
The word stuck in him.
Then
his father smiled and said, "Good night, Leslie." "Dad."
He
felt the old man's hand in his own, stronger than his, more steady; calming
him, reassuring him. He felt his father's left hand grip his shoulder.
"Good
night, son,'' his father said and, in the moment they stood close together, Les
saw, over the old man's shoulder, the crumpled drugstore bag lying in the
corner of the room as though it had been thrown there so as not to be seen.
Then
he was standing in wordless terror in the hall, listening to the latch clicking
shut and knowing that, although his father wasn't locking the door, he
couldn't go into his father's room.
For
a long time he stood staring at the closed door, shivering without control.
Then he turned away.
Terry
was waiting for him at the foot of the stairs, her face drained of color. She
asked the question with her eyes as he came down to her.
"He . . . didn't
go," was all he said.
She made*S«tiny, startled
sound in her throat. "But—"
"He's
been to the drugstore," Les said. "I . . . saw the bag in the corner
of the room. He threw it away so I wouldn't see it but I... saw it."
For
a moment, it seemed as if she were starting for the
stairs but it was only a momentary straining of her body.
"He must have shown the druggist the
letter about the 37
test,"
Les said. "The . . . druggist must have given him ... pills. Like they all do.'^
They
stood silently in the dining room while rain drummed against the windows.
"What shall we
do?" she asked, almost inaudibly.
"Nothing,"
he murmured. His throat moved convulsively and breath shuddered through him. "Nothing."
Then
he was walking numbly back to the kitchen and he could feel her arm tight
around him as if she were trying to press her love to him because she
could not speak of love.
All
evening, they sat there in the kitchen. After she put the boys to bed, she came
back and they sat in the kitchen drinking coffee and talking in quiet, lonely
voices.
Near
midnight, they left the kitchen and, just before they went upstairs, Les
stopped by the dining room table and found the watch with a shiny new crystal
on it. He couldn't even touch it.
They went upstairs and walked past the door
of Tom's bedroom. There was no sound inside. They got undressed and got in bed
together and Terry set the clock the way she set it every night. In a few hours
they both managed to fall asleep.
And
all night there was silence in the old man's room. And the next day, silence.
A. E. van Vogt has been a giant in the
science fiction field for over two decades. His name was already well
established when his book SLAN came out in the forties—a classic in the field, having seen publication twice in magazine and
book form and as a pocket book in the United States alone. With such credits as
THE WORLD OF NULL-A to add to the reputation he gained with SLAN, Mr. van Vogt
approached the mainstream of literature with a major book about Communist
China titled THE VIOLENT MAN, which saw both hard cover and pocket book
publication a short while ago. An almost unknown novel, PLANETS FOR SALE,
originally published only under his wife's name (E. Mayne Hull) though
actually written by both husband and wife, has just come out under both
author's names, released by Book Co. of
America ( ).
The
following story, THE EARTH KILLERS,
was originally published in 1949, yet the pace and excitement is still up-to-date,
keeping the reader fairly glued to his seat. But in order to fit the story into
the present collection, Mr. van Vogt
felt that certain changes should be made in it, and now, with great pleasure,
we bring you, for the first time, the
new version of his classic story . .
.
THE
EARTH KILLERS
by A. E. Tan Yogi
The
S29A climbed steeply up on a column of crooked fire. In the machine, Morlake could feel the turbulent
impulses of the gyroscopic stabilizers. But the flow of upward movement was
as slick as oil, and the acceleration brought nothing more than a feeling like
that of a hand squeezing the stomach.
At
sixty miles above Kane Field he leveled off and put the new plane through its
paces. After five minutes he turned on the radio and spoke softly.
"Morlake calling
Gregory."
"Yeah?" Laconically.
"She likes the climate."
"How's the ultraviolet?"
"Blocked."
"Cosmics?"
"Registering."
"Good."
The engineering officer sounded satisfied. "Until somebody figures out a
way of blocking cosmic rays completely, we'll be satisfied with minimums. Speed?"
"About one banana." That was code for seven hundred MPH.
"Feel anything?" "She's
singing a lullaby."
"Sweet, huh, at one banana. What do you think, generally?"
"Sadie's going to be
with us for quite a while."
"As smug as that, eh?" The engineer turned away from the mike. His
voice, though still ■audible, grew tiny. "Well, general, there you
are. She ticks."
"Ought
to," was the faint reply. "We were beginning to sweat. She cost four
billion to develop."
The
engineer's voice had a grin in it. "Where do we go from here? Mars? Or the moon?"
"Sadie
is our top, boy. And we're lucky to have her. The new Congress is tired of our
costly little experiment, and wants to reduce taxes. The new President thinks
the development of weapons leads to war. He doesn't like war, and so in this
year of 1969—"
He
must have thought better of what he intended to say. There was silence, though
not for long. Gregory's faraway voice said, "What's next?"
"Dive," said the
general.
The engineer's voice
approached the mike:
"Morlake."
"I heard."
"Okay. See if you can
hit O'Ryan."
Morlake
grinned. The three test pilots of Kane Field played a game against the famous
racist publisher. Each time they dived they chose as target the Star-Telegram
building, which peered seventy stories into the sky beside
the flat, dead-looking waters of Lake Michigan. The idea was, if anything went
wrong, they might as well take O'Ryan and his penthouse into hell with them.
And they meant it too, after a fashion.
The
plane began to shudder. At eighty miles the jets were silent and useless, and
the hammering of the rockets was a sharp sound carried by the metallic frame.
The rockets were not meant to carry the load alone. All the
smoothness^fras gone from his marvellous machine. Morlake paused for a
final look at the universe.
It
was tremendously, unnaturally dark outside. The stars were pinpoints of intense
brightness, that did not twinkle or glitter. The sun, far to his left, was only
approximately round. Streamers of flame and fire mist made it appear lopsided
and unnatural. A quarter moon rode the blackness
directly overhead.
The S29A, moving very slowly, not more than a
hundred miles an hour, was over Chicago now. The city was lost in haze, quite
invisible to the naked eye. But on the radar screen every building was etched,
and there was no mistaking the Star-Telegram structure. Morlake waited until
the hairline sights directed under his seat were touching the shadow of the
building, and then he carefully tilted the nose of the plane downward.
He
was in no hurry, but presently the front aiming device was pointed directly at
the image on the radar screen. The speedometer was edged over to a thousand
miles an hour, when there was a dazzlingly bright flash in the sky behind and
above him. Something big and hot as hell itself flashed past him, and began to
recede into the distance below.
Morlake cringed involuntarily. He had time to
think: A meteorite! Speed about fourteen hundred miles an
hour. Below him, the bright flame fuzzed and winked out. He stared at it
astounded, removed his foot from the accelerator; and then, there, twenty feet
away, was the object. And it was not a meteorite at all.
Morlake
gazed at the thing in blank horror, as the radio embedded in the cushions
beside bis ears clicked on, and Gregory's voice shouted:
"Morlake,
we've just got word: New York, Washington, scores of cities destroyed in the
last ten minutes by giant atomic bombs. Morlake—get away from Chicago with
Sadie. She's our only working S29A. Morlake, you hear me?"
He
heard, but he couldn't speak. He sat frozen to the controls, glaring at the
atomic bomb twenty feet away.
After a blank period, Morlake stirred like a
sick dog. His reflexes began to function in a dream-like fashion. His eyes
shifted heavily over the instrument board. Slowly, he grew aware that the world
around was becoming brighter. A faint dawn glimmered in the distance to either
side, and the blaze of light below was like a vast fire bowl into which the
bomb and the ship were falling.
He thought: the flame that
had seared his ship when 42
the
bomb first passed him—that must have been its forward rocket tubes slowing the
thing so that it wouldn't burn up from sheer speed in the thick atmosphere
lower down.
The
thought passed as though it had never been, as if the thin, shrieking wind
building up outside had torn it from his brain. In its place, a formless mind stuff, seeking shape, pressed and quivered
inside him. Plans too fleeting to be comprehended multiplied and coalesced. Impersonal
plans involving death for his body. Impersonal, because the
city below was not his city. No one in it knew him or cared about him,
not even a secondary girl friend. He hated the place. Windy, dirty, wretched,
miserable, hot in summer, cold in winter . . . No, there was nothing there,
nothing at all. But the yeast of plans fermented with violence and direction.
"Morlake, damn your
soul, answer me!"
Answer
me, answer me, answer me! Over all the mad schemes
that were now springing full-grown into his head, one took precedence. If he
could deflect the bomb into the lake, five million people would have a chance for life.
He
knew better. Even as he shoved his plane over on fingers of wan jetfire, and
felt the metal frame jar against the bomb, he knew that the greater bombs
needed only to fall into the vicinity of the cities. Direct hits were unnecessary.
But
he pushed with the plane's vertical jets. His body shrank, expecting the blow
of radiation. And at first nothing happened. There was not enough air to give
power even to those superjets.
"Morlake, for God's
sake, where are you?"
He
was tj^a.intent for words to reach him. He had a fear that he would push the plane too hard, and that the curved fuselage
would roll itself away from the streamlined bomb. Delicate manipulation, touch,
pressure, oh, so delicate.
The movement began slowly. He noticed it
first on the hairline sighting device in front of him. O'Ryan was no longer
directly below. At that instant of infinitesimal success, the bottom of the
bomb flashed white fire. One burst only, but it jarred his precious contact. He
felt his machine slip clear of the bomb, and with a shock he saw that his
sights were once more pointing straight at the newspaper skyscraper.
The
bomb has reacted to his pressure. It must be on a beam, and couldn't be
diverted. Almost instantly, the bomb offered one more surprise. As he sat in a
haze of uncertainty as to his next move, it sent a flare of light billowing
over the S29A. Morlake shrank, and then the light was gone. He had no time to think
about it, because—
"Morlake, you damned
idiot, save Sadie!"
Anger,
despair, hate, frustration and the beginning of insanity—all were in that
shout. Morlake would have ignored it too, would have been almost unaware, but
at that split instant his gaze touched the altimeter. Twenty
miles. Only twenty miles to earth.
The
fever of his purpose burned out of him. Suddenly, he thought of Sadie as those
desperate men at Kane Field were thinking of her. Sadie, the sleek, the
gorgeous, Sadie of the high tail, the first of a fleet not yet built.
He
spurted his forward jets. And saw the bomb sink below him.
Instantly, it was gone into the mist. He began to turn, to try to pull her out of
her dive. Three times he blanked out, and came to again, dizzy but alive. Finally,
the plane was level. Morlake brought her nose up, and climbed on a long slant
at an acceleration that clenched his body.
Behind
him, below him, there was a glare as of a thousand times ten thousand suns. A
supernal blaze it was, unmatched in the sidereal universe" except by the
unthinkable fires of a Nova-O sun at its moment of ultimate explosion.
Catastrophe for a continent! Forty million
people in fifty major cities died in a space of not more than thirty minutes.
It was later estimated that each of the bombs dropped generated flash heats of
forty thousand billion degrees centigrade. Everywhere, the forces released were
too great to be confined. The balance of a hemisphere was shaken. Earthquakes
convulsed regions that had never known a tremor. And all that afternoon and
night the ground settled and quivered with a violence that had not been
paralleled in the history of mankind.
By
mid-aftemoon of the first day, a stricken people had begun to rally and
reintegrate. Senator Milton Tor-mey, recovering from food poisoning in Florida,
brought together two aged, ailing Congressmen in a resort hotel, and the three
issued a manifesto ordering a six-month period of martial law. In Berlin,
General Wayne, commanding American forces in Germany, demanded that all
countries in Europe and Asia open their borders to American planes. Delay or
refusal would be construed as a confession of guilt, and would bring instant
retaliation from secret American atomic bomb bases and from the navy.
The
national guard was called out. Radar and sonar
stations were put on battle alert, and throughout the night hastily-armed men
and women stared sleeplessly up into the skies, waiting for the paratroop armies
that would surely arrive with the dawn to conquer a devastated nation.
Morning broke over the thousand horizons of
America, and the sky and land were still untouched by alien sounds and alien
purposes. The sun came up out of the east. People were able to look at their
red-eyed neighbors, and to realize that the complete end of their world was
not yet at hand. After a week the enemy had still shown no sign. It took a
month for American plane patrols, fleets of planes and divisions of men to
discover that no nation on earth was organizing for war. Everywhere, peaceful
scenes met the frenzied searchers. They retreated finally, reluctandy, from
lands they had so summarily entered^
Day by day it grew clearer that the enemy had
struck a mortal blow at Earth's most powerful nation. And he had done it so
skillfully that he was going to get away with it.
Twice, Morlake, returning to base after his
wild flight, made the sweep over Kane Field. The first time, he was past before
he recognized the super-airfield. The second time he savored the desolation.
The
surface buildings, the control towers, the markers, the lights were down. Planes in twisted heaps on the field and beyond. The
wreckage spread into the distance southward as far as he could see! Planes and
parts in every degree of destruction, sections of metal buildings, chunks of
cement, of brick, of plastic and glass, and miles of splintered lumber. A giant
had trod this land.
Morlake
settled his machine on its vertical jets, like a helicopter, near one of the underground entrances. As he came down, he
saw a score of human figures sprawled almost at the mouth of the entrance. When
he rolled nearer, they ceased to look so human. He glanced away quickly, and
carefully guided his machine between them and the shelter.
A
fierce wind was blowing as he climbed to the ground, but except for that,
silence lay over the military air hub of the continent. He stepped gingerly
over the wreckage of the underground entrance, and made his way down cracked
steps. Plexiglass lights glowed in the upper corridors, untouched by the
secondary violence that had raged through the corridors themselves.
Everywhere
the walls were smashed. Ceilings had crashed down, and he could hear the remote
thunder of loosened girders and earth and cement, tumbling to form barriers in
the depths of the supposedly impregnable chambers. Morlake fumbled past two
such partial obstacles, came to a third that blocked his passage completely.
Then, as the ceiling a few yards behind him rumbled ominously, he began his
retreat to the surface.
He
reached the open air, breathing hard, and forced himself out of pity to examine
the less damaged bodies. All were dead. He floated around the field, landing a dozen times to search shells of buildings, and to peel into underground
entrances. He found two men whose pulses flickered with faint life.
They
failed to react to the stimulants in his first aid kit, so he loaded them into
the jet. Up on the air again, he turned on his radio, and at first the ether
seemed silent. It was only when he turned the volume almost to full that a
faraway voice scratched through to him. It kept fading out, but each time it
came back in, so that he did not lose the continuity:
".
. . People in cities over fifty thousand are ordered to leave, but all
merchants in those cities must remain in their stores. Repeat: merchants must
remain. Those who leave without authorization will be shot . . . Sell your
goods to anyone who comes in, rationing all customers . . . One suit, one
blanket. Groceries, about two weeks supply....
"People in cities or towns of less than fifty thousand, stay at
home.
Understand—stay at home! . . . Repeat emergency warning to people on Lake
Michigan. A tidal wave is sweeping up from Chicago at a speed of approximately
four hundred miles an hour. All shore towns will be destroyed. Wait for
nothing. Leave at once!
".
. . Flash! London. Great Britain announces declaration of war against unknown
enemy. Other countries following ..."
Morlake's
mind couldn't hold to the words. The selectivity was too poor, the voice a
mere segment of a remote sound. And besides, the first stunned calm was
slipping from him. He sat in his plane, thinking of millions of men and women
whose bodies had been reduced not to ashes but to atoms ... He was profoundly relieved when he reached his first
destination, a small military airport near a sizeable city in Iowa. The two men
were rushed off to the local hospital. While his machine was being refueled,
Morlake had a brief conference with three worried executive officers. They
agreed that his best course was to fly to one of the secret bases,sij* was to them that he mentioned for the first time that
he had seen the Chicago bomb.
All
three men grew excited, and he had a hard time getting away. They were certain
that experts would be able to make much of his experience.
It
was some time before he was allowed to approach the secret field. His radio
roared with alarms and warnings that he "must leave at once." He
insisted that the commanding officer be informed of his presence, and finally
he was permitted to set his machine down into a cavernous elevator, and was
drawn underground.
He
was ushered into the office of General Herrold, and at that time he made only a
brief report. He told the general the circumstances under which he had seen
the Chicago bomb, and paused, waiting for the flood of questions he expected.
For
a long time the old man looked at him, but he asked for no details. And Morlake
was being ushered into his quarters on the next tier down before the meaning
of the man's thin-lipped hostility penetrated. "By God," he thought,
"he didn't believe me!"
It
was staggering, but it couldn't be helped. No matter how incredible it sounded,
it was his duty to tell what had happened.
He
wrote his report as best he could, then phoned the
general's office that it was ready. After some delay he was told to remain in
his quarters, that an officer would come for the report. That was chilling, but
Morlake pretended to see nothing wrong. When the officer had come and gone
with the document, Morlake lay down, conscious of unutterable weariness. But
his brain was too active for sleep.
Reaction
to all the straining tensions of the day took the form of blank horror, of a
frank disbelief in what his eyes had seen. Slowly, his emotions became more
personal. He began to picture the possibilities of his own situation here,
where a suspicious martinet was in command. "Damn him," he thought
in a fury. "All the radar stations designed to spot bombs coming down near
cities must have been destroyed. And that leaves only what I saw."
But what did this experience prove? It was
the one major clue, so far, to the identity of the enemy. And it seemed
valueless.
Weeks
had still to pass before he would realize how tremendous a clue it really was.
11
"Order
in the court."
The hastily convened
court-martial was about to begin.
"It
is the intention of the prosecution," said the judge advocate after the
preliminaries were over, "to bring evidence that will establish one or the
other of two charges against Captain Morlake. The first charge is that he did
not, as he has claimed, see an atomic bomb, and that in fact, his purpose was
to procure cheap notoriety for himself out of a nation's most profound agony.
It is the opinion of the prosecution that, if the court finds him guilty of
this charge, the penalties should be severe in proportion to the monstrousness
of the disaster that has befallen our country.
"The
second charge," the judge advocate continued, "is more serious. It
assumes that Captain Morlake did, in fact, see the bomb, as he has stated, but
that he has deliberately falsified his report, or else was grossly negligent in
failing to observe the direction from which the bomb was coming."
For
Morlake, the deadly part was that he knew no one. He was not permitted to
subpoena character witnesses from fields to which men he had known had been
scattered. By the time the two rocket experts had testified, he recognized
that he was doomed. Shortly after his arrest, when one of his guards had
whispered that fully half the officers of the secret field had lost members of
their families in the bombing, he realized what weight of emotion was against
him. These men, twisted by disaster, could not feel, see, or think straight.
The
crisis came swiftly after he himself was called to the stand.
"There
is no doubt in your mind," the judge advocate said, "that what ypu
saw was an atomic bomb?" "It was an atomic bomb." "And it
was coming straight down?" "Yes, it was. Absolutely
straight." "This was about how high above the ground?" "At least seventy-five miles." Pause; then,
gravely:
"Captain Morlake, you have heard experts
testify that any bomb accurately aimed from any point on the earth's surface
would have been describing a parabolic
curve of some kind at the height?" "I have heard the witnesses."
"And what do you
conclude from their testimony?"
Morlake
was firm. "A short time ago I was convinced that our rocket science was
superior to that of any other country. Now, I know that we've been
surpassed."
"That
is your sole comment on the death of forty million Americans. We have been
surpassed."
Morlake
swallowed hard, but he controlled himself. "I did not say that. The bomb
was coming straight down."
"Hadn't you better
think that over, Captain?"
Insinuating words. He knew what they wanted. In the short time since the trial had been
scheduled, the prosecution had had several bright ideas. The previous night
they had come to him with drawings of hypothetical trajectories of bombs. Every
drawing was on a map of the world, and there were three different points of
origin illustrated. If he would agree that the bomb had been slanting slightly
in any one of the three directions, he would be a hero.
"You
still have an opportunity, Captain," said the judge advocate silkily,
"of being of great service to your country."
Morlake hesitated miserably. "I'm
sorry," he said at last, stiff with fear, "but I cannot change my
testimony. It was coming straight down."
The
sentence was thirty years, and he was lucky. Within a month of his trial men
were being hanged from lamp posts, and sedition trials
sprouted like weeds over a land
that could not discover its attacker.
On the ninety-fourth morning, Morlake put on
his fatigue suit as usual. He had only the vaguest sense of ever having done
anything else, the routine was so much a part of him.
On the way to breakfast he glanced at the bulletin board, where the day's work
sheet had already been posted. Ploughing the east field.
Planting potatoes in the valley. Repairing
the east fence. Cleaning the stables.
Transferring feed to a new barn.
It was the usual pattern, with only one thing
missing.
His own name was not attached to any one of
the details. Immediately after breakfast he reported the omission to the day
sergeant.
"Okay, you go along
with the potato planting detail."
Morlake
went, telling himself that, if his name were ever again missing from the board,
he would report to the office of the clerks who made up the work sheet.
It
wasn't that the work hadn't been good for him. He had always been as hard as
nails, and his internal muscles were so perfectly balanced and organized that,
in all the army air forces, he had proved by actual test that he could
withstand more acceleration than any other man.
And
he felt better now, healthier, more awake, more alive, more
appreciative of life. But he didn't like planting potatoes. The army farm used
the old, primitive method of bending down to place each seed-spud by hand ... By noon, he was sweating and tired.
The
mid-day dinner was eaten in the field. Men squatted on the grass with their
plates and cups. And the chatter took exactly the same form as on the day
before, and the day before that, and so on back into infinity.
"The
bombs . . ." "Hey, did you hear what that new guy said the other day,
about somebody staggering out of an undamaged basement in New York City?"
"Some character in the Middle West is saying that bombs could only have
come from the Moon . . ." ". . . It's the Chinese, or I'll be dipped
in . . ." "I'll put my money in Russia . . ." "Hell, if I
was General Wayne in Berlin, I'd—"
The
detail sergeant climbed lazily to his feet. "Okay, generals, up and at
those potatoes, before the bugs move in "
The
afterncxm lengthened. About four o'clock a car detached itself from the haze
that hid the farm buildings five miles to the north. It came lazily along a
dirt road, disappearing behind trees and into gullies, but always it came into
view again, each time nearer, and obviously as
puzzling to the detail sergeant as to the prisoners. The sergeant and his
corporal walked slowly towards the road as the car approached, and stood
waiting for it.
Up, down, up, down—The
remaining guards kept things moving. The ploughs whuffed and thudded through
the soil folding the fresh dirt over the seed potatoes. The horses champed and
swished their tails. One of them noisily passed water. Up down, up,
down—Morlake, sweating and breathing hard, alternated the rhythmic movement
with glances at the nearing car and with his own thoughts.
Of
the various articles and newpaper editorials that he had read in the farm
library, only one, it seemed to Morlake, contained a sensible idea: The purpose
of the bombing had not been to destroy the nation or conquer it, but simply to
change its political character. With the vociferous, noisy, highly-educated,
politically conscious people of America's world-cities out of the way, power
would revert to the isolationist agricultural communities. Every capitalistic
state in the world would benefit from the markets from which American industry
would have to withdraw. And the dozen Communist states had their own reasons
for appreciating the end of American influence in Europe, Africa and Asia.
If
the enemy were not discovered for several years, it was likely that the elected
representatives of cautious farm states would not dare to retaliate. Already,
old prejudices were showing. The South reinstituted Jim Crow-ism. And there
was no one to stop them.
Only
three facts were known about the aggressor: He existed. He had left no clues in
his own countries. And he had dropped his bombs straight down onto at least one
city.
Unfortunately,
the one man who believed the third item was Robert Morlake, and so far his sole
thought was that the bombs must have been launched from the Moon . . . Morlake
smiled wryly. He could imagine himself trying to convince other men that they
must go to the Moon to find out the name of their enemy.
"Morlake!"
Morlake
straightened slowly and turned. It was the corporal who had gone with the sergeant
to the car. In the near distance, the machine was turning noisily around.
Morlake saluted.
"Yessir?"
"You're
wanted at the office. You weren't supposed to come out on a detail this
morning. "Come along."
Five
minutes later, Morlake knew that he was being presented with an opportunity, to
escape.
What had happened Morlake discovered
gradually. On the East Coast, General Mahan Clark, ranking staff officer
surviving, declared martial law on the afternoon of the bombing. For three
months he worked eighteen to twenty hours a day, to integrate the shattered
armed forces and to organize the country. Railway, telephone and telegraph
lines were repaired, and postal services resumed. Priorities and rationings
were instituted, and an industrial census taken.
At
the end of seventy days he had a picture of the country's resources. By the
eightieth day, industries that needed each other's products were being
coordinated on a vast scale. Troops patrolled cities and
towns; a national curfew was put into effect; severe penalties were
invoked-against mobs and mob leaders. Mass hangings of known Communists ceased.
People with foreign accents were still being molested, but the cases grew more
isolated daily.
From
the eighty-fifth to the eighty-eighth day, the general took a holiday, during
which time he played dice, ate, rested and slept, and listened only to
emergency reports. Back at his headquarters, he moved into a new office.
"From
now on," he told reporters, "I'll delegate all except a minimum of
administrative work. I will devote my attention to picking up technical matters
at the highest level. I'nt^n engineer, not a politician.
What I want to know is, what the hell happened to our
advanced stuff on the day of the bombing? Where is it, and who's
alive that knows something about it?"
Late
in the afternoon of the ninety-first day, he looked up bleary-eyed from a mass of papers, and called in an adjutant.
"There's a report here that S29A was scheduled for a 53
test
flight on B-day. Was the test made? If so, what happened?"
Nobody
knew until the following morning, when a lieutenant produced a report form
Field R3 in Texas that the S29A had landed there a few hours after the destruction
of its base, Wayne Field, ninety-two days before.
"Who
the hell," said Clark, "is the misbegotten incompetent in charge of
R3? Herrold? Oh!"
He
subsided. He had once been under Herrold's command, and one observed certain
amenities with former superiors. Later, though, he remarked to a ranking officer:
"Herrold is an old fool. If a man under him has twice as much sense as
another, he can't tell the difference. Drive, ability, leadership—he can't see
them." He scowled. "Well, the best bet, I suppose, is to have the
machine brought here. Inform Herrold, will you?"
The
order for the plane caused a turmoil in the upper
officialdom of Field R3. No one there could fly the ship.
"It's
a special plane," an air-force major explained to General Herrold. "I
remember that the man who was to test it had to go to the factory and learn all
kinds of preliminary things before he was even allowed to warm her jets. The
difficulties, I understand, derive from an intricate combination of rocket and
jet drives."
"Oh!"
said General Herrold. He thought about it for some minutes, then, "It
wouldn't take you long," he suggested, "to learn to fly it, would
it?"
The
big young man shrugged. "I've been flying jets for years—" he began.
He
was interrupted. "Uh, Major Bates," Herrold said, "the officer in question, Captain Robert Morlake, is in
prison for a most heinous offence. It would be a grave setback for discipline
if he were freed merely because he can fly a plane. Accordingly, I shall have
him brought here, and no doubt he can teach you to fly the plane in a day or
so. I want you to hold no conversations with him except on purely technical
matters. You will carry a gun, and remember that the plane is more valuable
than the man."
Bates saluted. "I'll handle him,
sir," he said confidently.
The moment the S29A was high enough, Morlake
zipped her over into a power dive. Behind him, Major Bates clawed for the
nearest handhold;-,
"Hey!"
he yelled. "What the hell do you think you're doing?"
Morlake
wasn't sure. He had decided at the moment he was sentenced to virtual life
imprisonment that he would not accept the verdict of the court. But exactly
what was going to happen now he didn't know.
"Now,
look, Morlake," Bates said in a voice that trembled slightly, "this
is not going to get you anywhere. There's hardly any fuel in the tanks."
That
was why he had wasted no time. Morlake said nothing, but sat blank-brained,
waiting events. The day was clear as glass, the earth below plainly visible. It
looked closer than it was.
"For
God's Sake, man!" he other's nerve was tottering badly. "You swore
you still stood by your oath of allegiance to the United States."
Morlake broke his silence.
"I do."
"Then what—"
"I
happen to be the only man who knows how to find the enemy. If I let myself stay
locked up, I'd be violating my oath."
It
sounded wild even to Morlake. It probably seemed pure insanity to Bates. And
Morlake did not fool himself. He felt emotional about this. It was not
reasoned, objective, what he was doing. He had had a three-month's taste of a
life sentence of hard labor, and the passionate beliefs he held, his
justification for this, were rooted as much in horror of his fate as in
patriotism.
The
bomb had come straight down. If, as the experts maintained, jfcouldn't have
come from Earth, then it had come from'Tab Moon. Since that was not an idea to
which Americans would take easily, it was up to the one man who knew the facts
to persuade them.
His
thought ended. He jumped, as he saw that the ground was really rushing towards
him now. Behind him:
"Morlake, for God's
sake, what do you want?"
"Your
gun."
"Do you intend to kill
me?"
"Don't be a fool. Hurry."
The
earth was a huge valley, with rearing hills no longer looking so flat. Morlake
felt the gun shoved past his shoulder. He snatched at it, shouting:
"Get back! Back, away
from me!"
He
knew that would be hard, like climbing the side of a house. But he waited while
the sweating officer fumbled away from his seat. He could hear the man cursing
with fear. And his own heart was pounding, his body
rigid, when at last he came out of his dive, and began to climb towards the
black regions of the stratosphere.
The
stars were as bright as jewels before he leveled off and began his race with
the diminishing supply of fuel. At the machine's most economical speed,
thirty-five miles a minute, he sped through the darkness above an ocean of
light.
He
had two intermingled hopes: That he would be able to reach Kane Field and that
he would find it deserted. The first hope was realized as the field swam into
view in the distance. The second ended in dismay, as he saw that the entire
area swarmed with men, with tractors, cranes, trucks and piles of material.
Morlake
came down from behind a low hill some distance from the nearest group of
workers.
"Get out!" he
said to Bates.
"I'll
see you hanged for this!" the big man snarled. But he got out. He did not
move off immediately nor did Morlake. There was a prolonged silence, then:
"Tell
them," Morlake said, "that I'm taking the plane
because—because—" He paused. He felt a desperate desire to justify
himself. He went on, "Tell them the top speed of Sadie is 67 miles a
minute, and that she can climb 80 miles in 7 minutes plus, but tell them—"
He hesitated, for if his words were given publicity, the unknown enemy would
read them also— "tell them not to waste any more time building duplicates
of Sadie. She isn't fast enough, she can't go high
enough to reach the men who dropped the atomic bombs. And that's why I'm taking
her. Because she's only a second-rater, and therefore
worthless. Goodby."
He waved his hand. The vertical jets hissed
with power.
The
machine reared slowly, then the rockets fired several bursts, and the ground
began to flow below like a tremendously swift river. Morlake headed over the
hills, straight towards a place where there had once been pipes leading up from
an underground fuel tank. Men were working there amid a tangle of twisted
metal, but some order had already been established. He landed.
A
foreman, a slim, rugged-looking young man, came over, and said, "Sure,
we've got all the fuel you want. None of the tanks were busted by the
earthquakes. Roll her over this way."
He
was in no hurry, but talkative, curious. While his men attached piping to the
tanks Morlake indicated, he asked pointed questions, which Morlake answered or
evaded with a laugh. He knew how to talk to this kind of man, and the only
trouble was that out of the corner of one eye, he saw Bates come into sight
over the hill, and flag down a truck. The truck headed swiftly toward Morlake.
When it was a third of a mile away, Morlake climbed into the plane.
"Thanks," he
said.
The
foreman waved cheerfully. "Give my regards to the general."
The
truck was tooting its horns madly as the S29A became airborne.
Morlake's
sense of exultation did not last long. He had enough fuel to fly around the
earth. But his problem was to convince the people in authority that only by
continuing the abandoned moon project could they ever again hope to be free of
danger. Where, how would he start? What ought his pattern of action to be?
When
he came right down to it, he hadn't really given that much (fcyppjht,
m
Nine bullet-proof cars drew up before General Clark's
headquarters one day some ten months after the bombing. There was a scurrying
of men from the first four and the last four. Everywhere guns showed
prominently, as the guards drew a cordon around the center car. As soon as the
maneuvers were completed, a flunkey hurried forward and graciously opened the
door of the big machine. Then he moved back.
Senator
Tormey stepped out. He frowned as he saw that no one had yet come out of the general's
office to meet him. Then as the general himself appeared in the doorway, a
smile wreathed the handsome though heavy face, and he walked over and shook
hands with the officer.
"Got
all the Morlake stuff ready to show me?" he asked.
"All
ready," Clark nodded. "I'd have invited you to see it before if I'd
known you were interested."
Tormey
took that as an apology. He had come a long way in the past four months. On
B-day he had called for martial law, to last for six months, and had then found
that the army was not prepared to turn the government over to him at the
specified time. The available press and radio echoed with the senator's
protests. He had no ambitions himself, but it was time for the government to
be returned to civilians. As the ranking survivor of the federal congress, it
was his duty—and so on. And so on and so on.
That was the beginning. And as army
ruthlessness, as personified by tens of thousands of officers, had as usual
alienated ninety per cent of the population, the senator was soon riding a
crest of protest meetings, of which the army, in the person of General Clark,
finally took cognizance.
The
senator was invited to headquarters, and taken into the confidence of the
military. He became a habitual member of General Clark's dice club, and his
advice was sought on every important administrative problem. It was the army's
bid for civilian support, and it seemed to work.
"This
way," said General Clark, "to what we call the Morlake room."
It
was a small room. There was a desk and a chair in it, and a filing cabinet. On
one wall was a huge map of North America, with pins stuck into it. The red pins
indicated that Robert Morlake had definitely been seen in those areas. The
green pins meant that he had "almost certainly" been in the
vicinity. The yellow pins were rumors, and the blue pins represented points at
which a plane resembling S29A had been observed. Each pin was numbered and the
numbers referred to a card index file, which contained a synopsized history of
the hunt for Robert Morlake. The index itself was based on files of documents,
which were kept in a cabinet beside the map.
"At
first," General Clark explained. "Morlake's idea seemed to be to
contact old friends of his. On the second day after refueling at Kane Field, he
approached the residence of Professor Glidden in California. . . ."
After watching Glidden Grove one whole day,
Morlake got up at dawn and walked two miles to where the low, long building of
Dr. Glidden's research institute spread beside the banks of a winding stream. A
caretaker was puttering beside the open door of a stucco,
Holly-woodish laboratory. He answered Morlake's query curiously:
"Dormart? He lives with the professor. I guess the cook will be up by this time.
That's the house, over there."
It was a glassed, tree-sheltered bungalow. As
Morlake strode along a walk lined with towering shrubs, a woman emerged from a
side path that led up from the creek, and they almost collided.
It
was the woman who was startled. Morlake said nothing. Ninety-four days on the
prison farm had frozen his nerves.
The woman was dark-haired and blue-eyed; she
wore a wrap-around dressing gown and a bathing cap. "Mr.
Dor-man," she ecrfeed. "Oh, you mean the secretary." Her
manner became indifferent. "Probably still in bed. It's a habit of people
like that to sleep until it's time to punch the clock."
Her tone was carelessly contemptuous.
Morlake, who had been about to pass on politely, paused for a second look. She was not the world's most beautiful woman, but it
seemed to him that he had never seen a more passionate face. Her lips
were full and sensuous, her eyes large and bright, her manner immensely
assured.
"Aren't
you a litde early," she asked, "for visiting the help?"
She was irritating, and Morlake didn't like
her at all. "May I by any chance," he asked, "be speaking to
Professor Glidden?"
The remark pleased her, for she laughed. She
stepped confidently up to him, and hooked her arm in his. She said, "I'll
ask the cook which room is your friend's. You mustn't mind me too much. I like
to get up when the birds start singing, and it makes me cross to have to wait
five hours before there's anybody to talk to. I'm the physical type. Immense
energy; and the only reason my brain is any good at all is because I never
worry. Do you know anything about endocrinology?"
"Never heard of
it," said Morlake, truthfully.
"Thank
God," said the woman. She added, "I've been swimming in the old
swimming hole—enlarged by damming, cemented into a pool, and improved by a
ten-thousand-dollar heating system for cool days and nights. Just
a litde gadget of the professor's, hot and cold running water. Would
you like to know all the local gossip? I've only been a guest twenty-four
hours, but I already know everything there is to know here."
Morlake
did not doubt it. He was beginning to be fascinated. It cost him an effort to
keep his mind to his purpose. The woman said: "The world is absolutely
wretched, detestable and incorrigible. Here it is little more than three months
after B-day, and—"
"After what?".
"Bomb day. That's what the army calls it. You can't go on saying 'the day the
atomic bombs were dropped,' or 'day of the catastrophe.' You can't even expect
people to remember that B-day was July 17th, can you?"
She
did not wait for an answer, for they had reached the house.
"Wait here," she said. "I'll
slip into my bedroom, and open the living-room door for you."
Morlake
did not wait. The moment she disappeared around the corner, he followed. It had
taken him a minute to catch on, but he was too conscious of danger to be fooled
by a fast-talking woman. She had recognized him, and she would probably
telephone the police before opening the front door.
There
were three patio doors, along the side and all of them were unlocked, but only
the third one opened into an unoccupied room.
He
knew it was possible that the woman had snatched up a gun in passing, but he
was beyond that kind of fear. . . . The situation in the living-room was ideal
for melodrama. She was at the phone, her back to him, saying urgently, "Keep
trying! There must be an answer!" Morlake put his hand over the
mouthpiece, and took the receiver from her instantly acquiescent fingers. For a
long moment the woman sat frozen, and then slowly she turned and looked at him,
her eyes widened.
Morlake
did not replace the receiver, but stood there holding it tightly. He said in a
monotone:
"How did you recognize
me?"
She. shrugged. "Newspaper pictures all over the house. Your friend,
Dorman, talking about you, saying he can't believe you're guilty. But you are,
aren't you? I've seen desperate men before."
Where? Morlake wondered,
but all he said was:
"Who were you
phoning?"
"The
police, of course."
Answering that required no
thought.
"The
police would have replied—" he began. And then he stopped, as the
operator's voice sounded from the earphone. He jerked the instrument up.
"Yes," he said. "Hello."
"The
party jfie lady called does not answer," trilled the female voiced
Morlake said, "Are you sure you have the
right number?" Beside him the woman gasped. Before he could guess her
intention, she reached down, snatched the cord, and, with a jerk that must have
jarred her body, tore the wires out of the box....
In the Morlake room at supreme headquarters,
General
Clark
paused in his narrative. Senator Tormey said slowly:
"Who was the woman?
Did you find out?"
The
officer shook his head. "I can't remember the alias she used at Glidden
Grove, but that name and a dozen others that she employed are all in the index
there." Clark motioned toward the cabinet.
"You think she was
after Morlake?"
"Definitely."
"How
did she happen to be at that particular spot within two days after Morlake's
escape?"
"That,"
said the general, "was what worried Morlake. Then and there he abandoned his
plan to approach old friends of his, and attempt, through them, to build up the
nucleus of his organization. He realized that he had been forestalled by a
group that had anticipated his plans and made a thorough study of his life
history. When we came on the scene we found that virtually every friend he ever
possessed had been under surveillance on that morning. A hundred different
methods were used to gain intimate access to the different people involved. It
was very thorough."
"How
do you account for their preparation?" The senator was standing with
closed eyes.
"It
is our opinion," said Clark, "that they intended to rescue him from
the prison farm and kill him."
"But how did they know
about him?"
The
general hesitated. "Our theory there is a little wild, but the men who have gone over Morlake's written statement
and court-martial evidence grew interested in the flare of light that enveloped
the plane immediately after the bomb had rebuffed Morlake's attempt to throw it
off-course. We think that that light was used to take a television picture of the S29A.
"Oh!"
Tormey was silent. Finally, "What did Morlake do next?"
It was Morlake who broke
the silence in the living room of Professor Glidden's bungalow. "Where is
your car?" he said.
The woman seemed resigned. "I'll get my
car keys, and drive you back to your plane. I suppose that's where you're
heading."
He
went with her, conscious that he could trust no one, now that he knew. And that
there wasn't time to talk to Dan Dorman, or to ask the questions he had
intended to ask Dan's employer, Professor Glidden. He had come to Dan first of
all, because of his connection with the world-famous physicist. Depressing to
be here at the spot, and realize that he had to leave without having accomplished
anything.
Ten
minutes later, the woman parked the car a hundred feet from where Sadie was
drawn up under trees. "It's a pretty plane," she said. "How fast
can it go?"
"Just
over a hundred miles a minute," said Morlake carelessly. "Get
out."
"W-what?" She must have thought he was going to kill her, for she turned pale.
"Please," she begged, "I'm as innocent as you are. I know
nothing."
Morlake
gazed at her curiously, but he said nothing. Let her sweat for a minute. He
didn't have time to question her, and so he couldn't judge how deeply she was
involved. Not that it would have made any difference. He was neither judge nor
executioner. He locked the car doors, then slipped the
keys into his pocket. He saw that the woman had regained control.
"It's
only two miles," she said. "I ought to get there before breakfast. Goodby and—good luck."
He
sent the plane straight up until the world was black, and stars were points of
light above him. Then he flashed out over the Pacific, and, turning,
came back in, coasting over trees straight into a deep arroyo. His new hiding
place was less than half a mile from Manakee, California, the town four^rniles
from Glidden Grove, where the telephone exchangemusf be located.
A
bus coming along the nearby highway made his trip easy, and enabled him to
inquire about the location of the exchange. . . . There were three girls at the
switchboard. One of them, a washed-out looking blonde, said:
"Something
went wrong with the line, so I drove in. Did you get the party?"
"Yep, I got her, then I couldn't get you."
Another woman! Morlake felt a thrill, then a
sharp anxiety. It was as he had feared. The connection had been established. He
hesitated, but there was no drawing
"Will
you call again?" "Sure. Got the number?"
Morlake was as ready for that as he could be.
"Let me see. Hmmm, can't think of it offhand. But I have it here
somewhere."
As he began to search aimlessly through his
pockets, he saw that she was examining her notebook. She looked up.
"Never
mind, I wrote it down. Lucy Desjardins, 476 Hartford Street,
Crestolanto 9153."
For
a moment Morlake could only trust himself to nod, then
it was time to speak again.
"Just a moment,"
he said.
"Yes?"
"Did
the party, uh, say anything, when you couldn't get her through to me?"
"Yeah, she said it
didn't matter or something like that."
"Oh!"
said Morlake. "In that case don't bother." He mustered a laugh.
"She's a damned touchy woman. I don't want to get her down on me again."
He
went out, perspiring but momentarily relieved and jubilant. The feeling didn't
last long. The woman had said it didn't matter. That meant she had understood.
The gang would be swinging into action.
He
hailed a cruising taxi, and had it take him to the suburbs. As soon as it was
out of sight, he raced along the highway and across the fields to his machine.
The moment he was inside the cockpit, he turned on the radar, and waited.
At
first there was nothing. The sky was empty, except for a haze of immensely high
clouds. After thirty-seven minutes, a shadow darkened the screen. It was too
far away, too high to form a clear image. But it was unmistakable, and it
moved along with great speed at a height of about a hundred and twenty-five
miles.
Morlake
kept spinning his radio dial, and suddenly it caught and stopped, as a voice
said:
". . . Got away, looks
like. We've been east and north and south, and out over the water, and there's
not a sign of anything moving. His machine must be capable of far greater speed
than we believed."
The
answering voice was faint. "Don't give up. Take nothing for granted."
A
third voice broke in loudly, "Hey, who's that talking. This is army
station Miklaw. Identify yourself."
There
was a faint laugh from the nearest voice, then silence.
IV
For
Morlake, hiding, waiting, planning, in the arroyo
near Manakee, time passed slowly. It was a strangely sad period, one man alone
wondering how he could convince a nation that he was right and their leaders
were wrong. Ghosts of forty million dead adults and children haunted his
dreams, but already the fact that they had existed was a shadowy fact in his
mind. To him, who had no family, and who had had the experience of friends
dying in a war, death was not the ogre that it was to those who had never been
trained to face it.
Far
more real than the death that had struck was the knowledge that out there
somewhere on the surface of the Earth, cunning devil-men were waiting for the
slightest hint that their identity had been discovered that, to save
themselves, they must be prepared to rend the entire Earth.
Their
leaders would deny all accusations, would charge a conspiracy, and, with the
tremendous advantage of control of the Moon, would be able to launch bombs toward
any target at will.
Morlake
qu^led at the picture, and knew that his new plan to seek brit the gang must
parallel and complement his greater purpose of forcing a reluctant people to
crawl up from the caves of fear into which their minds had collapsed, up to
the special bravery or imagination that would be needed for the conquest of
space.
At
dawn, on his third morning in the arroyo, Morlake made sure the radar screen
was blank, and then flew in a great circle around the Capistrano radar station
of the army, to Crestolanto. He spent all that day watching 476
Hartford Street. It was a
plain two-story structure, and during the morning it showed no sign of life.
About mid-afternoon, a woman came out of the front door and walked to the
nearby market. It was not the woman who had been visiting Professor Glidden's
home, but a slim, distinguished-looking young woman with hair slightly greying
at the temples.
When
she had come back, he wrote a letter to General Clark, describing what he
intended to do. He mailed the letter shortly after dark, and then he waited for
black night. It was half-past nine by his watch when he crawled through a
window, and moved stealthily toward the living-room, where a light was visible
through a partly open door....
Senator Tormey asked, "And then what
happened?" General Clark shook his head. "We have no direct information."
He
pointed to a red pin rooted in a small west-coast city.
"There,
Morlake made one of his four attempts to interest the general public. According
to our reports, a woman did all the preliminary advertising for a lecture
Morlake intended to give. According to our information, it was this second
woman. The lecture was a flop. About a dozen people turned up, most of them old
women, who thought it was a new religion, in which the Moon had been proved to
be heaven."
"Then
it would appear that Morlake and this, uh, nameless woman joined forces."
"Never,"
said the general, "have I had reports of a bolder couple. They were quite cautious at
first. Now they're absolutely fearless."
The
senator was silent. He wore contact lenses, behind which his intense blue eyes
gleamed with alert fires.
General
Clark walked to a window, and gazed out past the formal park toward the distant
blue of hills. Without looking around he said:
"Last
night you asked me about Morlake, and I invited you to come here. This is in
line with the army's policy of cooperating with elected representatives of the
people. As you know, we intend to permit the congressional elections next fall
and the presidential elections in 1972 and so the country will resume its
normal democratic functioning. What you dp not know
is that, though the elections will be held as scheduled, the announcement
about them was made with the intention of lulling the enemy."
From
behind him, Tormey said slowly, "I don't think I understand."
The
general turned to face the bigger man. "When Morlake escaped with S29A, I
received a garbled account of what had happened. It was so garbled, in fact,
the loss of the plane so important, that I flew to Texas by jet, saw the
court-martial papers of Morlake, and began to realize what tremendous
information had been bottled up. Naturally, I relieved Herrold of bis command
instantly, and by the end of the week we had the information which I have
described. Better still, our radar station at Capis-tranp saw the image of the
enemy spaceship which was searching for Morlake, and so we had definite
evidence that what he stated in his letter was correct.
"When
Capistrano saw it, the spaceship was about two hundred miles up. They couldn't
estimate the speed, but it was terrific."
He went on
matter-of-factly:
"Normally,
we might have paid no attention to such a report. So many, many reports come in
hour after hour to all military districts. But at this time, on the basis of
Morlake's written statement to General Herrold, our experts decided that they
had narrowed the possible origins of the bombs to three:
"Two
of jtient werp the likeliest points on Earth. If we decided on emier bf these,
we*d have to assume that our men or our instruments for detecting radioactivity
were at fault. We rejected these possibilities because the piles necessary for
the creation of vast quantities of radioactive materials could not escape
detection. That left the third alternative, which assumed the bombs to be of
extraterrestrial origin. I accordingly ordered the resumption of the moon
project, which—as you know—had actually completed nearly 30 ships when Congress
cut off its funds."
Senator
Tormey said gravely, "I regret that I had something to do with that
cut-off, but it was a matter of too much deficit spending."
"Unfortunately,"
said the General, "one of the storage places for the spaceships was in
Georgia, and that entire base was destroyed by a direct hit. Twenty-two
spaceships were destroyed. However, there is another storage area —it would be
unwise for me to tell you where it is."
"Perhaps,
I could inspect them," said the senator. "How many ships are
there?"
"Five."
"That
many?"
Tormey sounded impressed.
"They'll be
operational next week," said General Clark.
The
senator made a strange sound. It was not a word, and he did not repeat it. Instead,
he walked unevenly to a chair and sat down.
"General,"
he mumbled at last, "you make me dizzy. You mean that all this uproar
about Morlake has been unnecessary?"
"Very
necessary," Clark was deadly serious. "His desperate efforts to get
us to do something made it look as if we were paying no attention to him. We
even ridiculed Morlake's propaganda. Personally, I think Morlake caught on,
but right now I'd give a lot to have a talk with him. The time has come for
coordinated action."
The senator said blankly,
"But this means war."
"We'll
smash them in one day," Clark said coldly. "No one else has dared to
mobilize, for fear of rousing our suspicion. We'll put a million men into their
cities overnight. We'll execute every man who had anything to do with the
bombing of this country. For once, no one will have an excuse."
"And
all this in about two weeks?"
"Possibly
less."
There
was a long silence. At last the senator climbed to his feet.
"It seems kind of funny after that, to
talk of social activity, but are you still having your crap game tonight?"
"We don't dare change our habits now."
"How
many will be there?" "Six, besides yourself."
"Wonder
if I could bring along a yourlg friend of my wife's?"
"Why, sure. Which rerninds me.
When is your lady coming down here?"
Tormey
smiled. "Couldn't fell you. She thinks I ought to
retire from politics, and therefore she won't establish an official residence.
She's pretty much of a traveler."
They
parted on that note.
"Gentlemen," said Senator Tormey,
"this is my friend, Morley Roberts."
There
was a grunting response. Morlake sat down, and watched the dice bounce briskly
from the far end of the table. He did riot look immediately at General Clark,
but concentrated on making his first bet. Presently, he picked up his winnings
for .the' roll, and pressed his arm ever so lightly against the gun in his
shoulder holster. It was still there/ready for the crisis which ought to come
in a few minutes. "
He
lost twice in a row, and then won three times on his own roll. As he gave up
the dice finally, he took his first good look at General Clark. A pair of eyes
as sharp as his own met that one searching glance. The
general said casually:
"So
it's me you're here to contact, Roberts?"
Morlake brought his hand to the edge of the
table, with the fingers held slightly downward and barely touching the surface.
From there it was one foot to his gun.
He
said steadily:
''General,
y^r*re a smart man, but you haven't figured it quite right.'^*1
There was an undertone in his voice, the
beginning of tension, the beginning of deadly intent. Like darkness blotting
out day, the atmosphere of the room changed. Some of the officers looked at
each other, puzzled. Senator Tormey said:
"It's getting warm in here. Uh, I'll
call one of my guards and have him open the windows wider."
"I'll do it,
sir." Morlake was on his feet, without waiting for acquiescence.
He examined the windows and, as he had
expected, the "glass" was a bullet-proof plastic. What he did then
was rooted in a profound discovery he had made during the previous six months:
the discovery that if you say you will do something and then go and do
something similar, no one will notice the difference—for a while.
Without
a qualm, he closed and locked the three windows, and then he returned to the
table. The dice rolled whitely against the background of the green cloth.
Senator Tormey won from several of the officers. As he was raking in it,
General Clark said:
"Morley Roberts. The name is familiar,
but it is the face that makes a better identification. Suppose we change the
name around a little, and say Robert Morlake, former Captain, army air forces,
court-martialed, thirty years at hard labor. Am I getting warm?"
The
general's voice went up, "Wait, gentlemen!" The men at the table
froze, two with their chairs pushed back, one with a hand under his coat. The
senator was the first to relax. He was sitting at the side of the table, and he
hummed a small tune under his breath. Clark said softly:
"You
came here tonight as the guest of Senator Tormey. I presume he knows who you
are."
"I'm
sure," Morlake said, "that the senator must have recognized me, but
you will know better than I if he's made inquiries about me in the last two
days. But now I'd better hurry. Gentlemen, this is a dangerous moment, not
because of me directly—I'm only a catalytic agent— but because my appearance
gave a certain person an opportunity to carry out a previously conceived plan.
"It
was my intention," Morlake went on, "that he should use me for this
purpose so that I might use him for mine.
"A
brief case history is in order: Picture a wealthy congressman, unscrupulous and
with unlimited ambitions. It is very easy for him to think of himself as a man
of destiny, frustrated by the stupidity of others. Having become senator, he
discovered in two successive presidential campaigns that he had no chance to
become chief of state. His wife began to realize shortly after she married him
in 1964 that his rage at his failure was irrational, his lust for revenge
completely unbalanced, But she didn't guess at the meaning of his schemes nor
at the purpose of the organization he set up in the South until B-Day; the
total violence and hate in thé man—she told me—was concealed by a superficial
courtesy and a courtly manner. As you know, he was in a safe place on B-Day—very
fortuitous. Afterwards, his main opposition was the army. It was clever of him
to authorize martial law—which would have been done anyway. It was clever
because he was later able to use it in his propaganda."
Morlake
paused, and smiled to relax his eyes, to loosen his body, because the moment
had come.
"His
big opportunity came—it seemed to him—when I appearedon the scene, as guest of his wife. He saw it as his chance to kill General
Clark and his staff, and throw the blame on me.. L,,.of course, the highly publicized escaped army convict,
would also be found dead, and—"
Mprlake
broke off. He said, "What's the matter, senator, has-your nerve gone?
You're not going to go down like a weakling, are you?"
The
sweat was almost a mask on the heavy face. Tormey brought his hand up, and put
it in his vest pocket. He fumbled for a long moment. Morlake said:
"I
see, senator, that you're activating your little radio, calling your agents
outside."
As
if to punctuate the words, there was a crash of bullets on the window.
Everybody except Morlake jumped. Morlake said tantalizingly:
"Too
bad."
He reached,.across
the table, and snatched a tiny instrument frojLthe senator's vest pocket. The
man grabbed angrily at hisniand; 6ut he
was too slow.
"Hmmm," said
Morlake. "One of the printed variety."
With
a visible effort, the other man straightened. "Never heard such
nonsense," he snarled. "You've arranged this drama with bullets
against the window. If you think such a simple scheme is going to work against
me, you're—"
He
stopped. His eyes, staring straight into Morlake's widened. He must have
realized that his denials were meaningless here, that the plans already boiling
in his mind, to use the radio and the press, his control of the party, of the
country, his skill at propaganda—all that meant nothing to this deadly young
man. He had not even time to cry out in sudden terrified realization of his
fate.
The two shots that Morlake fired broke the
big man's lungs. Tormey slumped over on the table, then
slid down to the floor. Morlake paid no attention to the armed officers in the
room. They could have shot him as he knelt beside the dying man, but his very
helplessness was his safeguard. They watched, their bodies rigid, and they must
have been restrained, too, by the knowledge that he had acted with remorseless
logic.
Morlake
neither saw nor worried. The senator's eyes were open and staring widely. There
was blood on his lips.
"Senator, what is the
name of the enemy?"
That
got them. General Clark came closer. An officer who had gone to calm the guards
at the door half turned back into the room. Even Senator Tormey stiffened.
"You can go to
hell," he muttered.
Morlake
said, "Hurry, man, you've only got a minute—a minute."
The
horror of that struck deep. The thick face twisted. "Die!" the
senator mumbled. "Why—I'm going to die." The idea seemed to grow on
him. He struggled, gasping for breath, then subsided.
He lay so still for a second that he looked dead. His eyes opened wearily. He
looked up, and mumbled:
"Was that my wife ... at Crestolanto, in that house?"
Morlake
nodded. "She used your organization. She received all California reports.
That enabled her to locate me no matter which local agent saw me first. She had
decided that if I came to Crestolanto she would ask me to help her. It was she
who toured the country with me for all those weeks."
General
Clark dropped down beside Morlake. "Senator," he said, "for
God's sake, the name of the country, the enemy?"
The
dying man looked at him with the beginning of a sneer on his lips.
"We got even with you nigger lovers, didn't
we?" he
said. He laughed a satanic laughter, that ended hideously
in a gush of blood. Slowly, the big head grew limp, the
eyes though still open took on^ sightless glare. A dead
man lay on the floor. ;
The
two men, Clark and Morlake, climbed to their feet. Morlake said in a low voice,
"Gentlemen, you have your answer." He saw they still did not
comprehend what he had suspected for long now.
General
Clark was grim- "When I think we've been giving him our inmost
secrets for months—" He choked, and held out his hand. "Thanks."
Morlake
said nothing. His first sharp sense of victory was yielding to an intense
gloom. He grew aware that the older man's penetrating gaze was on him. Clark
misread his expression.
"I
know what's ailing you," Clark said. "But you're wrong. We have
.spaceships." He described the planned attack on the Moon.
Morlake
nodded, but his depression remained. Such an attack-would be necessary, to
locate the launching sites of the bombs, and to find out where and how in
America Tormeyand his group had obtained them. But that was incidental. He
accepted Tormey's last words literally.
The
first atomic war had been, not an international, but a civil war. And now that
Tormey was dead, the gang would scatter. A gang of
race-prejudiced Americans.
The war was over. Irrevocably.
The name "Melchior" is identified
with the world renowned singer, ^Lauritz Melchior who is well known for his successÊQtiflts:
thé^Metropolitan Opera, in motion pictures and on television.
The name "Melchior" is identified
by science fiction movie fans as the writer and director of such films as THE
ANGRY RED PLANET and THE TIME TRAVELERS. Ib Melchior, the son of the famous
singer has had much of his words made available to the public by the New York
Post.
This story reveals some of the brutal facts
about rac-
"~ " If This
Goes On
ing
and about our own human nature as well. Ts modern sport so very much different
from the sport of the Roman arenas? Is there any difference at all between the
gladiator and the boxer; the charioteer and . . .
THE
RACER
by lb Melcbior
Willib felt the, familiar, intoxicating excitement.
His mouth was dry; his heart beat faster, all his senses seemed more aware than
ever. It was a few minutes before 0800 hours-^-his time to start.
This
was the day. From all the Long Island Starting Fields the Racers were taking
off at 15-minute intervals. The sputter and roar of cars warming up were everywhere.
The smell of oil and fuel fumes permeated the air. The hubbub of the great
crowd was a steady din. This was the biggest race of the year—New York to Los
Angeles—100,000 bucks to the winner! Willie was determined to better his
winning record of last year; 33 hours, 27 minutes, 12 seconds in Time. And
although it was becoming increasingly difficult he'd do his damndest to better
his Score too!
He
took a last walk of inspection around his car. Sleek,
low-slung, dark brown, the practically indestructible plastiglass^tbp looking
deceptively fragile, like a soap bubble, rrot bad for an old-fashioned diesel
job. He kicked the solid plastirubber tires in the time honored fashion
of all drivers. Hank was giving a last minute shine to the needle sharp
durasteel horns protruding from the front fenders. Willie's car wasn't
nick-named "The Bull" without reason. The front of the car was built
like a streamlined bull's head complete with bloodshot, evil looking eyes,
iron ring through flaring nostrils
—and the horns. Although most of the racing
cars were built to look like tigers, or sharks, or eagles, there were a few bulls—but Willie's horns were unequalled.
"Car
79 ready for Start in five minutes," the loudspeaker blared. "Car 79. Willie Connors, driver.
Hank Morowski, mechanic. Ready your car for Start in
five minutes."
Willie and Hank took their places in
"The Bull". At a touch by Willie on the starter the powerful diesel
engine began a low purr. They drove slowly to the starting fine.
"Last
Check!" said Willie.
"Right,"
came Hank's answer.
"Oil and Fuel?"
"40
hours."
"Cooling
Fluid?"
"Sealed."
"No-Sleeps?"
"Check."
"Energene Tabs?" "Check." "Thermo Drink?" "Check."
The
Starter held the checkered flag high over his head. The crowds packing the
grandstands were on their feet. Hushed. Waiting.
"Here
we go!" whispered Willie.
The
flag fell. A tremendous cry rose from the crowd. But Willie hardly heard it.
Accelerating furiously he pushed his car to its top speed of 190 miles an hour
within seconds—shooting like a bullet along the straightaway toward Manhattan.
He was elated; exhilarated. He was a Racer. And full of tricks!
Willie
shot through the Tunnel directly to Jersey.
"Well?"
grumbled Hank. "Can you tell me now?"
"Toledo,"
said Willie. "Toledo, Ohio. On the Thru-way. We
should make it in under three hours."
He
felt a slight annoyance with Hank. There was no reason for the man to be
touchy. He knew a driver didn't tell anyone the
racing route he'd selected. News like that had a habit of getting around. It
could cost a Racer his Score.
"There's not much chance of anything coming up until after we hit Toledo," Willie said, "but keep your eyes peeled. You never know."
Hank merely grunted.
It was exactly 1048 hours when "The Bull" streaked into the deserted streets of Toledo.'
"O.K.—what now?" asked Hank.
"Grand Rapids, Michigan," said Willie laconically.
"Grand Rapids! But that's—that's an easy 300 miles detour!"
"I know."
"Are you crazy? It'll cost us a couple of hours."
"So Grand Rapids is all the way up between the Lakes, So who'll be expecting us up there?"
"Oh! Oh, yeah, I see," said Hank.
"The Time isn't everything, my friend. Whoever said the shortest distance between two points is a straight line? The Score counts too. And here's where we pick up our Score!"
The, first Tragi-Acc never even knew the Racer had arrived. "The-Bull" struck him squarely, threw him up in the air and let him slide off its plastiglass back, leaving a red smear behind and somewhat to the left of Willie—all in a split second ...
Near Calvin College an imprudent coed found herself too far from cover when the Racer suddenly came streaking down the campus. Frantically she sprinted for a safety, but she didn't have a chance with a driver like Willie behind the wheel. The razor sharp horn on the right fender sliced through her spine so cleanly that the jar wasn't even felt inside the car.
Leaving town, the Racer was in luck again. An elderly woman had J^t the sanctuary for her stone-walled garden to rescue a straying cat. She was so easy to hit that Willie felt a little cheated.
At 1232 hours they were on the speedway headed for Kansas City.
Hank looked in awe at Willie. "Three!" he murmured dreamily, "a Score of three already. And all of them Kills—for sure. You really know how to drive!"
Hank settled back contentedly as if he could already
feel his 25,000 dollar cut in his pocket. He began to whistle "The Racers Are Roaring" off key.
Even
after his good Score it annoyed Willie. And for some reason he kept remembering
the belatedly pleading look in the old woman's eyes as he struck her. Funny that should stay with him . . .
He
estimated they'd hit Kansas City at around 1815 hours, CST. Hank turned on the
radio. Peoria, Illinois, was warning its citizens of the approach of a Racer.
All spectators should watch from safety places. Willie grinned. That would be
him. Well—he wasn't looking for any Score in Peoria.
Dayton,
Ohio told of a Racer having made a Tragic Accident Score of one, and Fort
Wayne, Indiana was crowing over the fact that three Racers had passed through
without scoring once. From what he heard it seemed to Willie he had a
comfortable lead, both in Time, and Score.
They
were receiving Kansas City now. An oily voiced announcer was filling in the
time between Racing Scores with what appeared to be a brief history of Racing.
".
. . and the most popular spectator sports of the latter half of the 20th
Century were such mildly exciting pursuits as boxing and wrestling. Of course
the spectators enjoyed seeing the combatants trying to maim each other, and
there was always the chance of the hoped-for fatal accident.
"Motor
Racing, however, gave a much greater opportunity for the Tragic Accidents so
exciting to the spectator. One of the most famed old Speedways, Indianapolis,
where many drivers and spectators alike ended as bloody Tragi-Accs, is today
the nation's racing shrine. Motor racing was already then held all over the
world, sometimes with Scores reaching the hundred mark,
and long distance races were popular.
"The
modern Race makes it possible for the entire population to ..."
Willie
switched off the radio. Why did they always have to stress the Score? Time was important too. The speed—and the endurance. That was part of an Ace Racer as well as his scoring ability. He took an
Energene Tab. They were entering Kansas City.
The check point officials told Willie that
there were three Racers with better Time than he, and one had tied his Score.
"The Bull" stayed just long enough in the check point pit for Hank to
make a quick engine inspection—then they took off again. It was 1818 hours,
CST, when they left the city limits behind. They'd been driving over nine hours.
About
50 miles along the Thruway to Denver, just after passing through a little town
called Lawrence, Willie suddenly slowed down. Hank who'd been dozing sat up in
alarm.
"What's the
matter?" he cried, "what's wrong?"
"Nothing's
wrong," Willie said irritably. "Relax. You seem to be good at
that."
"But why are you
slowing down?"
"You
heard the, check point record. Our Score's already been tied; We've got to better it," Willie answered grimly.
The
plastirubber tires screeched on the concrete speedway as Willie turned down an
exit leading to a Class II road.
"Why
down here?" asked Hank. "You can only go about 80 MPH."
A
large lumi-sign appeared on the side of the road ahead—
LONE
STAR 11 Miles
it
announced.
Willie pointed.
"That's why," he said curtly.
In
a few minutes Lone Star came into view. It was a small village; 'Willie was
traveling as fast as he could on the second^Sjftroad. He plowed through a flock
of chickens, hurtled over a little mongrel dog, which crawled yelping towards
the safety of a house and the waiting arms of a little girl, and managed to
graze the leg of a husky youth who vaulted a high wooden fence—then they were
through Lone Star.
Hank activated the little dashboard screen
which gave them a rear view.
"That's not going to do much for our
Score," he remarked sourly.
"Oh, shut up!" Willie exploded,
surprising both himself and Hank.
What was the matter with him? He couldn't be getting tired already. He swallowed a
No-Sleep. That'd help.
Hank
was quiet as they sped through Topeka and took the Thruway to Oklahoma City,
but out of the comer of his eyes he was looking speculatively at Willie,
hunched over the wheel.
It was getting dusk. Willie switched on his
powerful headbeams. They had a faint reddish tint because of the coloring of
"The Bull's" eyes. They had just whizzed through a little burg named
Perry, when there was a series of sharp cracks. Willie started.
"There
they go again!" chortled Hank. "Those dumb
hinterland hicks will never learn they can't hurt us with their
fly-poppers." He knocked the plastiglass dome affectionately. "Takes atomic pellets to get through this baby."
Of
course! He must
be on edge to be taken by
surprise like that. He'd run into the Anti-Racers before. Just
a handful of malcontents. The Racing Commission had already declared
them illegal. Still—at every race they took pot shots at the Racers; a sort of
pathetic defiance. Why should anyone want to do away with Racing?
They
were entering the outskirts of Oklahoma City. Willie killed his headbeams. No
need to advertise.
Suddenly
Hank grabbed his arm. Wordlessly he pointed. There—garrish and gaudy—gleamed
the neon sign of a theatre . ..
Willie
slowed to a crawl. He pulled over to the curb and the dark car melted into the
shadows. He glanced at the clock. 2203 hours. Perhaps ...
Down
the street a man cautiously stuck his head out from the theatre entrance.
Warily he emerged completely, looking up and down the street carefully. He did
not see "The Bull." Presently he ventured out into the center of the
roadway. He stood still listening for a moment Then he
turned and beckoned towards the theatre. Immediately a small group of people
emerged at a run.
Now!
The
acceleration slammed the Racers back in their seats. "The Bull" shot
forward and bore, down on the little knot of petrified people with"
appalling speed.
This
time there was no mistaking the hits. A quick succession of pars had Willie
calling upon all his driving skill to keep from losing control. Hank pressed
the Clean-Spray button to wash the blood off the front of the dome. He sat with
eyes glued to the rear view screen.
"Man,
oh man," he murmured. "What a record; What a Score!" He turned
to Willie. "Please," he said, "please stop. Let's get out. I
know it's against regulations, but I've just gotta see how we did. It won't
take long. We can afford a couple of minutes Time now!"
Suddenly
Willie felt he had to get out too. This was the biggest Tragi-Acc he'd ever
had. He had a vague feeling there was something he wanted to do. He brought
the car to a stop. They stepped out.
Within
seconds the deserted street was swarming with people. Now the Racers were out
of their car they felt safe. And curious. A few of
them pressed forward to take a look at Willie. Naturally he was recognized. His
photo had been seen in one way or another by everyone.
Willie
was gratified by this obvious adulation. He looked about him. There were many
people in the street now. But—but they were not all fawning and beaming upon
him. Willie frowned. Most of them looked grim —even hostile. Why? What was wrong?
Wasn't he one of their greatest Racers? And hadn't he just made a record Score?
Given them a Tragi-Acc they wouldn't soon forget? What was the matter with
those hicks?
Suddenly
the crowd parted. Slowly a young girl walked up, to Willie.^he'
was beautiful—even with the terrible anger burnihfrm net face. In her arms she
held the still body of a child. She looked straight at Willie with loathing in
her eyes. Her voice was low but steady when she said:
"Butcher!"
Someone
in the crowd called: "Careful, Muriel!" but she paid no heed. Turning
from him she walked on through the crowd, parting for her.
Willie was stunned.
"Come on, let's get
out of here," Hank said anxiously.
Willie
didn't answer. He was looking back through the crowd to the scene of his
Tragi-Acc. Never before had he stopped. Never before had he
been this close. He could hear the moaning and sobbing of the Maims over
the low murmur of the crowd. It made him uneasy. Back there they worked
hurriedly to get the Tragi-Accs off the street. There were so many of them Butcher? ...
All
at once he was conscious of Hank pulling at him. "Let's get roaring! Let's
go!"
Quickly
he turned and entered the car. Almost at once the street was empty. He turned
on his headbeams and started up. Faster—and faster.
The street was dead— empty...
No! There! Someone! Holding
a . . .
It
was butcher—no, Muriel. She
stood rooted to the spot in the middle of the street holding the child in her
arms. In the glaring headlights her face was white, her eyes terrible, burning,
dark ...
Willie
did not let up. The car hurtled down upon the lone figure—and passed ...
They'd
lost 13 minutes. Now they were on their way to El Paso, Texas. The nagging
headache Willie'd suffered the whole week of planning before the race had
returned. He reached for a No-Sleep, hesitated a second, then took another.
Hank
glanced at him, worriedly. "Easy boy!"
Willie didn't answer.
"That
Anti-Racer get under your skin?" Hank suggested.
"Don't let it bother you."
"Butcher," she'd said. "Butcher!"
Willie
was staring through the plastiglass dome at the racing pool of light from the
headbeams. "The Bull" was tearing along the Thruway at almost 180
MPH.
What
was that? There—in the light? It was a face— terrible, dark eyes—getting
larger—larger—Muriel!
It was butcher—no,
Muriel! No—it was a Racer,—a Racing Car with Muriel's face, sheriking down upon
him—closer —closer ...
He threw his arms in front of his face. Dimly
he heard Hank shout "Willie!" He felt the car lurch. Automatically he
tightened his grip on the wheel. They had careened close to the shoulder of the
speedway. Willie sat up. Ahead of him the road was clear—and empty.
It
was still dark when they hit El Paso. The radio told them their Oklahoma Score;
Five and eight. Five Kills— eight Maims! Hank was
delighted. They were close to setting a record. He'd already begun to spend
his $25,000.
Willie
was uneasy. His headache was worse. His hands were clammy. He kept hearing
Muriel's voice saying:
"Butcher"—"Butcher"—"Butcher!" . . .
But
he was not a butcher. He was a Racer! He'd show them.
He'd win this race.
El
Paso was a disappointment. Not a soul in sight. Phoenix next.
The
clock said 0658 hours, MST, when they roared into Phoenix. The streets were
clear. Willie had to slow down to take a comer. As he sped into the new street
he saw her. She was running to cross the roadway. Hank whooped^
"Go, Willie! Go!"
The girl looked up an instant in terror. Her face!
It
was the old woman with the cat! No!—it was Muriel. Muriel with the big, dark
eyes . . .
In
the last split second Willie touched the power steering. "The Bull"
responded immediately, and shot past the girl as she scampered to safety.
"What
the hell is the matter with you?" Hank roared at Willie. "You
could've scored! Are you out of your head?"
"We
dqjjjf need ,her. We'll win without her. I—I—"
Yes, wh^nadri't lie scored? It wasn't Muriel. Muriel
was back in butcher—in—Oklahoma City. Damn this
headache!
"Maybe so," said Hank angrily.
"But I wanna be sure. And what about the bonus for setting
a record? Ten thousand apiece. And we're
close." He looked slyly at Willie. "Or—maybe you've lost your nerve.
Wonder what the Commission will say to that?"
"I've got plenty of
nerve," Willie snapped.
"Prove
it!" said Hank quickly. He pointed to the dashboard map slowly tracing
their progress. "There. See that village? With the
screwy name? Wikieup!
Off
the Thruway.
Let's see you score there!"
Willie
said nothing. He hadn't lost his nerve, he knew that. He was the best of the
Racers. No one could drive like he could; constant top speed, and stamina it
took, the split-second timing, the unerring judgment—
"Well?"
"All right,"
Willie agreed.
They
hadn't even reached Wikieup when they spotted the farmer. He didn't have a
chance. "The Bull" came charging down upon him. But in the last
moment the car veered slightly. One of the horns ripped the man's hip open. In
the rear view screen Willie saw him get up and hobble off the road.
"You
could've made it a Kill," Hank growled accusingly. "Why didn't
you?"
"Bad road,"
Willie said. "The wheel slipped on a stone."
That's
what must have happened, he thought. He didn't consciously veer away from the
man. He was a good Racer. He couldn't help a bad road.
Needles was left behind at 1045 hours, PST. No one had been out. Hank turned on the
radio to a Needles station:
"... has just left the city going West. No other
Racer is reported within twenty minutes of the city. We repeat: A Racer has
just left..."
Hank
clicked it off. "Hear that?" he said excitedly. "Twenty minutes.
They don't expect anyone for twenty minutes!" He took hold of Willie's
arm. "Turn around! Here's where we can get ourselves that Record Score.
Turn around, Willie!"
"We don't need
it."
"I do! I want that bonus!"
Willie made no answer.
"Listen
to me, you two-bit Racer!" Hank's tone was menacing. "You or nobody
else is going to cheat me out of that bonus. You've been acting mighty
peculiar. More like a Anti-Racer! Ever since you
stopped at that Tragi-
Acc back there. Yeah! That girl—that Anti-Racer who called you a—a
butcher. Listen! You get that record Score, or I'll report you to the
Commission for having snooped around a Tragi-Acc. Ypull never race again!"
'Never
race again!' Willie's bjain was whirling. But he was a Racer. Not a butcher. A Racer. Record Score? Yes —that's what he had to do. Set a record. Be the best
damned Racer of them all.
Without
a word he turned the car. In minutes they were back at the Needles suburbs. That building. A School House. And
there—marching orderly in two rows with their teacher, a class, a whole class
of children . ..
"The
Bull" came charging down the street. Only a couple of hundred feet now to that Record Scores . .
But
what was that—it was . . . they were Muriel— they
were all Muriel. Terrible, dark eyes. No!—They were children,—the child in Muriel's arms. They were all the
child in Muriel's arms! Were
they already moaning and screaming? Butcher! Butcher! No! He couldn't butcher them—he "was a Racer—not a Butcher.
Not a butcher! Deliberately
he swung the car to the empty side of the street.
Suddenly
he felt Hank's hands up on the wheel. "You— dirty—lousy—Anti-Racer!"
the mechanic snarled as he struggled for the wheel.
The
car lurched. The two men fought savagely for control. They were only yards from
the fleeing children.
With
a violent wrench Willie turned the wheel sharply. The car was going 165 miles
an hour when it struck the school house and crashed through the wall into the
empty building.
The voice^xajBae to Willie through thick wads of cotton—and theykept
fading in and out.
". . . dead
instantaneously.
But the Racer is still. ..''
It sounded like the voice
of Muriel. Muriel . . .
"... keeps
calling for..."
Willie
tried to open his eyes. Everything was milky white. Why was there so much fog?
A face was bending over him. Muriel? No—it was not Muriel. He lost consciousness
again.
When he opened his eyes once more he knew he
was not alone. He turned his head. A girl was sitting at his bedside. Muriel...
It was Muriel.
He tried to sit up.
"It's you! But—but,
how ...?"
The girl put her hand on
his arm.
'The radio. They said you kept calling for 'Muriel'. I knew. Never mind that now."
She looked steadily at him. Her eyes were not
terrible —not burning—only dark, and puzzled.
"Why did you call for me?" she asked earnestly.
Willie struggled to sit up.
"I wanted to tell you," he said,
"to tell you,—I—I am not a butcher!"
The
girl looked at him for a long moment. Then she leaned down and whispered to
him:
"Nor
a Racer!"
Isaac Asimov has been around long enough to
have gained several reputations—which he has done quite effectively. In the
forties he became famous as a science fiction writer, a profession which he has
neglected recently in favor of writing technical and non-technical books on
science for the lay-reader. Unknown to many of his
science fiction fans, Mr. Asimov's output to date has reached up to 61 books,
(with at least half a dozen already on the presses, and more in preparation.)
Few contemporary writers have come near matching this record. Besides being a
deadly-serious full time writer, Mr. Asimov has been an Associate Professor of
Biochemistry at the Boston University School of Medicine for many years—a post
which has since 1958 required from him only two or three lectures per year.
Mr.
Asimov has been a Hugo winner and Guest of Honor at a science fiction
convention, which testifies to his popularity as a fiction writer.
A
question which Mr. Asimov surely must have asked himself when writing the
following story, is: "What would happen if there were a machine—a gigantic
Brain
—which could record all the human personalities of the
world and then inform the authorities about any possible
crime, before it happened?" ^
Well, his answer came up with,?. .
.
wALL THE TROUBLES OF THE WORLD"
by Isaac
Asimov
The
greatest industry on Earth
centered about Multivac —Multivac, the giant computer that had grown in fifty
years until its various ramifications had filled Washington, D.C. to the
suburbs and had reached out tendrils into every city and town on Earth.
An
army of civil servants fed it data constantly and another army correlated and
interpreted the answers it gave. A corps of engineers patrolled its interior
while mines and factories consumed themselves in keeping its reserve stocks of
replacement parts ever complete, ever accurate, ever
satisfactory in every way.
Multivac
directed Earth's economy and helped Earth's science. Most important of all, it
was the central clearing house of all known facts about each individual
Earth-man.
And
each day it was part of Multivac's duties to take the four billion sets of facts
about individual human beings that filled its vitals and extrapolate them for
an additional day of time. Every Corrections Department on Earth received the
data appropriate to its own area of jurisdiction, and the over-all data was
presented in one large piece to the Central Board of Corrections in Washington,
D.C.
Bernard
Gulliman was in the fourth week of his year term as Chairman of the Central
Board of Corrections and had grown casual enough to accept the morning re-
port
without being frightened by it. As usual, it was a sheaf of papers some six
inches thick. He knew by now, he was not expected to read it. (No humqn could.)
Still, it was amusing to glance through it.
There
was the usual list of predictable
crimes: frauds of all
sorts, larcenies, riots, manslaughters, arsons.
He
looked for one particular heading and felt a slight shock at finding it there
at all, then another one at seeing two entries. Not one, but two. Two first-degree murders. He had not seen two in one day in all his term as Chairman so far.
He
punched the knob of the two-way intercom and waited for the smooth face of his
co-ordinator to appear on the screen.
"Ali," said Gulliman. "There
are two first-degrees this day. Is there any unusual problem?"
"No, sir." The dark-complexioned face with its sharp, black eyes seemed restless.
"Both cases are quite low probability."
"Isknow
that," said Gulliman. "I observed that neither probability-is higher
than 15 per cent. Just the same, Multivac has a reputation to maintain. It has
virtually wiped out crime, and the public judges that by its record on
first-degree murder which is, of course, the most spectacular
crime."
Ali Othman nodded. "Yes, sir. I quite realize that."
"You
also realize, I hope," Gulliman said, "that I don't want a single
consummated case of it during my term. If any other crime slips through, I may
allow excuses. If a first-degree murder slips through, I'll have your hide.
Understand?"
"Yes, sir. The complete analyses of the two potential murders are^afee&dy at the district offices involved. The
potential crnmSafs arid victims'are under observation. I have rechecked
the probabilities of consummation and they are already dropping."
"Very good," said
Gulliman, and broke connection.
He
went back to the list with an uneasy feeling that perhaps he had been
overpompous. —But then, one had to be firm with these permanent civil-service
personnel and make sure they didn't imagine they were running everything, including
the Chairman. Particularly this Othman, who had been working
with Multivac since both were considerably younger, and had a proprietary air
that could be infuriating.
To Gulliman, this matter of crime was the
political chance of a lifetime. So far, no Chairman had passed through his term
without a murder taking place somewhere on Earth, some time. The previous
Chairman had ended with a record of eight, three more {more, in fact) than under his predecessor.
Now
Gulliman intended to have none. He
was going to be, he had decided, the first Chairman without any murder at all
anywhere on Earth during his term. After that, and the favorable publicity that
would result—
He
barely skimmed the rest of the report. He estimated that there were at least
two thousand cases of prospective wife-beatings listed. Undoubtedly, not all
would be consummated. But the incidence was dropping and the consummations were
dropping even more quickly.
Multivac
had added wife-beating to its list of predictable crimes only some five years
ago and the average man was not yet accustomed to the thought that if he
planned to wallop his wife, it would be known in advance. As the conviction
percolated through society, woman would first suffer fewer bruises and then,
eventually, none.
Some
husband-beatings were on the list, too, Gulliman noticed.
Ali Othman closed connections and stared at
the screen from which Gulliman's jowled and balding head had departed. Then he
looked across at his assistant, Rafe Leemy and said, "What do we do?"
"Don't
ask me. He's
worried about just a lousy
murder or two."
"It's
an awful chance trying to handle this thing on our own. Still if we tell him,
he'll have a first-class fit. These elective politicians have their skins to
think of, so he's bound to get in our way and make things worse."
Leemy nodded his head and put a thick lower
lip between his teeth. "Trouble is, though, what if we miss out? It would
just about be the end of the world, you know."
"If
we miss out, who cares what happens to us? We'll just be part of the general
catastrophe." Then he said in a more lively manner, "But > hell,
the probability is only 12.3 per cent. On anything else, except maybe murder,
we'd let the probabilities rise a bit before taking any action at all. There
could still be spontaneous correc-
tion;
"I wouldn't count on
it," said Leemy dryly.
"I
don't intend to. I was just pointing the fact out. Still, at this probability,
I suggest we confine ourselves to simple observation for the moment. No one
could plan a crime like this alone; there must be accomplices."
"Multivac didn't name
any."
"I know. Stiil-r-''
His voice trailed off.
So
they stared at the details of the one crime not included on the list handed
out to Gulliman; the one crime much worse than first-degree murder; the one
crime never»before attempted in the history of Multivac; and wondered what to
do.
Ben Manners considered himself the happiest
sixteen-year-old in Baltimore. This was, perhaps, doubtful. But he was
certainly one of the happiest, and one of the most excited.
At
least, he was one of the handful admitted to the
galleries of the stadium, during the swearing-in of the eighteen-year-olds. His
older brother was going to be sworn in so his parents had applied for
spectator's tickets and they had allowed Ben to do so, too. But when Multivac
chose,;among all the applicants, it was Ben who
would be sworn himself, but
watching
big brother Michael now was the next best thing.
His
parents had dressed him (or supervised the dressing, at any rate) with all
care, as representative of the family and sent him off with numerous messages
for Michael, who had left days earlier for preliminary physical and
neurological examinations.
The stadium was on the outskirts of town and
Ben, just bursting with self-importance, was shown to his seat. Below him, now,
were rows upon rows of hundreds upon hundreds of eighteen-year-olds (boys to
the right, girls to the left), all from the second district of Baltimore. At
various times in the year, similar meetings were going on all over the world,
but this was Baltimore, this was the important one. Down there (somewhere) was
Mike, Ben's own brother.
Ben
scanned the tops of heads, thinking somehow he might recognize his brother. He
didn't, of course, but then a man came out on the raised platform in front of
all the crowd and Ben stopped looking to listen.
The
man said, "Good afternoon, swearers and guests. I am Randolph T. Hoch, in
charge of the Baltimore ceremonies this year. The swearers have met me several
times now during the progress of the physical and neurological portions of this
examination. Most of the task is done, but the most important matter is left.
The swearer himself, his personality, must go into Multivac's records.
"Each year, this requires some
explanation to the young people reaching adulthood. Until now" (he turned
to the young people before him and his eyes went no more to the gallery)
"you have not been adult; you have not been individuals in the eyes of
Multivac, except where you were especially singled out as such by your parents
or your government.
"Until how, when the time for the yearly up-dating of information
came, it was your parents who filled in the necessary data on you. Now the time has come for you to take over
that duty yourself. It is a great honor, a great responsibility. Your parents
have told us what schooling you've had, what diseases, what habits; a great
many things. But now you must tell us a great deal more; your innermost
thoughts; your most secret deeds.
"This
is hard to do the first time, embarrassing even, but it must be done. Once it is done, Multivac will have a complete analysis of all
of you in its files. It will understand your actions and reactions. It will
even be able to guess with fair accuracy at your future actions and reactions.
"In
this way, Multivac will protect you. Jf you are in danger of accident, it will
know. If someone" plans harm to you, it will know. If you plan harm, it will know and you will be stopped in time so that it will
not be necessary to punish you.
"With
its knowledge of all of you, Multivac will be able to help Earth adjust its
economy and its laws for the good of all. If you have a personal problem, you
may come to Multivac with it and with its knowledge of all of you, Multivac
will be able to help you.
"Now
you will have many forms to fill out. Think carefully and answer all questions
as accurately as you can. Do not hold back through shame or caution. No one
will ever know your answers except Multivac unless it becomes necessary to
learn the answers in order to protect you. And then only authorized officials
of the government will know.
"It
may occur to you to stretch the truth a bit here or there. Don't do this. We
will find out if you do. All your answers put together form a pattern. If some
answers are false, they will not fit the pattern and Multivac will discover
them. If all your answers are false, there will be a distorted pattern of a
type that Multivac will recognize. So you must tell the truth."
Eventually,
it was all over, however; the form-filling; the ceremonies and speeches that
followed. In the evening, Ben, standing tiptoe, finally spotted Michael, who
was still carrying the robes he had worn in the "parade of the
adults." They greeted one another with jubilation.
They
shared a light supper and took the expressway home, alive
and'alight with the greatness of the day.
They
were nHfeiprepared, then, ior the sudden transition of the home-coming. It was
a numbing shock to both of them to be stopped by a cold-faced young man in
uniform outside their own front door; to have their papers inspected before
they could enter their own house; to find their own parents sitting forlornly
in the living room, the mark of tragedy on their faces.
Joseph Manners, looking much older than he
had that morning, looked out of his puzzled, deep-sunken eyes at his sons (one
with the robes of new adulthood still over his arm) and said, "I seem to
be under house arrest."
Bernard Gulliman could not and did not read
the entire report. He read only the summary and that was most gratifying,
indeed.
A whole generation, it seemed, had grown up
accustomed to the fact that Multivac could predict the commission of major
crimes. They learned that Corrections agents would be on the scene before the
crime could be committed. They found out that consummation of the crime led to
inevitable punishment. Gradually, they were convinced that there was no way
anyone could outsmart Multivac.
The
result was, naturally, that even the intention of crime fell off. And as such
intentions fell off and as Multivac's capacity was enlarged, minor crimes could
be added to the list it would predict each morning, and these crimes, too, were
now shrinking in incidence.
So
Gulliman had ordered an analysis made (by Multivac, naturally) of Multivac's
capacity to turn its attention to the problem of predicting probabilities of
disease incidence. Doctors might soon be alerted to individual patients who
might grow diabetic in the course of the next year, or suffer an attack of
tuberculosis or grow a cancer.
An ounce of prevention—
And the report was a
favorable one!
After
that, the roster of the day's possible crimes arrived and there was not a
first-degree murder on the list.
Gulliman
put in an intercom call to Ali Othman in high good humor. "Othman, how do
the numbers of crimes in the daily lists of the past week average compared
with those in my first week as Chairman?"
It
had gone down, it turned out, by 8% and
Gulliman was happy indeed. No fault of his own, of course,
but the electorate would not know that. He blessed his luck that he had
come in at the right time, at the very climax of Multivac, when disease, too,
could be placed under its all-embracing and protecting knowledge. Gulliman
would prosper by this.
Othman shrugged his
shoulder?. "Well, he's happy."
"When
do we break the bubble?" said Leemy. "Putting Manners under
observation just raised the probabilities and house arrest gave it another
boost."
"Don't
I know it?" said Othman peevishly. "What I don't know is why."
"Accomplices, maybe, like you said. With
Manners in trouble, the rest have to strike at once or be lost."
"Just the other way around. With our hand on one, the rest would scatter
for safety and disappear. Besides, why aren't the accomplices named by
Multivac?"
"Well, then, do we
tell Gulliman?"
"No, not yet. The probability is still only 17.3 per
cent. Let's get a bit- more drastic first."
Elizabeth Manners said to her younger son,
"You go to your room, Ben."
"But
what's it all about, Mom?" asked Ben, voice breaking at this strange
ending to what had been a glorious day.
"Please!"
He
left reluctantly, passing through the door to the stairway, walking up it
noisily and down again quietly.
And
Mike Manners, the older son, the new-minted adult and the hope of the family,
said in a voice and tone that mirrored his brother's, "What's it all
about?"
Joe
Manners said, "As heaven is my witness, son, I don't know. I haven't done anything."
"Well,
sure^gu'haveji't done anything." Mike looked at his small-boned,
mild-mannered father in wonder. "They must be here because you're thinking of doing something."
"I'm not."
Mrs.
Manners broke in angrily, "How can he be thinking of doing something
worth all—all this?" She cast her arm about, in a gesture toward the
enclosing shell of government men about the house. "When I was a little
girl, I remember the father of a friend of mine was working in a bank, and
they once called him up and said to leave the money alone and he did. It was
fifty thousand dollars. He hadn't really taken it. He was just thinking about
taking it. They didn't keep those things as quiet in those days ,.s they do
now; the story got out. That's how I know about it."
"But
I mean," she went on, rubbing her plump hands slowly together, "that
was fifty thousand dollars; fifty— thousand—dollars. Yet all they did was call
him; one phone call. What could your father be planning that would make it
worth having a dozen men come down and close off the house?"
Joe
Manners said, eyes rilled with pain, "I am
planning no crime, not even the smallest. I swear it."
Mike,
filled with the conscious wisdom of a new adult, said, "Maybe it's
something subconscious, Pop. Some resentment
against your supervisor."
"So
that I would want to kill him? Nol"
"Won't they tell you
what it is, Pop?"
His mother interrupted again, "No, they
won't. We've asked. I said they were ruining our standing in the community
just being here. The least they could do is tell us
what it's all about so we could fight it, so we could explain."
"And they wouldn't?"
"They wouldn't."
Mike
stood with his legs spread apart and his hands deep in his pockets. He said,
troubled, "Gee, Mom, Multi-vac doesn't make mistakes."
His
father pounded his fist helplessly on the arm of the sofa. "I tell you I'm
not planning any crime."
The
door opened without a knock and a man in uniform walked in with sharp,
self-possessed stride. His face had a glazed, official appearance. He said, "Are
you Joseph Manners?"
Joe
Manners rose to his feet. "Yes. Now what is it you want of me?"
"Joseph
Manners, I place you under arrest by order of the government," and curtly
he showed his identification as a Corrections officer. "I must ask you to
come with me."
"For
what reason?
What have I done?" >»,
"I am not at liberty
to discuss, that."
"But I can't be arrested just for
planning a crime even if I were doing that. To be arrested I must actually have
done something. You can!t
arrest me otherwise. It's against the law."
The
officer was impervious to the logic. "You will have to come with me."
Mrs.
Manners shrieked and fell on the couch, weeping hysterically. Joseph Manners
could not bring himself to violate the code drilled into him all his life by actually
resisting an officer, but he hung back at least, forcing the Corrections
officer to use muscular power to drag him forward. „....■>'
And
Manners called out as he went, "But tell me what it is. Just tell me. If. I knew—
Is it murder? Am I supposed to be planning murder?"
The
door closed behind him and Mike Manners, white-faced and-suddenly feeling not
the least bit adult, stared first at the door, then at his weeping mother.
Ben
Manners, behind the door and suddenly feeling quite adult, pressed his lips
tightly together and thought he knew exactly what to do.
If
Multivac took away, Multivac could also give. Ben had been at the ceremonies
that very day. He had heard this man, Randolph Hoch,
speak of Multivac and all that Multivac could do. It could direct the
government and it could also unbend and help out some plain person who came to
it for help.
Anyone
could,,»ask help of Multivac and anyone meant Ben.
Neither h^^otherv nor Mike were in any condition to stop him now, and he had
s'6me money left of the amount they had given him for his great outing that
day. If afterward they found him gone and worried about it, that couldn't be
helped. Right now, his first loyalty was to his father.
He
ran out the back way and the officer at the door cast a glance at his papers
and let him go.
Harold Quimby handled the complaints
department of the Baltimore substation of Multivac. He considered himself to
be a member of that branch of the civil service that was most important of all.
In some ways, he may have been right, and those who heard him discuss the
matter would have had to be made of iron not to feel impressed.
For one thing, Quimby would say, Multivac was
essentially an invader of privacy. In the past fifty years, mankind had had to
acknowledge that its thoughts and impulses were no longer secret, that it owned
no inner recess where anything could be hidden. And mankind had to have
something in return.
Of course, it got prosperity, peace, and
safety, but that was abstract. Each man and woman needed something personal as
his or her own reward for surrendering privacy, and each one got it. Within
reach of every human being was a Multivac station with circuits into which he
could freely enter his own problems and questions without control or hindrance,
and from which, in a matter of minutes, he could receive answers.
At
any given moment, five million individual circuits among the quadrillion or
more within Multivac might be involved in this question-and-answer program. The
answer might not always be certain, but they were the best available, and
every questioner knew
the answer to be the best
available and had faith in it. That was what counted.
And
now an anxious sixteen-year-old had moved slowly up the waiting line of men and
women (each face in that line illuminated by a different mixture of hope with
fear or anxiety or even anguish—always with hope predominating as the person
stepped nearer and nearer to Multivac).
Without
looking up, Quimby took the fiUed-out form being handed him and said,
"Booth 5-B."
Ben said, "How do I
ask the question, sir?"
Quimby
looked up then, with a bit of surprise. Pre-adults did not generally make use
of the service. He said kindly, "Have you ever done this before,
son?"
"No,
sir."
Quimby pointed to the model on his desk.
"You use this. You see how it works? Just like a typewriter. Don't you try
to write or print anything by hand. Just use the
machine. Now you take booth 5-B, and if you need help, just press the red
button and someone will come. Down that aisle, son, on the
right."
He watched the youngster go down the aisle
and out of view and smiled. No one was ever turned away from Multivac. Of
course, there was always a certain percentage of trivia: people who asked
personal questions about their neighbors or obscene questions about prominent
personalities; college youths trying to outguess their professors or thinking
it clever to stump Multivac by asking it Russell's
class-of-all-classes paradox and so on.
Multivac could take care Of all that. It needed no help.
Besides,
each question and answer was filed and formed but another item in the fact
assembly for each individual. Even the most trivial
question and the most impertinent, insofar as it reflected the personality of
the questioner, helped humanity by helping Multivac know
about humanity.
Quimby
turned his attention to the next person in line, a middle-aged woman, gaunt and
angular, with the look of trouble in her eye.
Ali Othman strode the length of his office,
his heels thumping desperately on the carpet. "The probability still goes
up. It's 22.4 per cent now. Damnation! We have Joseph Manners under actual
arrest and it still goes up." He was perspiring freely.
Leemy
turned away from the telephone. "No confession yet.
He's under Psychic Probing and there is no sign of crime. Hfem'ay be telling the truth."
Othman said, "Is
Multivac crazy then?"
Another
phone sprang to life. Othman closed connections quickly, glad of the
interruption. A Corrections officer's face came to life in the screen. The
officer said, "Sir, are there any new directions as to Manners' family?
Are they to be allowed to come and go as they have been?"
"What do you mean, as they
have been?"
"The original instructions were for the
house arrest of Joseph Manners. Nothing was said of the rest of the family,
sir."
"Well,
extend it to the rest of the family until you are informed otherwise."
"Sir, that is the point. The mother and older son are
demanding information about the younger son. The younger son is gone and they
claim he is in custody and wish to go to headquarters to inquire about
it."
Othman
frowned and said in almost a whisper, "Younger son? How
young?"
"Sixteen, sir,"
said the officer.
"Sixteen and he's
gone. Don't you know where?"
"He
was allowed to leave, sir. There were no orders to hold him."
"Hold
the line. Don't move." Othman put the line into suspension, then clutched
at his coal-black hair with both hands and shrieked, "Fool! Fool!
Fool!"
Leemy was startled.
"What the hell?"
"The
man has a sixteen-year-old son," choked out Othman. "A
sixteen-year-old is not an adult and he is not filed independently in Multivac,
but only as part of his father's file." He glared at Leemy. "Doesn't
everyone know that until eighteen a youngster does not file his own reports
with Multivac but that his father does it for him? Don't I know it? Don't
you?"
"You mean Multivac didn't mean Joe
Manners?" said Leemy.
"Multivac meant his minor son, and the
youngster is gone, now. With officers three deep around the house, he calmly
walks out and goes on you know what errand."
He whirled to the telephone circuit to which
the Corrections officer still clung, the minute break having given Othman just
time enough to collect himself and to assume a cool and self-possessed mien.
(It would never have done to throw a fit before the eyes of the officer,
however much good it did in purging his spleen.)
He
said, "Officer, locate the younger son who has disappeared. Take every
man you have, if necessary. Take every man available in the district, if
necessary. I shall give the appropriate orders. You must find that boy at all
costs." "Yes, sir."
Connection
was broken. Othriian said, "Have another rundown on the probabilities,
Leemy."
Five
minutes later, Leemy said, "It's down to 19.6 per cent. It's down."
Othman
drew a long breath. "We're on the right track at last."
Ben Manners sat in Booth 5-B and punched out
slowly, "My name is Benjamin Manners, number MB-71833412. My father,
Joseph Manners, has been arrested but we don't know what crime he is planning.
Is there any way we can help him?"
He
sat arid waited. He might be only sixteen but he was old enough to know that
somewhere those words were being whirled into the most complex structure ever
conceived by man; that a trillion facts would blend and co-ordinate into a
whole, and that from that whole, Multi-vac would abstract the best help.
The
machine clicked and a card emerged. It had an answer on it, a long answer. It
began, "Take the expressway to Washington, D.C. at once. Get off at' the
Connecticut Avenue stop. You will find a special exit, labeled
"Multivac" with a guard. Inform the guard you are a special courier for Dr. Trumbull and he will
let you enter.
"You
will be in a corridor. Proceed along it till you reach a small door labeled 'Interior.' Enter and say to the men inside, 'Message
for Doctor Trumbull' You will be allowed to pass.
Proceed on—"
It
went on* in this fashion. Ben could not see the application t<*§his
question, but, he had complete faith in Multivac. He left at a run, heading for
the expressway to Washington.
The Corrections officers traced Ben Manners
to the Baltimore station an hour after he had left. A shocked Harold Quimby
found himself flabbergasted at the number and importance of the men who had
focused on him in the search for a sixteen-year-old.
"Yes, a boy," he said, "but I
don't know where he went to after he was through here. I had no way of knowing
that anyone was looking for him. We accept all comers here. Yes, I can get the
record of the question and answer."
They looked at the record and televised it to
Central Headquarters at once.
Othman read it through, turned up his eyes,
and collapsed. They brought him to almost at once. He said to Leemy weakly,
"Have them catch that boy. And have a copy of Multivac's answer made out
for me. There's no way any more, no way out. I must see Gulliman now."
Bernard Gulliman had never seen Ali Othman as
much as perturbed before, and watching the co-ordinator's wild eyes now sent a
trickle of ice water down his spine.
He
stammered, "What do you mean, Othman? What do you mean, worse than
murder?"
"Much
worse than just murder."
Gulliman was quite pale. "Do you mean
assassination of a high government official?" (It did cross his mind that
he himself—)
Othman nodded. "Not just a government official. The government official."
"The
Secretary-General?" said Gulliman in an appalled whisper.
"More than that, even. Much more. We deal with a plan to assassinate Multivac!"
"WHAT!"
"For
the first time in the history of Multivac, the computer came up with the
report that it itself was in danger."
"Why was I not at once
informed?"
Othman half-truthed out of it. "The matter was so unprecedented, sir,
that we explored the situation first before daring to put it on official
record."
"But
Multivac has been saved, of course? It's been saved?"
"The
probabilities of harm have declined to under 4 per cent. I am waiting for the report
now."
"Message for Dr.
Trumbull," said Ben Manners to the 102
man on
the high stool, working carefully on what looked like the controls of a stratojet cruiser, enormously magnified.
"Sure, Jim," said the man.
"Go" ahead."
Ben
looked at his instructions and hurried on. Eventually, he would find a tiny
control lever which he was to shift to a DOWN position at a moment when a
certain indicator spot would light up red.
He
heard an agitated voice behind him, then another, and suddenly, two men had him
by his elbows. His feet were lifted off the floor.
One man said, "Come
with us, boy."
Ali Othman's face did not noticeably lighten
at the news, even though Gulliman said with great relief, "If we have the
boy,-then Multivac is safe."
"For
the moment."
Gulliman
put a trembling hand to his forehead. "What a half hour I've had. Can you imagine what the destruction of Multivac
for even a short time would mean? The government would have collapsed; the
economy broken down. It would have meant devastation worse—" His head
snapped up, "What do you mean for the moment?"
"The
boy, this Ben Manners, had no intention of doing harm. He and his family must
be released and compensation for false imprisonment given them. He was only
following Multivac's instructions in order to help his father and it's done that. His father is free now."
"Do
you mean Multivac ordered the boy to pull a lever under circumstances that
would burn out enough circuits to require a month's repair work? You mean
Multivac
those
instructions but selected the Manners family in the first place because Ben
Manners looked exactly like one of Dr. Trumbull's pages so that he could get
into Multivac without being stopped."
"What do you mean the
family was selected?"
"Well,
the boy would have never gone to ask the question if his father had not been
arrested. His father would never have been arrested if Multivac had not blamed
him for planning the destruction of Multivac. Multivac's own action started the
chain of events that almost led to Multivac's destruction."
"But there's no sense to that,"
said Gulliman in a pleading voice. He felt small and helpless and he was
virtually on his knees, begging this Othman, this man who had spent nearly a
lifetime with Multivac, to reassure him.
Othman
did not do so. He said, "This is Multivac's first attempt along this line
as far as I know. In some ways, it planned well. It chose the right family. It
carefully did not distinguish between father and son to send us off the track.
It was still an amateur at the game, though. It could not overcome its own
instructions that led it to report the probability of its own destruction as
increasing with every step we took down the wrong road. It could not avoid
recording the answer it gave the youngster. With further practice, it will
probably learn deceit. It will learn to hide certain facts, fail to record
certain others. From now on, every instruction it gives may have the seeds in
it of its own destruction. We will never know. And however careful we are,
eventually Multivac will succeed. I think, Mr. Gulliman, you will be the last
Chairman of this organization."
Gulliman
pounded his desk in fury. "But, why, why, why?
Damn you, why? What is wrong with it? Can't it be fixed?"
"I
don't think so," said Othman, in soft despair. "I've never thovight
about this before. I've never had the occasion to until this happened, but now
that I think of it, it seems to me we have reached the end of the road because
Multivac is too good. Multivac has grown so complicated,
its reactions are no longer those of a machine, but those of a living
thing."
"You're mad, but even
so?"
"For
fifty years and more we have been loading humanity's troubles on Multivac, on
this living thing. We've asked it to care for us, all together and each
individually. We've asked it to take all our secrets into itself; we've asked
it to absorb our evil and guard us against it. Each of us brings his troubles
to it, adding his bit to the bur-
den. Now we are planning to load the burden of human
disease on Multivac, too." „
Othman
paused a moment, then
burst out, "Mr.
Gul-liman, Multivac bears all the troubles of the world on its shoulders and it
is tired."
"Madness. Midsummer madness," muttered Gulliman.
"Then
let me show you something. Let me put it to the test. May I have permission to
use the Multivac circuit line here in your office?"
"Why?"
"To
ask it a question no one has ever asked Multivac before?"
"Will
you do it harm?" asked Gulliman in quick alarm. •
"No.
But it will tell us what we want to know." The Chairman
.hesitated a trifle. Then he said, "Go ahead."
Othman
used the instrument on Gulliman's desk. His fingers "punched out the
question with deft strokes: "Multivac, ..what do
you yourself want more than anything else?"
The
moment between question and answer lengthened unbearably, but neither Othman
nor Gulliman breathed.
And
there was a clicking and a card popped out. It was a small card. On it, in
precise letters, was the answer:
"I
want to die."
Fritz Leibe^, a Hugo winner and Guest of Honor at a World ScietitifrFictiSh Convention, son of the well-known Shakespearean
actor—Fritz Leiber, Sr.—has been famous in his own right for many years. His
CONJURE WIFE, a witch story, appeared twice as a motion picture (the latest was BURN, WITCH,
BURN) and once on television. For
some years he was working on the editoral staff of Science
Digest, and
more recently he was writing the Buck Rogers comic strips. But his real claim
to fame is sampled here, in a story which pictures a dialog of science vs art
in a dramatic, exciting yarn set in the not too distant future when the world
is sitting much closer to the edge of atomic destruction than it is today.
FRIENDS AND ENEMIES by Fritz Leiber
The
sun hadn't quite risen,
but now that the five men were out from under the trees it already felt hot.
Far ahead, off to the left of the road, the spires of New Angeles gleamed dusky
blue against the departing night. The two unarmed men gazed back wistfully at
the little town, dark and asleep under its moist leafy umbrellas. The one who
was thin and had hair flecked with gray looked all intellect; the other, young
and with a curly mop, looked all feeling.
The
fat man barring their way back to town- mopped bis head. The two young men
flanking him with shotgun and squirtgun hadn't started to sweat yet.
The
fat man stuffed the big handkerchief back in his pocket, wiped his hands on his
shirt, rested his wrists lightly on the pistols holstered either side his
stomach, looked at the two unarmed men, indicated the hot road with a nod, and
said, "There's your way, professors. Get going."
The thin man looked at the hand-smears on the
fat man's shirt. ^But you haven't even explained to me," he protested
sofdy, "why I'm being turned out of Ozona College."
"Look here, Mr. Ellenby, I've tried to
make it easy for you," the fat man said. "I'm doing it before the
town wakes up. Would you rather be chased by a mob?"
"But
why—?"
"Because we found out you weren't just a
math teacher, Mr. Ellenby." The fat man's voice went hard. "You'd
been a physicist once. Nuclear physicist."
The
young man with the shotgun spat. Ellenby watched the spittle curl in the dust
like a little brown worm. He shifted his gaze to a dead eucalyptus leaf.
"I'd like to talk to the college board of regents," he said
tonelessly.
"I'm
the board of regents," the fat man told him. "Didn't you even know
that?"
At this point the other unarmed man spoke up
loudly. "But that doesn't explain my case. I've devoted my whole life to warning
people against physicists and other scientists. How they'd smash us with their
bombs. How they were destroying our minds with 3D and telefax and handies. How
they were blaspheming against Nature, killing all imagination, crushing all
beauty out of life!"
"I'd
shut my mouth if I were you, Madson," the fat man said critically,
"or at least lower my voice. When I mentioned a mob, I wasn't fooling. I
saw them burn Cal Tech. In fact, I got a bit excited and helped."
The young man with the
shotgun grinned.
"Cal
Tech," Ellenby murmured, his eyes growing distant. "Cal Tech burns
and Ozona stands."
"Ozona
stands for the decencies of life," the fat man grated, "not alphabet
bombs and pituitary gas. Its purpose is to save a town, not help kill a world.
"But why should / be driven out?" Madson persisted. "I'm just a poet
singing the beauties of the simple life unmarred by science."
"Not
simple enough for Ozona!" the fat man snorted. "We happen to know,
Mr. Poet Madson, that you've written some stories about free love. We don't
want anyone telling Ozona girls it's all right to be careless."
"But
those were just ideas, ideas in a story,"
Madson protested. "I wasn't advocating—"
"No
difference," the fat man cut him short. "Talk to a woman about ideas and pretty soon she gets
some." His voice became almost kindly. "Look here, if you wanted a
woman without getting hitched to her, why didn't you go to shantytown?"
Madson squared his shoulders. "You've
missed the
whole
point. I'd never do such a thing. I never have."
"Then
you shouldn't have boasted," the fat man said. "And you shouldn't
have fooled around with Councilman Classen's daughter."
At
the name, Ellenby came oukof his trance and looked sharply at Madson, who said
indignantly, "I wasn't fooling around with Vera-Ellen, whatever her crazy
father says. She came to my office because she has poetic ability and I wanted
to encourage it."
"Yeah,
so she'd encourage you," the fat man finished. "That girl's wild enough
already, which I suppose is what you mean by poetic ability. And in this town,
her father's word counts." He hitched up his belt. "And now, professors,
it's time you started."
Madson
and,Ellenby looked at each other doubtfully. The young
man with'the squirtgun raised its acid-etched muzzle. The fat man looked hard
at Madson and Ellenby. "I think I hear alarm clocks going off," he
said quietly.
They
watched the two men trudge a hundred yards, watched Ellenby shift the rolled-up
towel under his elbow to the other side, watched Madson pause to thumb tobacco
into a pipe and glance carelessly back, then shove the pipe in his pocket and
go on hurriedly.
"Couple of pretty harmless coots, if you ask me," the young
man with the shotgun observed.
"Sure,"
the fat man agreed, "but we got to remember peoples' feelings and keep
Ozona straight. We don't like mobs or fear or girls gone wild."
The
young man with the shotgun grinned. "That Vera-Ellen," he murmured,
shaking his head.
"You
better keep your
mind off her too," the
fat man said sourly. "She's wild enough without anybody to encourage her
pftgric ability or anything else. It's a good thing we gave those two their
walking papers."
"They'll probably walk right into the
arms of the Harvey gang," the young man with the squirtgun remarked,
"especially if they try to short-cut."
"Pretty small pickings for Harvey, those
two," the young man with the shotgun countered.
"Which won't please
him at all."
The fat man shrugged. "Their
own fault. If only they'd 109
had
sense enough to keep their mouths shut. Early in life."
"They don't seem to realize it's 1993," said the young man with the shotgun.
The fat man nodded. "Come on," he
said, turning back toward the town and the coolness. "We've done our
duty."
The young man with the squirtgun took a last
look. "There they go, Art and Science," he observed with satisfaction.
"Those two subjects always did make my head ache."
On the hot road Madson began to stride
briskly. His nostrils flared. "Smell the morning air," he commanded.
"It's good, good!"
Ellenby,
matching his stride with longer if older legs, looked at him with mild wonder.
"Smell
the hot sour grass," Madson continued. "It's things like this man was
meant for, not machines and formulas. Look at the dew. Have you seen the dew in
years? Look at it on that spiderweb!"
The
physicist paused obediently to observe the softly twinkling strands.
"Perfect catenaries," he murmured.
"What?"
"A
kind of curve," Ellenby explained. "The locus of
the focus of a parabola rolling on a straight line."
"Locus-focus hocus-pocus!" Madson snorted. "Reducing
the wonders of Nature to chalk marks. It's disgusting."
Suddenly
each tiny drop of dew turned blood-red. Ellenby turned his back on the
spiderweb, whipped a crooked little brass tube from an inside pocket and
squinted through it.
"What's that?"
Madson asked.
"Spectroscope,"
Ellenby explained. "Early morning spectra of the sun are
fascinating."
Madson
huffed. "There you go. Analyzing. Tearing beauty apart. It's a disease." He paused.
"Say, won't you hurt your eyes?"
Turning
back, Ellenby shook his head. "I keep a smoked glass on it," he said.
"I'm always hoping that some day I'll get a glimpse of an atomic bomb
explosion."
"You
mean to say you've missed all the dozens they dropped on this country? That's
tog bad.'*'
"The
ball of fire's quite fleering. The opportunities haven't been as good as you
think."
"But
you're a physicist, aren't you? Don't you people have all sorts of lovely
photographs to gloat over in your laboratories?"
"Atomic
bomb spectra were never declassified," Ellenby told him wistfully. "At least not in my part of the project. I've never
seen one."
"Well, you'll probably get your chance,"
Madson told him harshly. "If you've been reading your dirty telefax,
you'll know the Hot Truce is coming to a boil. And the Angeles area will be a
prime target." Ellenby nodded mutely.
They trudged on. The sun began to beat on
their backs like an open fire. Ellenby turned up his collar. He watched his
companion thoughtfully. Finally he said, "So you're the Madson who wrote
those Enemies of Science stories about a world ruled by poets. It
never occurred to me back at Ozona. And that nonfiction book about us—what was
it called?"
"Murderers of Imagination," Madson growled. "And it would have been a good thing if you'd
listened to my warnings instead of going on building machines and dissecting
Nature and destroying all the lovely myths that make life worthwhile."
"Are you sure that Nature is so lovely
and kind?" Ellenby ventured. Madson did not deign to answer.
They passed a crossroad leading, the battered
sign said, one way to B^mdale, 4he other to San Bernardino. They were perhaps a
hundred yards beyond it when Ellenby let go a little chuckle. "I have a
confession to make. When I was very young I wrote an article about how children
shouldn't be taught the Santa Claus myth or any similar fictions."
Madson
laughed sardonically. "A perfect member of your dry-souled
tribe! Worrying about Santa Claus, when all the while something very
different was about to come flying down from over the North Pole and land on
our housetops."
"We did try to warn people about the
intercontinental missiles," Ellenby reminded him.
"Yes,
without any success. The last two reindeer— Donner and
Blitzen!"
Ellenby nodded glumly, but he couldn't keep a
smile off his face for long. "I wrote another article too—it was never
published—about how poetry is completely pointless, how rhymes inevitably
distort meanings, and so on."
Madson
whirled on him with a peal of laughter. "So you even thought you were big
enough to wreck poetry!" He jerked a limp, thinnish volume from his coat
pocket. "You thought you could destroy this!"
Ellenby's
expression changed. He reached for the book, but Madson held it away from him.
Ellenby said, "That's Keats, isn't it?"
"How would you
know?"
Ellenby hesitated. "Oh, I got to like
some of his poetry, quite a while after I wrote the article." He paused
again and looked squarely at Madson. "Also, Vera-Ellen was reading me some
pieces out of that volume. I guess you'd loaned it to her."
"Vera-Ellen?" Madson's jaw dropped.
Ellenby
nodded. "She had trouble with her geometry. Some conferences were necessary."
He smiled. "We physicists aren't such a dry-souled tribe, you know."
Madson
looked outraged. "Why, you're old enough to be her father!"
"Or her husband," Ellenby replied
coolly. "Young women are often attracted to father images. But all that
can't make any difference to us now."
"You're
right," Madson said shortly. He shoved the poetry volume back in his
pocket, squeezed the sweat out of his eyes, and looked around with impatience.
"Say, you're going to New Angeles, aren't you?" he asked, and when Ellenby
nodded uncertainly, said, "Then let's cut across the fields. This road is
taking us out of our way." And without waiting for a reply he jumped
across the little ditch to the left of the road and into the yellowing wheat
field. Ellenby watched him for a moment, then hitched his rolled towel further
up under his arm and followed.
It was stifling in the field. The wheat
seemed to paralyze any stray breezes. Their boo£s"hissed
against the dry stems. Far off they heard a lazy drumming. After a while they came
to a wide, briniful irrigation ditch. They could see that some hundreds- of
feet ahead it was crossed by a little bridge. They followed the ditch.
Ellenby
felt strangely giddy, as if he were looking at everything through a microscope.
That may have been due to the tremendous size of the wheat, its spikes almost
as big as corncobs, the spikelets bigger than kernels—rich
orange stuff taut with flour. But then they came to a section marred by larger
and larger splotches of a powdery purple blight.
The
lazy drumming became louder. Ellenby was the first to see the low-swinging
helicopter with its thick, trailing plume of greenish mist. He knocked Madson
on the shoulder and both men started to run. Purple dust puffed. Once Ellenby
stumbled and Madson stopped to jerk him-to his feet. Still they would have
escaped except that the copter swerved toward them. A moment
later they were, enveloped in sweet oily fumes.
Madson
heard jerring laughter, glimpsed a grotesquely long-nosed face peering down
from above. Then, through the cloud, Ellenby squeaked, "Don't
breathe!" and Madson felt himself dragged roughly into the ditch. The
water closed over him with a splash.
Puffing
and blowing, he came to his feet—the water hardly reached his waist—to find
himself being dragged by Ellenby toward the bridge. It was all he could do to
keep his footing on the muddy bottom. By the time he got breath engugfa
to.voice his indignation, Ellenby was saying, "That's far enough.
Thcstuff's settling away from us. Now strip and scrub yourself."
Ellenby
unrolled the towel he'd held tightly clutched to his side all the while, and
produced a bar of soap. In response to Madson's question he explained,
"That fungicide was probably TTTR or some other relative of the nerve-gas
family. They are absorbed through the skin."
Seconds later Madson was scouring his head
and chest.
He
hesitated at his trousers, muttering, "They'll probably have me for
indecent exposure. Claim I was trying to start a nudist colony as well as a
free-love cult." But Ellenby's warning had been a chilly one.
Ellenby soaped Madson's back and he in turn
soaped the older man's ridgy one.
"I suppose that's why he had an elephant's
nose," Madson mused.
"What?"
"Man
in the copter," Madson explained. "Wearing a respirator."
Ellenby
nodded and made them move nearer the bridge for a change of water.
They
started to scrub their clothes, rinse and wring them, and lay them on the bank
to dry. They watched the copter buzzing along in the distance, but it didn't
seem inclined to come near again. Madson felt impelled to say, "You know,
it's your chemist friends who have introduced that viciousness into the common
man's spirit, giving him horrible poisons to use against Nature. Otherwise he
wouldn't have tried to douse us with that stuff."
"He
just acted like an ordinary fanner to me," Ellenby replied, scrubbing
vigorously.
"Think we're
safe?" Madson asked.
Ellenby shrugged.
"We'll discover," he said briefly.
Madson shivered, but the rhythmic job was
soothing. After a bit he began to feel almost playful. Lathering his shirt, he
got some fine large bubbles, held them so he could see their colors flow in the
sunlight.
"Tiny
perfect worlds of every hue," he murmured. "Violet,
blue, green, yellow, orange, red."
"And dead black,"
Ellenby added.
"You
would say something like that!" Madson grunted. "What did you think I was talking about?"
"Bubbles."
"Maybe
some of your friends' poisons have black bubbles," Madson said bitingly.
"But I was talking about these."
"So was I.
Give me your pipe."
The authority in Ellenby's voice made Madson
look 114
around
startledly. "Give me your pipe," Ellenby repeated firmly, holding out
his hand.
Madson
fished it out of the pocket of°the trousers he was about to wash and handed if
over. Ellenby knocked out the soggy tobacco, swished it in the water a few
times, and began to soap the inside of the bowl.
Madson
started to object, but, "You'd be washing it anyway," Ellenby. assured him. "Now look here, Madson, I'm going to blow
a bubble and I want you to watch. I want you to observe Nature for all you're
worth. If poets and physicists have one thing in common it's that they're both
supposed to be able to observe. Accurately."
He
took a breath. "Now see, I'm going to hold the pipe mouth down and let the
bubble hang from it, but with one side of the bowl
tipped up a bit, so that the strain on the bubble's skin- will be greatest on
that side."
He
blew a big bubble, held the pipe with one hand and pointed with a finger of the
other. "There's the place to watch now. There!" The bubble burst.
"What
was that?" Madson asked in a new voice. "It really was black for an
instant, dull like soot."
"A
bubble bursts because its skin gets thinner and thinner," Ellenby said.
"When it gets tiiin enough it shows colors, as interference eliminates
different wavelengths. With yellow eliminated it shows violet, and so on. But
finally, just for a moment at the place where it's going to break, the skin
becomes only one molecule thick. Such a monomolecular layer absorbs all light,
hence shows as dead black."
"Everything's got a black lining,
eh?"
"Black can be beautiful. Here, I'll do
it again."
Madson
put *bj[s hand on Ellenby's shoulder to steady himself. Ths^feiwere standing hip-deep in water, their bodies
still flecked with suds. Their heads were inches from the new bubble. As it
burst a voice floated down to them.
"Is this the Ozona Faculty
Kindergarten?" They whirled around, simultaneously crouching in the water.
"Vera-Ellen,
what are you doing here?" Madson demanded.
"Watching the kiddies play," the
girl on the bridge replied, running a hand through her touseled violet hair.
She looked down at her slacks and jacket. "Wish I'd brought my swim suit,
though I gather it wouldn't be expected."
"Vera-Ellen!" Madson said apprehensively.
"It
doesn't look very inviting down there, though," she mused. "Guess
I'll wait for Aqua Heaven at New Angeles."
"You're
going to New Angeles?" Ellenby put in. It is not easy to be
conversationally brilliant while squatting chest deep
in muddy water, acutely conscious of the absence of clothes.
Vera-Ellen
nodded lazily, leaning on the railing. "Going to get me
a city job. With its reduced faculty Ozona holds no more intellectual
interest for me. Did you know math's going to be made part of the Home Eck
department, Mr. Ellenby?"
"But how did you know
that we—"
"Daughter
of the man who got you run out of town ought to now what the old bully's up to.
And if you're worrying that they'll come after me and find us together, I'll
just head along by myself."
Madson
and Ellenby both protested, though it is even harder to protest effectively
than to be conversationally brilliant while squatting naked in coffee-colored
water.
Vera-Ellen
said, "All right, so quit playing and let's get on. You have fb tell me all about New Angeles and the kind of jobs we'll get."
"But—?"
"Modest, eh? I'm afraid Pa wouldn't count it in your favor. But all right." She
turned her back and sauntered to the other side of the bridge.
Madson and Ellenby cautiously climbed out of
the ditch, brushed the water from their skins, and wormed into their soggy
clothes.
"We've
got to persuade her to go back," Madson whispered.
"Vera-Ellen?" Ellenby replied and raised his eyebrows. Madson groaned softly.
"Cheer up," Ellenby said. And he
seemed in a cheer-
ful humor himself when they climbed to the bridge.
"Vera-Ellen," he said, "we've beeu having an argument
as to whether man ruined Nature Or Nature ruined man
to
start with." >
"Is this a class, Mr.
Ellenby?"
"Of
sorts," he told her. Behind him Madson snorted, flipping his Keats to dry
the pages. They started off together.
"Well,"
said Vera-Ellen, "I like Nature and I like . . . human beings. And I don't
feel ruined at all. Where's the argument?"
"What
about the bombs?" Madson demanded automatically. "By man our
physicist here means Technology. Whereas I mean—", v
"Oh,
the bombs,"'she said with a shrug. "What sort of job do you think I
should get in New Angeles?"
"Well . . ."
Madson began.
"Say,
I'm getting hungry," she raced on, turning to Ellenfey.,
_
"So am I," he
agreed.
They looked at the road ahead. A jagged hill
now hid all but the tips of the spires of New Angeles. On the top of the hill
was a tremendous house with sagging roofs of cracked tiles, stucco walls dark
with rain stains and green with moss yet also showing cracks, and windows of
age-blued glass, some splintered, flashing in the sun, which tempted Ellenby to
whip out his spectroscope.
Curving
down from the house came a weedy and balding expanse
that had obviously once been a well-tended lawn. A few, iStalwart patches of
thick grass held out tenaciously, -d^..
Pale-trunked
eucalyptus trees towered behind the house and to either side of the road where
it curved over the hill.
In a hollow at the foot of the one-time lawn,
just where it met the road, something gleamed. As Madson, Ellenby and
Vera-Ellen tramped forward, they saw it was an old automobile, one of the jet
antiques that were the rage around 1970—in fact, a Lunar '69. Corning closer
Ellenby realized that it had custom-built features, such as jet brakes and
collision springs.
A man with an odd cap was poking a probe into
the air intake, while in the back seat a woman was sitting, shadowed by a hat
four feet across. At the sound of their footsteps the man whirled to his feet,
quickly enough though unsteady. He stared at them, wagging the probe. Just at
that moment something that looked like an animated orange furpiece leaped from
the tonneau.
"George!" the
woman cried. "Widgie's got away."
The
small flattish creature came on in undulating bounds. It was past the man in
the cap before he could turn. It headed for Ellenby, then
changed direction. Mad-son made an impulsive dive for it, but it widened itself
still more and sailed over him straight into Vera-Ellen's arms.
They
walked toward the car. Widgje wriggled, Vera-Ellen stroked his ears. He seemed
to be a flying fox of some sort. The man eyed them hostilely, raising the
probe. Madson stared puzzledly at the cap. Out of his older knowledge Ellenby
whispered an explanation: "Chauffeur."
The woman stood in the back seat, swaying slightly.
She was wearing a white swim suit and dark teleglasses under her hat. At first
she seemed a somewhat ravaged thirty. Then they began to see the rest of the
wrinkles.
She received Widgie from Vera-Ellen, shook
him out and tucked him under her arm, where he hung limply, moving his tiny red
eyes.
"Come
in with me, my dear," she told Vera-Ellen. "George, put down that
crazy pole. Pay no attention to George—he can't recognize gentlefolk when he
sees them, especially when he's drunk. Gentlemen, she continued, waving
graciously to Madson and Ellenby, "you have the thanks of Rickie
Vickson." As she pronounced the name she surveyed them sharply. Her gaze
settled on Ellenby. "You know me, don't you?"
"Certainly,"
he answered instantly. "You were my first —my favorite straight 3D star."
"Are you in 3D?" Vera-Ellen asked, a sudden gleam in her eyes.
"Was,
my dear," Rickie said grandly. She ogled Ellen-by through the fish-eye
glasses. "Ah, straight 3D," she sighed. "Simple video-audio in
d^pth—there was a great art-form." She began to
sway again and they caught the reek of alcohol. "You know, {gentlemen, it
was handies that ruined my career. I had the looks and the voice, but I lacked
the touch. Something in me shrank from the whole idea—be
still, Widgie—and the girls with itchy fingers took over. But I'm talking too
much about myself. It's hot and you wonderful gentlemen must be thirsty. Here,
have a—"
The
chauffeur glared at her as she reached fumblingly down into the tonneau. She
caught the look and quailed slightly.
' ' , vr>
"—sandwich," she
finished, coming up with a shiny can.
Madson accepted.it-from
her, clicking the catch. The top popped four feet in the air, followed lazily
by the uppermost sandwich which he caught deftly. He handed the can to
Ellenby, who served himself and handed it up to Vera-Ellen. Soon all three of
them were munching.
"Miss
Vkkson," Vera-Ellen asked between mouthfuls, "do you think I could
get a job in broadcast entertainment?"
Rickie
looked at her sideways, leaning away to focus. "Not with that ghastly
atomglow hair," she said. "Violet is old hat this year—it's either black, blonde or bald. But give me your hand, my
dear."
"Going to tell my
fortune?"
"After a fashion." She held up Vera-Ellen's hand, squeezing and
prodding it thoughtfully, as if she were testing, the carcas&^F an alleged
spring chicken. Then she nodded. "You^rdb. Good
strong hand, that's all that's needed, so you can really crunch the knuckles of
the bohunks. They love it rough. Of course the technicians could step up the
power when they broadcast your hand-squeeze, but the addicts don't feel it's
the same thing." She looked sourly at her own delicate claws. "Yes,
my dear, you'll have a chance in handies if you don't mind cuddling with two
million dirty-minded bohunks every night and if Rickie Vickson's still got any
entree at the studios." She made a face and dipped again into the tonneau,
apparently to gulp something, for the chauffeur's glare was intensified.
"You're from New Angeles?" Madson
asked politely when Rickie came up beaming.
"Old
Angeles," she corrected. "My home's in a contaminated area. After 3D
lighting I've never been afraid of hard radiations. But this time my psychic
counselor told me—Widgie, I'm going to put you away in a nice little urn—that
the bombs are going to miss New Angeles and fall on Old. That's why George is
jetting me to the mountains. Others drink to still their fears. I do something
about it—too."
"You
mean you're going away
from the studio?"
Vera-Ellen demanded incredulously while Ellenby mumbled "Bombs?"
through a mouthful of sandwich.
"Of
course," Rickie nodded. "Don't you know? Russia's touched a match to
the Hot Truce. You charming gentlemen should keep up with these things."
"You see, I told you!" Madson said to Ellenby. "One
more victory for science!" v
"Miss
Vickson, we better be getting on," the chauffeur
interrupted, speaking for the first time. His voice was drunkenly thick.
"We aren't out of the fusion fringe by a long shot and I don't like the
looks of this place."
Rickie
ignored him. Ellenby asked, "Was the news about Russia telefaxed?"
"Of course not." Rickie's smile was scornful. "They never tell the real truth these
days. But they said to get out of our houses, and what else could that
mean?"
"Miss Vickson, we
better—" George began again.
"Quiet, George,"
Rickie ordered.
George
groaned faintly, shrugged his shoulders, and reached out an arm to her without
looking. Rickie handed him a red, limp plastic bottle. Just as he was putting
it to his lips, he jerked as if stung, vaulted into the car, and began to stamp
and punch at the controls.
With
a mighty pouf the
jet took hold. Ellenby skittered away from the hot blast. The Lunar '69 jumped
forward.
Things hissed and snicked through the air.
From nowhere, men began to appear. With a great lurch the car gained the road,
roared toward the bridge. Vera-Ellen jumped up as if to get out, then was thrown back into the tonneau. Rickie lunged forward
across the seat to save the red bottle. Her four-foot hat leaped upward,
hesitated, and then spun off like a flying saucer.
A
man rose from the wheat near the bridge. As the car jounced across it, he
leveled a rapid-fire weapon. But just as he got it trained on the car, Rickie's
hat landed on him. He went over backwards, firing at the sky.
Madson
and Ellenby looked around in bewilderment. There must have been a dozen men. As
they stared, another bunch came hurrying down the ruined lawn from the house on
the hill.
The
man by the bridge got up, went over to Rickie's hat and stamped on it.
Madson
and Ellenby jumped as the sky-climbing missiles from his gun pattered down
around them. When they looked around again, the men from the
house on the hill weredosing in.
Their
leader was about five feet tall, but thick. His head had -been formed in a
bullet mold, bis features looked drop-forged.
"I'm Harvey," he
told them blankly. "What you got?"
Harvey's
people wore everything from evening dress to shorts. There were even two women
(who drifted toward Harvey) one in a. gold kimono, the other in an
off-the-bosom frock of filthy white lace. Everybody was armed.
"What
you got?" Harvey repeated sharply. "I know you're loaded,^! saw you talking with that
rich-witch in the jet." H^lQoked. them over and grabbed at Mad-son's side pocket. "Books,
huh!"" he said like a hangman, dangling the Keats by a stray page.
Then he turned to Ellenby. "Come on, Skinny," he said, "shell
out."
When
Ellenby hesitated, two of Harvey's men grabbed him, dumped him, and passed the
contents of his pockets to their chief. When the spectroscope turned up, Harvey
grinned. The eyes of his people twinkled in anticipation.
"Science gadget, huh?" he said.
"Folks, there's been too much science in the world and too many words. Any
minute now, more bombs are gonna fall. I do my humble bit to help 'em. I'm a
great little junkman." He let the brass tube fall to the ground and lifted
his foot. "Blow it a good-bye kiss, Skinny."
"Wait,"
Madson said abruptly, taking a step toward Harvey. "Don't do it."
Then the poet's eyes grew wide and alarmed, as if he hadn't known he was going
to say it.
Breaths
sucked in around them. Harvey's turret head slowly turned toward Madson, its
expression seemingly vacuous. "Why not?"
Harvey whispered.
"Don't
pay any attention to my friend," Ellenby interjected rapidly. "He
just said that on account of me. Actually he hates science as much as you do.
Don't—"
"Shaddup!" Harvey roared. Then his voice instantly went low again. "Ain't
nobody hates science more'n me, but ain't nobody tells me so. Shoulda kept your
mouth shut, Skinny. Now there's gonna be more'n gadgets stomped, more'n books
tore."
Silence came except for the faint sucks of
breath, the faint scuffle of shoes on grit as Harvey's people slowly moved in.
Ellenby stood helplessly, yet at the same time he felt a widening and
intensification of his sensory powers. He was aware of the delicately
lace-edged tree shadows cast from the hill ahead by the westering sun. At the
other limit of his vision the copter no longer trailed its green caterpillar;
for some reason it was buzzing closer along the road. At the same time he was
conscious with a feverish clarity of the page by which Harvey dangled the
Keats, and without reading the words he saw the lines:
Beauty is truth, truth beauty—that is all Ye know on earth,
and all ye need to know.
Suddenly the slowly advancing faces seemed to
freeze and Ellenby was aware of something spectral and ominous about the
yellowing sunlight and the whole acid-etched scene around him. It was something
more than the physical threat to him and Madson—it was some-
thing that seemed to well up menacingly from the
ground under his feet. ^.
There
was a sudden faint thunder and even as something inside Ellenby said,
"That &n't it, that isn't what the sky's waiting for," he saw the
chrome muzzle of the Lunar '69 bulleting toward' them across the bridge with
Vera-Ellen's violet mop above the wheel.
But
even as the braking blasts gouted out redly from under the hood and the car
crunched toward a stop in their midst, even as Harvey's people broke to either
side and pistols popped with queerly toylike reports, the thunder multiplied
until it was impossible that the Lunar '69
was causing it, until it
was like the thunder of a thousand invisible jets crushing the air around them.
The sky shifted, rocked. The road shook. There came a shock that numbed
Ellenby's feet and sent everyone around him reeling, and a pounding, smashing
sound that made any remembered noise seem puny.
The'X-unar
'69, which had stopped a dozen feet from Ellenby,
was" pitching and tossing like a silver ship in a storm. Vera-Ellen was gripping the steering wheel with one hand and motioning to him
frantically with the other. In the seat beyond her Rickie Vickson was jouncing
as if in a merry-go-round chariot.
Ellenby
lurched as a hand clutched his shoulder and a staggering Madson howled in his
ear through the tumult, "Now you've got your rotten bombs!" Between
him and the car Harvey's bullet head reared up and as suddenly dropped away.
Looking down, Ellenby saw that a chasm four feet wide had split the road
between him and the car. Its, walls were raw, smoking earth and rock. Down it
Ellenjj-y Saw vanishing, in one frozen moment, Harvey and theKeats and
the little brass spectroscope.
Then
Ellenby realized he had grabbed Madson by the shoulder and thrown the two of
them forward and shouted "Jump!" For a moment the chasm gaped beneath
them and a white little face stared upward. Then the chasm closed with a giant
crunch and Ellenby's hand caught the side of the heaving car and he pitched
into the back seat.
Through the diminishing thunder and shaking
there came the toy roar of the car's jet and a new movement tipped him backward
and he was looking toward the hill and it was getting bigger. He tried to put
his feet down and felt something bulk under them. For
a moment he thought it was Madson, but Madson was beside him on the seat, and
then he saw it was George. He looked up and Rickie Vickson was watching him
from where she was crouched in the front seat, her eyes without the
tele-glasses looking as foxy as Widgie's, whom she was holding close to her
wrinkle-etched cheek.
"Vera-Ellen
had to conk him," she explained, her gaze dipping to George. "The bum
tried to betray us."
The
pitching of the car had given way to a steady forward lunge. Ellenby nodded
dully at Rickie and hitched himself around and looked back.
Harvey's
people were scattering like ants through a dust cloud rising from the road.
The house on the hill still stood, though
there were more and larger cracks in it and a nimbus of whiter dust around it.
By the bridge the copter had crashed and was flaming brightly. A tiny figure was running away from it.
Ellenby's face slowly
lightened with understanding.
"We
were on the San Andreas Rift," he said softly. "Madson, that wasn't
the bombs at all. That wasn't Technology or Man." A smile trembled on his
lips. "That was Nature. An earthquake."
Madson
was the first to comment. "All right," he said, "it was
Nature—Nature showing her disgust for Man."
"An
idea like that is the sheerest animism," Ellenby reacted automatically.
"Now if you try analyzing—"
"Analyzing!" Madson snorted with a touch of the old fire. "You scientists are
always—"
"Whoa,
boys," Rickie Vickson interrupted. "If it hadn't been for that little
quake to confuse things, Vera-Ellen couldn't have snatched you out no matter
how pretty she tried. And I'm in no mood for arguments now. I'm not the arty
type and all the science I know is what my psychic counselor tells me. Widgie, quit pounding your heart; it's all over now."
Ellenby
touched her arm. "Do I understand," he asked, "that Vera-Ellen
made you turn back
just 'to save us?"
"Of course not," Rickie assured'him. "Her father and his pals tried to stop
us a couple' of miles back. They'd been radioed by a farmer in a copter and had the road blocked. George wanted to hand you
all over to Vera-Ellen's father, but we conked George—he's such a weakling—and
got away. Picking you up was an afterthought."
Vera-Ellen flashed a wicked
smile over her shoulder.
Ellenby
realized he was feeling vastly contented. He started to lift his feet off
George, then settled them more comfortably. He looked
at the violet-topped new chauffeur handling the Lunar as if she'd never done
anything else, and she picked that moment to flash him another half friendly,
half insulting grin. He nudged Madson and said, "We'll continué bur argument later—all our
argument.", Madson looked at him sharply and
almost grinned too. Ellenby-wondered idly what jobs they had for poets and
physicists in 3D and
handie studios.
Rickie
Vickson's eyes widened. "Say," she said, "if they were just warning
us about that little old earthquake, then Old Angeles isn't radioactive—I mean
any more radioactive than it's ever been."
"Oh
boy," Vera-Ellen crowed as the car topped the hill and the blue spires
came back in sight, "New Angeles, here we come."
Sherwood Springer has been a professional
newspaper man for many^/ears. He is not well known in the science fiction
worldjot a large output; However,
of all the stories presented here,
his story book science fiction readers as though an atomic bomb was dropped in
their laps.
The
hyper-tense tightrope on which our world is balanced poses a continued threat
to our very existence. The possibility that our entire population might indeed
be wiped out frequently seems more than just a writer's fantasy.
Repopulating the world might very well become
the responsibility of a few survivors. What happens when those survivors are a
solitary man and his three children? And, unlike the Bible, there is....
NO
LAND OF NOD by Sherwood
Springer
Far
to the south, in the
direction of the Baldwin Hills, a wild dog howled lonesomely. The sound died
and was not repeated.
The
bearded man, his ears straining to register the slightest whisper, stirred
uneasily at the sound. He turned his head and listened intently,
half fearful he might have missed, in that, mement of distraction, some faint
cry from the interior of the shadowed house behind him.
The
silence was unmarred, and the man turned his eyes once more to the unbroken
gloom of the valley that stretched for miles below and beyond him toward the
sea. Twenty-one years. From how many other hills on how many other countless
nights had those same tired eyes sought painfully for a distant pinpoint
message that somewhere again man was challenging the night? No more. Hope dies
slowly, but it dies.
It was a Valley >of Shapes. Hollow as the
bleached shell of a long-dead ^iSBistacea'n, the city stretched away into the
darkness, mile upon mile, a vast decaying monument to the memory of his race.
Already, he knew, structures were crumbling, man's
pretty little lawns and gardens had long ago vanished in rank jungles of
growth; trees, quick to root in pavement cracks, grew fat and ruthless, bullying
the concrete into defeated fragments.
Water
from a ruptured main had undermined buildings on the fabled Strip just below
him, had burst forth from
the rubble and gouged a new, ever-deepening
channel toward the Pacific. How many centuries, the man wondered, would
nature require to complete its erasure of the silent metropolis? Westward
toward La Cienega his eye caught a faint patch of white, dimly reflecting the
cold light of the Milky Way. He knew what lay there—and everywhere from the
uplands to the sea. It was a Valley of Bones.
Somehow,
he knew it was a world of bones. Not always had he believed that. Not
twenty-one years ago when he and Ann had stepped out of the space room at Cal
Tech to find a city of death; not twenty years ago after their heartbreaking
eight-thousand mile trek across the States in search of survivors; not even
sixteen years ago when he still gazed out over the blue Pacific at intervals,
scanning the horizon half fearfully, half hopefully, for a ship from . . . over
there. Somewhere people must be living, just as their ancestors had lived for
thousands of years ... in the land of
the enemy, perhaps, waiting to come and claim the western world they had
destroyed. But as the months wheeled away into years, and the sea remained
desolate as a grave, the realization grew in him that he had known the truth
from the very beginning, known it while denying it blindly with every fiber of
his being.
He and Ann were the last
people on earth.
As the bearded one waited on the shadowy
slope above the valley, he pondered once more the baffling destiny that had
selected him, out of all the millions, to become the second Adam. He remembered
as if it were yesterday the time he had first put it into words. . . .
"Doesn't
it strike you as funny, Ann," he had mused, "that an ordinary guy
like me gets picked to become the father of a race?"
"Does the choice
bother you?" Ann had quipped.
"I'm
serious," he persisted. "Sometimes I think one of God's file clerks
must have come up with the wrong name."
"Why do you say
that?"
"You know what I mean.
What cockeyed standards
could
possibly rate me this job? I never won any medals. Nobody ever called me 'the
brain.' Never went to college. Read western stories and science fiction whan I
was a kid instead of doing homework. Didn'tg'6 to church after I grew up, or think much about it. ^ever killed anybody,
of course, or kicked a dog, but I guess I did plenty of other things God would
have raised His eyebrow about if He'd been watching. And physically, you've got
to admit that plain Jim Clay doesn't look much like Charles Atlas. Seems to me
I got in here on a fluke."
"Jim!" She grasped his shoulders
sharply, her eyes lev-elly trapping his. "That's nonsense. In the first
place, you are
here, and the choice, if
choice it was, has been made, and all the self-deprecation in the world isn't
going to give our descendants a different ancestor."
"No.but-^"
"Has it occurredto you," she went
on doggedly, "that maybe it makes a great deal of sense? You said
something just now that reveals more about you than you realize. Kicking a dog,
in your mind, is as heinous as murder. That's your great quality, Jim—kindness.
Tell me, the civilization we knew—why is it lying around us as dead as . . .
Gomorrah? Those great brains you admire were building atomic piles, computing
machines and planes that flew faster than sound, but were they doing anything
about intolerance and selfishness and the greed for power? It seems to me
trifles like 'loving thy neighbor' were sort of lost
in the shuffle. Maybe God finally decided to let man wipe himself out and then
start all over again—this time with the little things . . . like
kindness."
A
cold wind from the sea began to stir the leaves of the eucalyptus tfee beside
the house. The bearded man shivered slightjajarid drew his jacket collar more
snugly about his throatTHe glanced up at the night sky, dusty with swarming
stars. Even the heavens were different then, he thought. Back in '68 the moon itself had difficulty getting through sometimes. He smiled
grimly. Man had solved the smog problem at last.
Twenty-one
years. His mind sped down the long time track to that morning he had met Ann
Banning. He was then working for Cal Tech, which was doing some experimentation
for NASA. The government wanted to know what the physical and psychological
effects on the human nervous system might be when a male and female were put in
a hermetically sealed chamber that had been prepared to simulate as closely as
possible the interior of an interplanetary rocket.
Jim
Clay had been picked as the male half of the team, and Ann Banning was the
other half. Ann was an accomplished research scientist in her own right who
had insisted she be permitted to make the test. She was 37; he was 39. How
little importance he had attached to those figures at the time, yet how
desperately serious they became later when destiny began its mocking game.
How
symbolic was the closing of the air lock that shut them off from the world of
May, 1968, the civilization they were never to see again. The Cold War had met
a new danger in China and Africa. Too many nations were already in possession
of atomic weapons. The fear of war was now a real thing. The people of the world waited, scarcely breathing at times . . .
waited for the bombs. When would they drop? The atom bombs, the hydrogen bombs,
the dreaded nerve gas? Fear crept like a serpent among the nations. Who would
be first to strike? Who would be stricken?
The
answer soared in a high arc across the Pole on the night of May 7, three days
after Ann and Jim had entered the space room.
One
bomb.
That
was all. It exploded just south of Berkeley, California, on the edge of the
bay. Approximately .071 of a second later the world ended for two and a half
billion people.
The
scientists had erred. The bomb had been a gesture, a warning; the nerve gas it
contained was a modified type. Thousands would be temporarily paralyzed but few
fatalities would result. America must be shown how vulnerable it was.
By
what deadly miscalculation the catalyst was unforeseen the world would never
know. But catalyst there was, and the resulting chain reaction in the
atmosphere swept the globe with the speed of light. From America to the Orient,
from pole to pole, in ships, in homes, in offices and factories, in the deepest
caverns, wherever the breath of an atom linked air to air, the Wight struck. Paralysis. The nerve system congealed, lungs struggled
vainly to function, and suffocation p/as followed
by death —quickly in most cases, days later in others. Only the comparative
handful of humanity who happened to be in pressure cabins, submerged
submarines, air locks and similar sealed compartments escaped the initial wave
of devastation. But these had no way of knowing the doom that awaited them.
Planes landed, underseas craft surfaced, locks were opened. And death was
waiting.. ..
Strangely
enough, man alone of all the animal kingdom found breathing fatal. The oxygen
content of the atmosphere remained undisturbed and, although several other
species among the higher mammals were temporarily affected, scarcely a death
resulted.
Gradually,
as the days passed, the deadly vapor dissipated. The slow absorption by soil,
sea and stone demonstrated once more nature's wily resourcefulness in coping
with unnatural and contra-survival developments. By the fourth week in May the
atmosphere's lethal content had dropped well within the tolerance level.
Like the spinning facets in a kaleidoscope,
memories flared momentarily, then scurried to merge with other memories in a
spiraling montage, as the bearded man waited on the hillside. The unforgettable
bewilderment as he and Ann had emerged from the space room to find a laboratory
peopled with corpses, the rapidly mounting horror as they sped from room to
room, and finally the numbing shock as they stepped outdoors and their ears
registered the most stunning fact of all. The campus, and the great city
beyohd,'"lay wrapped in an incredible, unnatural silence.
Their
search for survivors in the days that followed was grimly dogged, but the
mounting stench of death that hung like a pall over the Los Angeles kettle
drove them finally to flight. Northward over the mountains
they went, transportation presenting little difficulty. Automobiles by
the thousands were to be had for the taking. The material world was theirs.
Many vehicles, of course, had been damaged or demolished in final crashes, but
the number was comparatively small. Occasionally they encountered road blocks
caused by multiple collisions but they were able to bypass these in most cases,
or as a last resort, they could always trudge past on foot and take possession
of another car farther on—as they did when gasoline ran low.
On through Bakersfield, Fresno and Modesto, with hope dying within them. The San Francisco area was fetid, and they
realized without crossing the bridge there would be no life there. As they
turned right toward Berkeley, determined to push north and eastward across the
Sierras, they discovered the crater. It was that, coupled with the threatening
communique of the enemy revealed in one of the last editions of now defunct
newspapers, that had enabled Ann to formulate an
hypothesis which explained the disaster. But its scope was still far from
suspected. There must be life to the east. Telephones and radios were dead, it was true, but as evidence that was not necessarily
conclusive.
He could write, the man thought, a new
Genesis of their wanderings during the year that followed. Over Dormer Pass
they went, down into Reno, the long trek across the wastelands to the east, St.
Louis, Chicago, and on across Pennsylvania to the mighty tomb that was now New
York. New England. On their return through the South
despair rode with them and a realization of the stupendous responsibility to
the race that might be theirs. They began to discuss it as mile after mile of
desolation disappeared behind them.
"Have you tried to think," Ann
asked him one day, "what it means if we've been wrong all along, and the
rest of the world is just like this?"
He grinned wryly, making an effort to speak
lightly. "Of course. It means we're elected Adam
and Eve II ... and with no Garden of
Eden."
"I'm
quite serious, Jim. We've got to begin thinking— as no one has ever had to
think before."
He eyed her with assumed
incomprehension, reluctant to tackle the problem that was beginning to loom in
his own mind. "What do you mean?"
"You
know what I mean. It's possible that we're the last people alive."
"There must be others somewhere." He
emphasized
the word stubbornly. '
"I
hope so." She laid a hand on his arm. "But, Jim, we must begin
thinking on the basis of facts we know. We've found no one. It's been almost a
year. If the people in Europe or Asia survived, why haven't they sent ships or
planes to investigate our silence? Why haven't we been able to pick up foreign
broadcasts on battery radios?"
"Maybe
their planes did come over," he countered. "Maybe we just weren't in
the right place at the right time to see them."
"You
don't believe that, and you know I don't believe it, either." Her fingers
tightened on his arm. "Jim," she said in a low voice as his eyes left
the road for a moment to meet hers, "let's face it. Our time is running out. I've given this more thought than you
know. I'll be thirty-nine years olid in the fall."
She fell silent for a while and then suddenly
the man saw with terrible clarity what she meant. "That means » . ." he began, then his voice trailed off.
"Four
or five years," she finished for him. "Seven or
eight at the most."
They drove on in silence for a time, each
wrapped in his own thoughts. Mississippi lowland was
rolling by. Meridian lay behind them; its bodies, no longer either black or
white, had reached equality at last, the equality of bones. Furred and
feathered scavengers, insects and decomposition, name's efficient decontamination crew, had completed their work, and once
again the air was sweet.
"We're
no longer children," she resumed at last. "And we're facing something
no one ever faced before. I've learned to love you, Jim. It wasn't hard to do.
In fact, I can scarcely see how I could have avoided it under the
circumstances. We've spent about eleven months together and it looks as if
there's no logical alternative to our living together in the future. Maybe
it's time we began to think in terms of that future."
Jim
was silent for many minutes. "It's a funny thing, Ann," he said
finally. "I can remember reading several science fiction yarns long, long
ago. They ended with a man and a girl gazing into the sunset, or maybe the
dawn, the last two people on earth, or the only two people on some planet, and
they were looking forward brightly to founding a new race. The stories always
ended there, I mean, and it was sort of frustrating. I wanted to know what
happened after that, and it almost seemed as if the writers never had the
courage to tell you."
Ann
smiled grimly. "Now you're going to get your answers the hard way."
He
resisted the impulse to grin as he went on doggedly, "I mean, here we are
alone in the world. After a while we have two or three children. They grow up. Then what?"
She
hesitated before answering. "That's a decision we have to make," she
said gently, "before
we have the two or three
children."
He shook his head.
"But
suppose we do decide to have them. What happens then? Where are their children coming from? You can't mate brother and sister. Look at the
idiots that have been born just because cousins married."
"That's
the decision I mentioned. Genetics wasn't my field but I know a little about
the subject. You're not altogether right about the idiots. Idiots have been
born to cousin matings, I'll grant you, but thousands have also been born to
couples who were not even distantly related. Heredity is a matter of genes,
passed down from generation to generation, and whether your child is an idiot
or not depends most on whether the black gene of idiocy runs in both blood
lines. If it runs in yours, and the girl is also your cousin, it will probably
be found in hers too. A mating, in that case, would be almost sure to bring out
the worst.
"But suppose you took healthy,
intelligent parents who were both free of black genes. The chances are their
children would be superior to the ones born from the average marriage. And if
you bred these superior children there's do reason to suppose the third generation would
be a bit less superior. A dominant strain strengthens itself. Surely you
remember something of what the farmers, and breeders
were doing with animals and crops?'*'
"You
almost make it sound all right," Jim admitted. "But how do we know
about these Black genes? You and I might be crawling with
them."
Ann
was forced to smile at his words. "We'll see. When we get to Jackson I
want you to find a bookstore or library. I think we can get the information we
need, and then we can take inventory."
She put her head on his
shoulder.
Jackson, like scores of other cities they had
seen, bore desolate black scars of the fifes that had raged in the days that
followed1 the bomb. But the business section, one of the most modern
in the South, was, strangely enough, almost intact. While An^
was busily scanning store fronts, Jim slowly piloted their vehicle along the
almost deserted main streets.
"There!"-she
cried suddenly. "Stop, Jim."
The
huge gasoline tanker they had picked up in Birmingham as a solution to the
increasing problem of fuel evaporation, ground to a halt and, as Jim set the
brake, Ann climbed down from the cab and made for the doorway of a bookstore.
When she reappeared thirty minutes later she carried seven or eight volumes
under her arm.
They
lunched on interminable canned chicken and canned fruit and soon were rumbling
off again toward the west, with Ann deeply engrossed in the books. Occasionally,
as she skimmed over page after page, she would look up and comment pn some
information she encountered.
"How
much cjoyOu know about Cleopatra?" she asked, after a long mtervaToi
reading.
"Well,"
Jim smiled hesitantly, "she was a little before my time, but I hear she
was a pretty sharp tomato."
"It
might interest you to know that the parents of your 'sharp tomato' were brother
and sister."
"They
were?" There was frank astonishment in Jim's tone.
"They were. And not
only that, but their
parents were 135
brother and sister. And so on back for six
generations."
"My
God," Jim said in awe. "How did they get away with it?"
"It
wasn't a matter of getting away with it. It was accepted as custom among the
Pharaohs. The rulers in ancient Peru felt the same way about it, too, and
married their own sisters whenever it was possible. And if you want to go back
to Bible days, Abraham married his half-sister, and Moses, his aunt."
Jim digested it slowly. "Sounds immoral to me."
"That's
why we've got to talk about it," Ann went on. "We've got to change
our whole idea of what's moral and what's immoral. We have to realize that
moral standards are arbitrary and change when customs and conditions change. A
year ago there were a hundred and sixty million people in this country, and
there were laws that said cousins couldn't marry. Now there are two people, and
to say that conditions have changed is putting it mildly. As a matter of fact,
there's no one left even to issue us a marriage license."
"So we save two
bucks."
"You
see! You don't seem to have a bit of trouble adjusting to that. It's just
another step to what lies ahead for our children."
"Maybe you're right," Jim admitted
grudgingly, but he was reluctant to relinquish his deeply embedded feeling.
They
drove on toward Shreveport, and Ann resumed her reading. The sun had set and
dusk was obscuring the landscape as they entered the outskirts of a small Louisiana
town. Jim soon slowed the tanker to a crawl, his eyes peering ahead for the
familiar sign. It was a lesson they had learned long ago, in searching for
places to spend the night. The bomb had struck Berkeley shortly after midnight;
it had been 3 A.M. on the east coast, and 2 A.M. here. The vast majority of
Americans east of the Rockies had died in their sleep. Jim and Ann had found by
grim experience that there was one place that invariably provided beds free
from grisly remains. Furniture stores.
He
spotted the sign a few moments later, under the once proud lettering, "J.
J. Beauregard & Sons," and Jim pulled to the curb.
That night, while rows of bedsteads and dusty
bureaus threw jet shadows on the walls, Ann and Jim sat near their gasoline
camp lantern and took the strangest inventory in history.
"It
amounts to this," Ann explained. "Are
we going to become the Adam and Eve of a new race of human beings, or will we
just live out our lives as the last two people on earth, and then let the dogs
and the ants take over? I know little of your folks and you know less of mine.
If it develops there is a serious genetic fault in our blood lines, it may be
far better to let the whole thing drop right here, rather than pass on untold
misery to unborn generations."
"Seems
to me," Jim put in, "people have been having babies for a good many
years, and I can't remember anybody who ever got so worked up over whether
they ought to have babies as,.we- are. We'll work out
our own problems; let our children handle theirs."
"Jim!"
she said sharply. "That's not the point. We've been over this before, and
you know it's not our children I'm thinking about. We could have babies just as
other people did,- without ^considering the
possibilities. But those other people's children grew up, remember, and then
married someone who lived down the street or over in Burbank. Well, there is no
Burbank now, and there is no down the street. You can see what I mean. It's the
third generation we've got to think of."
"O.K.,"
Jim acquiesced resignedly, as he fumbled in his pocket for a cigarette. "Let's get on with it."
Ann leaned over and kissed him gently on the
cheek. "My poor, long-suffering Adam."
They
got on twith it. Ann opened one of the books to a page she had^gg^eared. the beginning of a long list of the particular genes that science had demonstrated were responsible
for most of the hereditary ills of mankind.
"For
once," Ann began, "we must be completely honest with ourselves. If
either of us is, or has been, affected by any of the conditions listed here we
must make a note of it. Our parents and grandparents, too—let's rack our memory
of them, and other members of our family trees. Think hard while I call the
roll.
"Diabetes."
Their
answers were both negative. "Insanity, or
feeblemindedness." Again negative.
"Epilepsy. There seems to be some dispute about this one's being hereditary, but
let's not skip it."
"Nope,"
Jim said. "No epilepsy." Ann added her "No" and they went
on.
"Deaf-mutism."
Negative.
"Spastic paralysis.'*
Negative.
"Hemophilia."
"No
royalty in my blood," Jim grinned. "Strictly
peasant."
Ann
returned his grin and then continued through the other serious diseases and on
into the almost ^terminable array of minor hereditary defects.
It
was revealed that Ann had affixed ear lobes. Her father and one grandfather had
been partly bald. Jim confessed partial color blindness. His father had been
hard of hearing late in life and a brother had astigmatism. It was odd that the
single "black" gene common to both their families was one considered
relatively rare. Webbed toes. Jim recalled two cases,
an aunt and a cousin, who were born with that peculiarity involving the two
smallest toes on each foot. Ann's mother had had six-toed feet, the small toes
and the super-numerary toes growing as one.
"That's
a dominant qualified characteristic," Ann pointed out. "Even though
neither of us shows it, it may pop up later on. Do you think," she managed
a mock plaintiveness, "that we should risk it? Picture the world five
thousand years from now—two billion people. All web-footed."
Her laughter held a new note, and Jim, who had not quite shared her tension
throughout the inventory, suddenly perceived the strain she had been under.
"Maybe
they could develop it," he said, keeping his face stony. "If they
could grow webbed arms, they could learn to fly."
Then, as she threw him one brief incredulous
glance, 138
he,
too, broke down, and their laughter echoed together from the shadow fretted
walls.
They pushed rapidly westward ,,riow, their objective clear in mind. Fort Worth, El Paso,
Phoenix, across the hot desert miles to Indio, and finally, a full three weeks
from that night in J. J. Beauregard's, they limped into the huge sprawling
silence that was Los Angeles.
They had seen cows grazing along the San
Gabriel River a few miles to the east, and, after two days of rec-onnoitering
among the fire-ravaged ruins of the metropolis, they decided to return to that
area. There, in a modest but well-built rancho, they set up their home. Water
still flowed in the mains, and a super food market stood undamaged on the
highway a scant half mile to the north. There was neither gas nor electricity
but an enclosed patio provided a barbecue pit for cooking purposes, and within
a few days Jim was able to locate and install a gasoline powered home lighting
plant. The fuel itself, he knew, fwould be available in almost inexhaustible
quantities in the "storage tanks that dotted this region, after more
accessible sources had run dry.
Months
sped away. New problems of wresting a living from a deserted and non-producing
world confronted them almost daily, and it seemed to Jim and Ann that they were
eternally faced with so much more to do than there was time for. Many evenings
were spent in study. Ann had amassed a comprehensive library of technical and
reference books, and, at her urging, Jim joined her in adding to their store of
knowledge. One of the books they carefully devoured was a big leather-bound
volume on "Obstetrics."
^'Doctor"
EJiib-£lay-> delivered their first baby the following summer. A girl. They named her Esther after Ann's mother, and Ann
pretended disappointment at finding the baby didn't have six toes. Jim, on his
part, stroked his chin thoughtfully after the ordeal was over, and seemed
deliberating a momentously grave decision.
"Do
you suppose," he mused, eyeing the husky infant speculatively, "they
really do bounce?"
When Charlotte, their
second child, was born seventeen months later, it was a different story.
Complications arose which taxed Jim's knowledge and
resources to their limit. For weeks Ann lay on the verge of death, and Jim,
desperately drawing on the almost super-human stamina with which he suddenly
seemed endowed, grappled night and day with the malignant forces that
threatened to break up humanity's tiny nucleus. He pored over the medical
books, caught his sleep in brief naps, and never left the room containing Ann
and the two babies, except for the briefest of intervals. He had tethered one
of their cows in a grassy patch near the patio, insuring a supply of fresh
milk, and other necessities were close at hand.
Finally,
late in January, Jim, haggard now, knew the gruelling battle had been won.
Ann's fever abated suddenly one morning and she awoke with the ghost of the
old sparkle in her eye. She reached for his hand and pulled him closer.
"Bend
down, you old quack," she smiled wanly. "Put that thermometer away. I
want to be kissed."
During
Ann's convalescence and in the months that followed, some measure of their old
spirit returned. They were able to joke once more about their tasks and minor
setbacks. But somehow there was a difference now. Underneath, both knew, there
was an indefinable feeling of unsureness, of sham, about their jocularity. From
month to month they postponed, nor even mentioned, the discussion that both
knew would be inevitable. The foetus of fear had begun to grow in both their
hearts.
Charlotte was two years old when it happened.
Ann, almost from that first day of horror nearly five years before, had
realized the importance of keeping some record of time, and she had
scrupulously marked off the days in her Utile notebook
throughout all the months they had been together. During her period of
delirium, of course, the task had fallen to Jim, and although secretly he could
never be certain he hadn't missed a day here and there, to Ann he maintained
steadfastly that he hadn't been remiss.
Thus
it was, when Ann entered the room bearing a huge frosty cake and announced,
"Gather 'round, everybody.
Charlotte
is two!" Jim smiled slyly to himself and added for no ears but his own:
"Give or take a day."
That evening, after the children were asleep, Ann stood
by the bay window and watched e torrential winter rain
turn the slope in front of the rancho into
a pattern of
rushing yellow rivers. '
"Our
time is running out, Jim," she said quietly as he joined her at the
window. "The roads are breaking up with every rain." As his eyes
followed hers out into the darkness and storm he sensed the solemn allegory
her tone conveyed. The world of man was crumbling, the ties that bound them to
civilization were fraying and snapping one by one, and their hopes, their faith
in the Plan, these, too, had strangely dimmed.
"It's
fear, Jim!" she said suddenly and fiercely. "Fear.
We've got to drive it out." She turned to him, a grim light of decision in
her eyes. "We haven't talked of it. We've been thinking, of ourselves. Oh,
Lord, the time we've wasted. We must hurry, Jim. We've got to try again."
She buried her face on his chest, but he was able to hear the whisper that
followed. "We've got to have a boy,
dear God. We've got to have a boy."
His
arms encircled her, and they stood like that for seemingly interminable minutes
as the rain beat .against the glass and fled in defeated rivulets outside the
sill.
"You
mean more to me, darling," Jim said at last, "then posterity does. I
almost lost you once, remember?"
"I
know," she murmured. Then she looked up and met his eyes. "It's been
my fault. It seemed so much easier to put things off and forget. But we're
forgetting, too, there's Esther and Charlotte now.
What of them? You see, we have to go on. Lhope we're not too late."
Jim knew iteras', useless to try to sway her. . . .
Their
trurd cnfld was born the week before Thanksgiving, five and one-half years
after the bomb. Esther, now a precocious girl of almost four, proved of much
more help than Jim had dreamed possible. She performed quickly the little
chores and errands that had distracted the "Doctor" when Charlotte
had been born; in addition she attended to the needs of her younger sister
almost singlehandedly.
But at best it was another nightmare. Ann
fought for life with a dogged tenacity, and Jim, his forebodings crystalized,
knew that this would be their last. At dawn on the third day a thin wail
heralded the arrival of the new world's fifth bit of humanity. Ann, in a brief
period of consciousness, sought Jim's eyes, appealing for an answer to the
mute question burning deep in her own. He smiled reassuringly, but the message
she read there was not to be concealed by his dissembling.
The baby was another girl.
Ann survived, but she needed surgery that Jim
had not the skill to perform. This time she did not recover. The next five
years of her life were spent almost entirely in bed and in a wheelchair Jim had
secured for her. The children were growing up, however, and she took over the
teaching duties of the household, as if her handicap were of no import. The
bedroom was converted into a part-time schoolroom, complete with blackboard,
globe, and shelves of books, and five days a week Esther and Charlotte bent
studiously over their pursuit of the three R's.
"Books,"
Ann said to Jim one day, "will be the key to the future, as they are to
the past. Adam and Eve had to start from scratch; we have the knowledge of the
ages at our fingertips. Reading must not die."
"But—"
Jim started to object before he was able to check the protesting voice of his
subconscious.
Ann
smiled cunningly. "I know what you were going to say, Jim. But you're
wrong. I haven't given up," She would say no more, and it was a puzzled
man who left the room shortly after. It was his first inkling of the
destiny that lay ahead.
Ann
died on a day in March that was so beautiful it seemed that Nature had
deliberately marshaled all her most priceless handiwork to provide a farewell
of superlative loveliness to the departing. After several days of fog and rain
the skies had cleared suddenly and only a few fantastically white clouds
drifted across a sky of sheerest cobalt. Velvety breezes danced out of the
southland, laden with the sweet scents of new spring blooms, and grass and
trees vied with each other to see which could provide the more sparkling green
background for
the vermillion and gold, the crimson, azure and purple of
the riotous flowers. ^
Esther
was nine. Intelligent, tails "and performing the work of an adult, she was
developed far beyond her years. She had entered that morning with her mother's
breakfast, when the latter gestured Weakly toward a
table.
"Put
the tray down, dear," she said. "Go and bring your sisters."
Charlotte
and Little Ann, now five, pushed puzzled faces into the room a moment later. It
was too early for their customary classes, and Esther, a few steps behind them,
had given no reason for the summons.
"Come
closer, girls," the mother beckoned. "I have much to say, and you
must listen and remember." She closed her eyes a, moment and then began,
while the children stood in a silent semi-circle by the bed. She talked in a
low voice^for a long time, principally to Esther, halting now and again to
touch her tongue to her drying lips. Little Ann was whimpering when she had
finished, but the two older girls remained dry-eyed, stoically fighting
against the impending reality.
"Leave
me now for a little while," Ann requested. "I must speak to
Jim."
Brown
visaged, lean as ever, his sandy hair now sprinkled with gray, Jim strode in a
few minutes later, closing the door softly behind him. He crossed to the bed
and, with much concern in his eyes, reached for her left wrist.
Ann
smiled wanly. "Forget the pulse, Jim. We may not have much time."
He
started up ,as if to turn toward the medicine shelf,
but^she stoppejUiun quickly.
"No,
please! There is something much more important now."
He let her pull him down beside her on the
bed. Their eyes met for a long moment. Then she spoke in a voice that seemed to
come a long way from within and beyond her frail body.
"I've failed you, Jim. We'll never have
the son we planned . . . the son the world depended on. I think God must have
arranged it this way ... to see if
the race of man had the courage to go on in spite of the failure of the Plan.
I've been reading the Bible again, Jim . . . It's still the world's most
comforting book. Do you remember in Genesis? 'And Cain went out from the
presence of the Lord, and dwelt in the land of Nod, on the east of Eden.' Cain
found a wife there, and they begat and begat. It's different now. Have you
wondered where our girls will go to find husbands this time? Have you?"
Uncomfortable at the trend
of her words, Jim sat staring at the tendons on the back of his fist as he
tensed and relaxed them at nervous intervals.
"I've
failed you, Jim," she repeated. "You must give me your oath you will
not fail me. The Plan needs revision."
Incredulous
suspicion stirring deep within him, he raised his eyes questioningly to hers.
"We
have no land of Nod, Jim. But there will still be a man . . . and, in a few
years, a woman . . . three women. You see, God did not intend that our race
should perish from ... the
earth."
Ann's voice faltered and a strange grayness
began to
pervade her face. In sudden fear the man bent closer.
"Hold me," she said, barely above a whisper. "It's getting
... so cold." As Jim's arms
tightened about her, the
whisper seemed to recede farther and farther into the
misty recesses of some fathomless corridor. "Tighter . . ."
it seemed to plead from a vast distance. "Tighter . . .
tighter____ "
Then
it was gone, and the graying man could only lie there, choked with a numbing
grief that knew no outlet.
Ann
was buried in the shadow of the rose arbor behind the house. They held a simple
ceremony, with Jim reading from a worn Bible held in taut fingers while the
girls stood in a silent row, their arms cradling their flowered tributes. Later
Jim laboriously tore up a path of Arizona flagstones to erect a cairn over her
grave.
The
months sped by. Packs of wild dogs ranging the countryside year by year were
growing more ravenous and menacing. The two older girls had become proficient
with rifles, and scores of the marauders were slain, but
more and more Jim realized they would soon have to move
from the unprotected rancho. t **,
He
dimly remembered some of the-1 homes he had seen in the Hollywood
Hills, and one bright morning he set out on an exploring expedition to the
west. The place he chose was perfectly preserved and secure as a fortress. It
was perched on a shelf halfway up the hillside, sheer mountain at its back and
concrete retaining walls dropping away a full twenty feet to the roadway
below. Steps leading to the shelf were protected by a heavy grilled gate.
Automobile
batteries had long ago become useless, but Jim had rigged a booster to get the
vehicles operating. On trips away from the rancho he either left the motor running
continuously or simply parked on a sharp grade. A truck was commandeered and
prepared for use, and the move begun. The roads, however, had fallen into a
hopeless state of disrepair, and the many trips across town were painfully
slow. The livestock was also transported, and Jim installed the animals on
other shelves below the house. In all, the operation consumed five days.
Little
Ann was thirteen now, tow-headed, and gangly, but a full adult in the measure
of her duties. Cooking was her special love, and for more than a year she had
been in full charge of the kitchen and household duties. Charlotte, always
more frail than her sisters, was the student. Learning had become a mania with
her, and her mother's fine library provided drink for her avidly thirsting
brain. At fifteen, she was journal-keeper and barber for the family, musician,
dentist and veterinarian, doctor and nurse.,
Esther, sixteen now, was fast developing into
womanhood. Sun-bronzed and tall, with the wide-spaced gray eyes of her father
and the firm chin and rich dark hair of her mother, Esther gave promise of the
striking beauty that was soon to be hers. She made little effort, however, to
enhance that beauty, preferring, instead, to spend her days at Jim's side,
aiding him in the heavier out-door tasks of gardening, building, repairing,
hauling, hunting and caring for the animals and fowl, tasks so necessary for
their existence.
As season continued to merge imperceptibly
into season in Southern California's characteristic way, Jim fell to seeking
solitude under the stars after the long day's labors were completed. For hour
after hour he would keep his vigil on the edge of the parapet, his eyes roving
the shadowy reaches of the valley while the constellations above him
wheeled in slow measured majesty toward the west. "Watching for
lights," he had explained, but somehow he knew there would be no lights.
His real search lay deep within his own heart, and the parapet was his
Gethsemane. It was there he must find an answer, some measure of peace for his
troubled soul.
Months
passed, and the spirit of Ann began to live for him during those hours of his
strange loneliness. At times she seemed so near he felt he could hear her comforting
whisper, or if he moved his hand he could touch her warm, smooth skin. Thus, it
seemed, that drowsy night in August, that Ann's arms
tenderly embraced him and her lips stealthily crept across his cheek until they
met and clung to his own. His eyes were closed and somewhere far within him
rang a voice in wild, clear song: "Ann . . . Ann...
." The kiss ended, but the dream lingered. The girl in his arms was
still Ann, but the quiet voice that began speaking was suddenly Esther's.
"I'll
be eighteen tomorrow, Jim. I read mother's last letter tonight."
"Letter?" Jim repeated numbly, struggling to distinguish reality from dream.
"You
never knew, did you? She wrote a long
series of them, and every birthday, I've opened one, just as I promised her.
Tonight was the last. She taught me so much, Jim . . . how to be a woman, and many things I could never tell you. Above all,
she was afraid you would forget a promise. ..
."
In
the silence that followed, Jim marveled anew at the indomitable purpose of the
woman, at her incredible foresight, even in little things. The
letters. And his name. From the very beginning
she had taught the girls to address him as Jim. Never dad or
father. It had seemed a
trifling eccentricity then . . . now the subtle significance emerged in
startling clarity.
Esther
kissed him lightly once mqre, and then snuggled close to his breast.
"You old faker," she murmuíted. "I
believe you really would
have fogotten. I'm going to
see that you don't."
Far to the west, in the direction of Pacific
Palisades, another wild dog sent his mournful howl wafting toward the stars.
The bearded man, startled from his revery, turned his head once more to regard
the shadowed house behind him. Eucalyptus and Jacaranda leaves were quivering and clicking in the
west wind, and the man realized suddenly how chill the night had become.
Then
abruptly his awareness of all those things vanished.
His
eyes had caught, the quick thin panel of light from
the house that told him a door had been opened and swiftly shut. He leaped up expectanüy as a white-frocked figuré flew across the lawn.
"Jim,
Jim, it's over!" Little Ann gasped as she raced into his arms and hugged him with
childish intensity. "Charlotte says you can stop your pacing now, and come
in."
"But
how is—?" he began, as the teen-ager disengaged herself suddenly and began
tugging at his arm.
"Come
on," she urged. "Everybody's peachy-dory. Hurry!"
"But
tell me—" he persisted, trying to resist her bubbling exuberance,
"is it... is it a—?"
"Oh!"
she trilled, as if surprised at his stupidity. " 'Course,
it's a' boy. What'd you think?"
Jim
let hftfitelf be led toward the house. A dreamlike current engulfed him and
he seemed being borne on the crest of a great river, outward and upward toward
the dim reaches of eternity. The parapet and the Valley of Shapes, the sea
winds and the crying of wild dogs, the dark vigils and the restless turbulence
in his soul, to their last vestige seemed retreating into a distant and
forgotten past.
,.. The race of man would live again.
Though George Frederic is new to the science
fiction field, his writing has been appearing in the men's magazines, under a
dozen different pen-names, for the last five years. Some of his stories,
including the following, have been reprinted several times. This little horror
story has never been available to the sci-fi reader until now.
If
the cold war continues into a hot one, and if a man wanted to keep a little
island of culture, it is highly possible that he might be a man like Revis
Montrey, a man with...
A VERY
CULTURE© TASTE by George Frederic
He
sat alone in his room,
listening to the exciting, mellow sounds of tHe recorder playing stereo
reproductions of great jazz moments of a history now gone, a time demolished, from a Civilization destroyed. He, was alone and happy.
He
had seen nobody except his servant Tommy for a long time; ever since the
rotting sickness had finished off most of those who had survived the bombs.
He laughed, both bitterly
and ironically.
A war that started and ended the same
instant! he
mused.
The war had destroyed Mankind, and those it
hadn't killed it had driven insane, or changed into savage animals, lusting
for each other, fighting and killing for a bite of food, a drink of water.
But not Revis Montrey. Revis was a cultured man, with cultured, well rounded
tastes.
Like
this excellent French Chablis, he thought almost savagely, sippmg'frbm the
small hand cut crystal glass gripped in his thin wrinkled fingers.
He
ran a few drops of the liquid around in his mouth and dreamily closed his eyes,
as he listened to the mellow, soft rounds of Don Bagley's bass move through
the air of the tiny, comfortable room.
His
eyes surveyed the furnishing surrounding him. The dark leather chair set
between the two stereo speakers on
the far wall, the coffee table sitting beside
him, hand carved by a German craftsman, the Dali original hanging on the wall to his left.
Yes, Revis, a cultured man of taste, had preserved a little portion of a now dead
civilization, here on the mountain side, all for himself. His art gallery
displayed a collection of some of the finest art work of all time. He had been
lucky, far-seeing enough to be aware of the end of a world which had taken
thousands of years for Man to perfect into such a complicated civilization that
ate upon itself like a cannibal, leaving nothing but the rotting, twisted guts
to digest itself away to dust.
His
lined, narrow face crinkled, the thin wine-red lips snarled into a cruel twist
of contempt. Anybody with intelligence would have realized the end was near. It
was in all the papers, all the magazines, even since the first atomic bomb was
exploded on a Japanese town.
But
none had believed, none would believe that the danger
was real.
Only
Revis Montrey.
He
had prepared years in advance, far before the lines of insanity closed around
the civilized head of Man and choked off its life.
He
had lived in his mountain "castle" with his servant Tommy many years
before the bombs had finished off human culture.
Revis
had had to take cruel cutting remarks from the surrounding countrymen who
thought him mad. Sure he was mad, like a fox, until the end of the world had
proven him a sane man.
That
was when everybody had come begging at his door for food and clothing, shelter
and help.
What
had they thought he was? There had been only so much room to store food. The
fools!
What did they think
him—truly mad?
"Oh,
no, sir, you are not mad," they had pleaded the day after civilization's end.
But you thought so
yesterday; why not today?
"Please
pardon our outrageous actions of then—we did not realize; did not know!"
But you had your fun, your
jokes, at my expense.
"But it was harmless. Only a joke. It did not hurt you."
You had your fun,
"jokes". Now, I'll have mine!
And
he had closed his doors upon the savage madmen, who kept on hounding and,
pounding until hunger forced them to eat upon each other.
It
was a good thing he had been careful and kept his food supply for himself and
Tfommy. Already it was running low. It would have run out a long time before
if he had not taken measures. There was nothing like a good steak or fried
chicken—but now they were so scarce.
Yes, they had been all
fools, and they paid the price!
They had not prepared.
He
had his atomic-powered reactor, that generated all the
electricity he would ever need for the rest of his life. He had a freezer full
of food which would last for years— as long as he continued to keep the
priceless meats of civilization for only special moments.
Revis
flipped a .switch at the side of his chair, and a machine somewhere in the
paneling of his huge "castle" fortress clicked off and another one
turned on, filling the room with the music and voice of Charles English.
Yes,
he thought, this was the life, no worries, no
struggles....
He lived the life of a cultured man, even
now, when all that had made culture did not exist anymore. A knock sounded at
his door.
His
insides shook with violent rage, his face darkened, the wrinkles pulling tight.
Tommy
knew he was not to be disturbed when he was listening to his music. Tommy knew
that the Music Room was off-limits when he was enjoying the relaxation of listening
to his music tapes.
"Master,
tfigf^ls someone knocking at your door!"
"Well, hefiyyou know
what to do—shoot him!"
Servants!
The damn fools had to be told every move to make!
"But it is a woman!"
A woman? It had been a long time. Maybe too long! His face relaxed and he thought dreamily of
all the women he had known.
There weren't many women left
since the rotting sickness ate its away into the very
bones of all those who had survived the bombs. Women and children had been
first to die. Some had survived, but all too few. But that did not really
bother him, since he had been very cultured even in his taste for women. Some
men, well, they would take anything offered. But even when the women had come
offering themselves to him for the price of a meal, he had picked
carefully—turning the others over to his servant Tommy, whose taste in such
matters were more coarse. Maybe that was why Tommy and himself
got along so well together.
Still
the idea of a woman appealed to Revis in a completely different way than it
did to Tommy. Maybe that was good, too.
But
now there was a woman wanting to get entrance into their castle fortress.
"Pretty?" Revis
called out.
"Yes,
Master . . . thin. Ragged, but pretty," came the voice of Tommy through
the door paneling.
"Okay, let me have a
look. Let her in."
Revis
waited silently, listening to the music. It seemed to take forever. Then
finally a knock sounded once again on his door.
"Master, I've brought
the girl."
Revis
touched the button on the chair, and the door opened, the room flooded with
light.
Tommy
walked in, leading a shabbily dressed woman into the room. Her hair was filthy,
knotted, matted and tangled. Her face, clothing and skin were covered with
grime and dust, smeared thick. She had the haunted look of a wild animal in her
eyes as she took in the finely furnished room.
Revis' stomach knotted slightly at the smell
of her. His nose revolted, his eyes squinted against the sight of her body. He
controlled the impulse to be crude and cutting about her appearance.
"Hello,"
he greeted in a pleasant voice, forcing a smile onto his aged lips. "My
name is Revis, I'm Master of the house."
"Hello, I'm Betty Wilson." She
looked timidly at the Dali painting, then at him, her eyes falling on the empty
trousers hanging where his legs should have been. They
hovered there momentarily, pulled away and then snapped
back. ,»
He smiled more broadly, feeling^ a strange
satisfaction
at her embarrassment. /
"The
rotting sickness," he explained in the soft, patient voice of a father to
a daughter.
At
his announcement she shrank suddenly back, fear lighting the shallow fire in
her haunted eyes. Her feet stepped back towards the door. Her still well shaped
lips trembled as thin hands clawed at her breasts.
Tommy
quickly barred her way.
"Let
me out! Let me out!" she screamed in sudden, blind terror.
"Calm
her!" Revis snapped.
Tommy
slapped Betty across the face, gripping her right shoulder so* that she could
not get away from his cruel blows. Time and; again his thick, pudgy fingers brutally
hammered against her cheeks, until her screaming turned, into sobs of pain.
"That's
enough!" Revis motioned her over to the center of the room as Tommy
released his grip on her arm. Revis smiled warmly. "There's nothing to be
afraid of, Betty. The sickness was over more than a year ago. It just left me a
little scarred in the face and body, and I had to have Tommy here cut off my
legs before I rotted all the way up to my heart."
She
didn't look too reassured, her eyes were still large fires of fear, but she
moved to the center of the room, as ordered.
"Turn
around and let me have a better look at you." She just stood there, frozen
in terror, her arms huddled
"Come, cbme;Tio"w,
we're not going to bite you!" He made a circular motion with his right
arm. "Turn!" She didn't move.
"Oh,
Tommy, turn her!" Revis commanded his servant.
The
squat man quickly, eagerly obeyed, letting his hands run along Betty's body as
he did so. His thick, large hps spread open, his small dark eyes twinkled as
his fingers pressed her chest greedily.
"Stop that, Tommy! I'm a cultured man, I
won't put up with that kind of thing in my presence. After all, the lady's
already frightened to death!" Revis screamed insanely, gripping the arms
of the chair with both hands, half raising from the seat.
"Yes,
Master," Tommy said in a sad, disappointed voice, "I'm sorry—it's
just been so long!"
Revis
made an irritated action of his hands which meant the subject was closed.
"She's not too good . huh?"
he asked, indicating the woman's figure with a nervous flick of his fingers.
"No, Master, very good!" Tommy fingered the front of her blouse,
grinning widely again.
"Stop that!"
Revis ordered in a high screech.
Betty
was trembling, and tears began running down her face.
"All I want is food," she whimpered
in such a low, shaking voice that it was hard to understand her words. "Sure, my child. Food it is!"
"What do you think,
Master?" Tommy asked, his eyes now glistening with eagerness. He rubbed
his palms nervously together. "Sexy little dish—no?"
Revis
laughed at that. His whole face contorted into humor wrinkles, his hps trembled
against the force of his laughter. "Sexy little dish?" he repeated,
drying his eyes with the cuff of his laced shirt.
Betty
was looking from one man to the other in bewilderment.
"I only want food and
water—I thought you might—"
"Please,
Betty, only speak when spoken to!" Revis demanded. "Come over
here!"
Tommy
pushed her forward. She half whimpered in despair. But she did not move away
from Revis. She stood there, waiting, her lips set hard, as if she were holding
back a scream of horror.
He reached out and felt her
fingers. They were bony, thin, hard. "You
certainly could use a little fattening up, I must say."
She
smiled slightly, quickly reacting to his kinder sounding words.
"Please, lady, forgive
me—but I must do this!" He placed trembling fingers on her chest, feeling
the hard muscular swells there. He then reached down and felt the firmness in
her legs. They were sinqwy, thin, coarse.
She winced at his touch,
but didtiot move away.
"Take
off your clothing," Re^Vis finally demanded in a tired voice.
Betty's
body stiffened as 0 it had been jolted by an electric shock. She
started to step backwards, but Tommy grabbed her from behind, his fingers
squeezing hard against her arms.
"No, please! Let me
go—please let me leave."
"Now,
Betty, I'm not going to hurt you. I just want to see your figure. After all,
you can't deny an old man such a simple pleasure in return for what you are
asking!"
She
stood there, frozen for a long time, as if thinking over what he*liad>just
said. Then, slowly, her hands moved up to the'top of her dress.
It
had been a long-time since he had seen a live worn-man's body, and he was almost trembling with excitement.
Her
skin was coarse and muscular, hard. Her breasts tight knots;
Unattractive and disappointing.
One
look at her small, narrow, bony hips, thin, starved looking legs, and Revis
sighed turning his eyes away from the sight.
Very
disappointing, he thought. "Not my type, but she'll do, Tommy. Take her
out and fix her up—and be sure and scrub her good. I
can't stand a dirty girl!"
"The
usual?"
Tommy grinned, smiling anxiously.
Revis
simply nodded, he had already lost most of his eagerness.
Tommy
moved closer to Revis and leaned over, whispering in his ear. "I have a
little fun, first, Master?"
Revis mojj£jped the. man out with a shrug of his shoulders, which
meant fie didn't care what Tqmrny did.
"Oh,
thank you, sir," Betty cried, gathering up her clothing and following
Tommy out of the room. Her step was lively and firm, her movement that of a
woman who has been freed from a long prison term, or who has escaped a terrible
fate.
Revis
smiled as Betty slipped out of his sight, then he
pressed the chair button which closed the door, dimmed the lighting and turned
up the volume of the music.
It
was some minutes before Revis heard Betty's first scream from the room above.
He
turned up the volume of the music, hoping that would drown out the sound of the
woman.
But
her screams cut through the blasting blare of the stereo music. The screams
sounded again and again, first in terror and then finally in agony.
Revis
shuddered inwardly. Tommy
just wasn't a cultured man! He never had been.
Betty
kept on screaming for a long, long time, then finally
there was one last pain-filled screech, ending with a desperate final moan. The
sound of a heavy body falling was the last interruption to the blare of Stan
Kenton's jazz band playing its theme song.
Revis
sighed out his relief, and then took another sip of his wine, savoring its
full-bodied taste. His ears followed the musical lines of jazz soloist as they
fingered through complicated runs and arpeggios. An hour later there was a
knock on the door.
"Master, dinner is
ready!"
Revis pressed the button at the side of his
chair, which opened the door, so that his servant could enter. Tommy came in
and placed a large tray filled with dishes, on the table before his master.
"Sexy girl! Real wow! Crazy
dish!" Tommy smiled as he left the room.
Revis looked over the large servings, and a
horrid sickness threatened his stomach.
His mouth had been watering for chicken or
steak, but he realized that such luxuries had to be doled out carefully, otherwise they would disappear in a very short
time.
The food wasn't fit for a cultured man! But
what else could he really expect? He shrugged and forced himself to start
eating. After all, there was only one way to fill out the food supplies!
Each bite was sickening to him. He'd never
get used to it.
Well, anyway it was at least fresh food.
And he'd have to admit she tasted one hell of
a lot better than she'd looked!
Over two hundred science fiction stories,
features and articles are credited to F of rest J. Ackerman. He has been a
collector of science fiction since the initial appearance of Amazing Stories,
the first all science fiction magazine in 1926. He now edits three movie, horror magazines: Famous Monsters of Filmland,
Monster World and Spacemen.
As
a literary agent, he was responsible for the motion pictures THIS ISLAND EARTH
and FIEND WITHOUT A FACE. In 1964, he appeared in a cameo role in THE TIME TRAVELERS.
Mr.
AckermSh who is the winner of a Hugo
and was a Guest of Honor at the first International
Science Fiction Convention, held in London, is rightfully known as "Mr.. Science Fiction."
If
man as we know him was wiped out by an atomic war, and the new inhabitants
asked about Man, you have..
THE
MUTE QUESTION
by Forest
J. Ackerman
Twtnhead was puzzled over the old problem. "Do
you think," he reflected, in the queer lisp that was the heritage of his
cleft tongue, "that Man could have made mutant in his own image?"
His
acquaintance of the twilight hour vouchsafed no opinion.
The
mutant's second head arched its neck forward from the cave wall against which
it rested. With its twang, characteristic of its double tongue, it argued,
"But if Man's son, Adam, created us all with the Adam bomb—?"
"I
don't hold with that Bomb birth story," his opposite head lisped in
negation. "Do you, stranger?"
Still
the stranger did not respond; why, it could not be directly discerned, for it
was very dark in the cave.
Twang-tongue
declared: "But for Man to have made mutie in His own image, He would have
had to have been a polymorph! Part of Him would have had to have
been two-headed, like us, and part like our Siamese sisters and part like
little Roll Ball and part like the Octo-Arms we met last week and part like the
Centi-Feets and part like our cousin Snaky. Why, He would have been a monster! Don't you agree, stranger?"
In
the dark recess of the cave the stranger stirred, but still no sound issued
from his direction. And so this
The
Mute Question
philosophical discussion of the late 1900s stalemated itself.
Then
the moon's clouded rays, slowlyf»as though fearful of what they might reveal,
crept into the cave. The wavering shaft moved hesitantly up the misshapen body
of Twinhead, and at last reluctantly illumined the entire mutie. Was it an
illusion, or did the face of the Man in the Moon pale? There was no man left on
Earth to tell.
The
beam's slow progress continued, until the second mutie too was visible. Then it
became evident why this stranger did not speak.
Rather,
it must be put this way: It would have been evident, had there been a man there
with eyes to see. It remained a mystery to Twinhead for, though he had more
than his share of eyes—six, to be exact—they were all albino white, pupilfess
ovals of jellyfish flesh that failed to function. Twinhead, since birth, was
blind.
And the stranger^well, he was
silent because . . .
The
Muties have a proverb: Two heads are better than. none.
The editor now shamelessly selects one of
his-own stories. Enough to say the temptation was far too great.
The
question here is, what happens if the human race were
really finished off by atomic war? Let us assume that this terrible moment took
place, and then ask ourselves what would happen then?
What will be the next link of evolution? It
might be ...
THE
HOMO SAP
by Charles
Nnetzel
Somebody
pushed the panic button!
And that is where the story
began.
The world exploded, rumbled, shook, great
ripples of atomic fire bloomed into existence over every civilized center of
Man, and the Earth became alight with atomic fire which flooded radioactivity
across its surface. Monstrous tidal waves reached out like hungry, gigantic
arms, flooding the coastlines of every land the world over.
The
human race gave one last fluttering moan, and died. Man had had his chance and
now it was over. Man had fumbled the ball beginning with the mistake of Eve and
Adam, right down to the mistake of Russia and the United States thinking they
were the only two countries who might start war.
The
problems of Man didn't exist any more, didn't count. Right at the edge of the
Space Age the homo
sap had fooled around
with the wrong "apple" and got pushed out of existence.
Still all was not lost.
As
the good Gods will allow, intelligence isn't, and never was, really limited to
just one being. And lucky it was, too.
Since
homo sap came from a common stock with the monkeys,
there is every reason to believe another homo-intellect might spring forth from
that same tree of evolution.
And so it came about, much sooner than any
human would have been willing to imagine, that a homo-monk of rather shrewd preception stepped from, the
ruins of Mankind's crumbling cities and/looked at the world around him, sadly
shaking his head from side to side.
If
the truth were to be known, this homo-monk was
outstanding because of several scientific experiments which it had been put
through, both physically and mentally. Or maybe it was the other way around.
Maybe the scientists had picked him for experimentation because of his unusual
intelligence. Either way it doesn't make much difference. The long and the
short of it all (and he was rather tiny, at that) was that this homo-monk did have an entirely different outlook on
life than any of his fellow monks. And strangely enough, considering what the
bombs had done,, to the human race, there were plenty
of monks running
around—most of them much
larger than himself.
But in the words of a wise Man: a small child shall lead them!
Yet' with- all his special ability, this
little monk was rather unhappy. After all, his only playmates were just a bunch
of apes. Or at least a bunch of "little" apes.
Regardless of what one would call them, they didn't have that final stamp of
personality which was his mark of superiority.
Well, anyway, being a rather far-seeing little
guy, he naturally was determined to discover at least one superior girl homo-monk,
so that he could give birth
to a lot of little monks, and thus repopulate the world with homo-monks like himself.
As you can see, he was a very ambitious
fellow. And he wasn't having^iueh luck in finding the girl-monk of his dreams.
But TBI11 didn't let this deter him in his ultimate plans. Since he came across
many attractive members of the opposite sex, even though rather stupid, he did
his duty to them, presenting them with future children which he hoped would be
gifted with the finer features of their father's intelligence. Thus he was
planting the seeds of a possible future evolution of homo-monks, just in case he was not lucky in finding a
suitable mate.
These were always rather degrading to his
moral sense, being only "animal" attractions. But the cause must go
on!
So
as the years progressed, and he populated the world with hundreds of seedlings
for a future generation of superior-type personalities much like his own, he
began to doubt that there was another creature to match the genes within himself.
He became down-hearted; but
didn't give up.
Years
passed, and slowly he traveled across the surface of the world, searching for
his perfect mate.
Then
one day, when he was just about to give up, he heard murmurings. Just a suggestion. But the mutter-ings sent him off in a new
direction.
It
was rumored that way to the north was a rather stand-offish little female monk,
who had superior ways. She wouldn't let the local boys touch her, and had a reputation
of being snooty in her relations with other members of her species.
It
was also hinted that she was very beautiful and desirable. Monks from all
around would go to her in hopes of attaining her favors; but she turned them all
down, cold!
Well, he reasoned, jumping over a jagged and broken light post, it would be interesting to see if she turned him down—even if she did turn out to be but another ordinary monk. No girl
had said "no" to him yet! And his own homo
pride forced him onwards,
even though he doubted the rumblings that she really was different.
The
closer he got to where she was living, the more talk he heard about her. And
finally, when he arrived in her area the general attitude was that this girl
definitely was something special.
"She
can even write her own name . .." one male monk
told him with awed surprise. "In Human lettering, too!"
That
did say something for her, he thought with pleasure.
Then he was given directions to where she
lived. After making sure that he was spruced up, with neady combed fur, cleanly
bathed and looking his best, he approached her living quarters.
She lived in the courtyard of a once rich,
human family.
It was a beautiful place, grown thick with
trees, flowers of every color, low, soft grass—a paradise to a weary traveler
like our friend.
The moment he saw her he fairly-flipped with joy. How beautiful she looked. Her fur was;
carefully combed, her teeth gleaming, yellow, the
fangs so dainty and attractive. Such tiny, delicate hands.
And her figure! She was the most!
He was mad about her from
the first instant.
After
all, he was almost human, and you can't blame him for being knocked cold by a
beautiful and attractive female! Even Humans were famous for their weakness for
the opposite sex.
She
was drawing pictures on the ground with a stick as he approached her.
His
first glance at her artwork didn't impress him much, but after all, one
couldn't expect a woman to be artistic.
"My dear lady,"
he said in homo-monk
language.
She
looked up with a cold expression in her eyes. But the moment she saw him
her eyes widened with surprise and then suddenly sparkled with inner excitement
which she couldn't control. All at once she jumped up and down excitedly, then did a rolling back flip.
It was love at first sight.
He had found his woman at
last!
And there was no doubt in his mind that she
felt the same way about him.
If birds of a feather flock together, then
obviously two homo-monks
would immediately recognize
one another at first glance!
They hugged each other in wild happiness, and
in an ecstasy of overturning joy they ran and jumped and swung into theTrfts ■ leaping from branch to branch. They
fairly leaped from one end of the garden to the other in their ecstatic
happiness.
But, as the old saying goes, if homo-sap had been made a monkey of by a beautiful
female of ITS kind, then a monkey was able to be made a homo-sap by a girl-monk.
Suddenly
she stopped in her mad flight through the lush garden. She scampered to a large
tree.
He came out of the bushes after her, and then
stopped short.
Shock
showed on his features. In alarm his hand slapped up at his face.
"Oh, my gosh!"
he screeched, looking at
what this female temptress was holding out toward him. "Not again?"
The
object in her hand was, of course, red and round and juicy looking.
He
hesitated for only a moment and then helplessly shrugging his narrow shoulders,
stepped forward and took the gift.
Somewhere
in the tree above, of course, he heard a rattling and soft hissing, but tried
to ignore it.
What
the hell! he
thought, taking a bite from the apple. So it was a repeat preformance?
The race of homo-saps had begun againl
Donald A. Wollheim has been an important name
and influence in the science fiction field for more than a quarter of a
century. In the beginning he started by editing such magazines as STIRRING
SCIENCE FICTION and COSMIC, and later controlled AVON SCIENCE FICTION READER
and ORBIT. Last year he received the Hugo for his achievements at spearheading
the editorial department of Ace Pocket Books. He wrote the first definition of
science fiction, and with Forest J. Ackerman and Sam
Moskowitz is one of the top authorities in the field.
A
first class editor, Wollheim has also been a first class writer who turns out
excellent stories like the following under his own name, and many pen-names.
He is the author of a juvenile novel science fiction series called THE MIKE
MARS ADVENTURES. The following story, a highly artistic approach to a
hollowing idea, had a high emotional impact on its readers when it first
appeared in print. The only thing which must be hoped is that beautiful as the
story is, it will never come true. . .
AQUELLA by Donald A. Wollheim
When
I saw
that beautiful blue planet
shining in the sky before me, I felt that here was a place I ideally wished to
set my space-yacht''down and end my long wandering. Among the endless reaches
of the stars, for many months >I had traveled, idly, easily. My vacation was
still young and I yearned for the pleasures of the myriad wonder worlds .of space.
I
had visited the shimmering coppery worlds of Altair, I
had peeked into the caverns of Polaris. I had walked among the magnificient
spanned cities of a hundred civilized planets and among the steaming jungles
of a hundred colonial worlds. And yet, when I saw that globe, all blue with
tranquil water and its Utile islands dotting the
surface, I said to myself that here was the place to stop and relax. So I set
my silvery ship down outside a small town that nestled by a lagoon on one of
the larger islands.
As
I emerged* and the warm, flower-laden breeze wafted against «ia$ .nostrils and
the soft swishing of the green trees carried their message of peace to me, I rejoiced—for
it was indeed a place of rest. And when the pink-skinned, golden-haired,
sad-eyed people came and welcomed me, I was happy.
Aquella
was the name of the planet, they told me, and few were the strangers from the
stars that honored them with visits. I wondered at this, for the planet was
located in a populous section of space and surely such an idyllic
world could not escape the attention of parties of
plea-j sure-seekers vacationing from their work-a-day worlds.'
If there were ever a planet for vacation, this was it, 1 thought to myself. Industry seemed neglected
here. I saw no factory or machine. A world of water, with a handful of islands
scattered on its surface. A population of perhaps not more
than a few million in a world of consider-j able proportion. No
dangerous beasts, no disease, no vioj lent weather. It was, I was assured,
always warm, always fruitful.
There
should have been nothing to spoil my pleasure] yet there was something which
seemed to trouble tha back of my mind. The natives were friendly enough, still'
there was a certain reserve in their manner. It was hardj to place, one sensed
it. These pink people lived so simplyi and so pleasantly, yet one could see
they were not savj ages. No, far from it. There was a
certain way of manner that depicted the civilized man, and their learning,
though indolent and indifferent to the problems of the Stellar, Federation, was nonetheless able.
My
black skin and Nufrikan clothes should have excited their children at least,
for these people had few visitors, yet even there I felt a certain reserve in
their approach. Their children showed not the enthusiasm with which I had been
greeted by the young of other worlds— filled with romantic ideas of many stars.
The natives were affable, but it slowly penetrated into
my consciousness that something was wrong. t
I
could not place it, yet, after several days I felt slighdyj ill at ease.
Perhaps the first thing was the lack of othei visitors. Why was this beautiful
planet not a haven ol vacationers? It had everything.
The wide oceans—shallow, I was told for the most part—in other parts verj
deep—the green smiling islands—the people and theu languid, soft songs. Yet,
there was that reserve.
After I had been there a few days I made
friends witl one Salur, a fair youth of the island on which I stayed He often
would accompany me, seeming to gain a sort o reflected pleasure from my
delights in his world.
From him I gained some information, in
an indirecl
166 I
way.
He professed not to know why others did not visit the planet more often. He
admitted partially one supposition that began to be borne in on me—Hthat
Aquella was partly a colonial world. I had surmised it from the apparent lack
of industry, but Salnr said that such was erroneous. He said it had once been a
less watery world and that its present state was due to the planning of the Stellar discoverers.
It was, he explained with an enigmatic glint
and a turned away face, something of a volcanic world at one time with terrible
eruptions and geysers shaking its surface continually. The Stellar Federation
had changed that. They had flooded the planet with water, extinguished the
agony of the soil, and made it into the paradise it was.
Perhaps
they ha&been planning it for a vacation world, yet somehow it never became
one.
I
gazed over the silent blue ocean and wondered at the purity of the air and the warmth
of the sky. Wide, shallow ocean—it should have been
filled with the pleasure craft of a hundred planets. Yet nought but a single
red-sailed caravel bobbed along the water.
Salur,
too,- stared silently and again I wondered at the
curious sad look that always seemed to linger in the eyes of his race. There
was something that was buried deep in this people's past.
I
remembered that he had described Aquella as only partially colonial—then he
must mean that his people were actually natives here and not immigrants from
some other world. At that, I remembered I had seen no pink humanoids elsewhere.
Black and brown and red, yes. The
vivid blue-skinned people of Algol, and the gold of Sango, and ns^pjyn shining
black. But of pink folk, I knew no possible parent world. They must have
always been here and it was racial memory of their terrified past, a past of
volcano and lava and quake, that lingered in their
minds and saddened them.
I
suggested to Salur a voyage to some other island and be lazily nodded.
We
took a wide and tossing shell-like boat, hoisted the striped sail and drifted
slowly away across the azure waters. The island fell behind us and then sank
beneath the horizon. We were alone on the empty blue sea.
I
gazed down into the depths, but saw nothing. I spoke idly of the curious lack
of fishes—a feature that would be remedied only by the passing of more
centuries. On this world, which could not have been remade more than a few centuries ago, I know there would be gaps.
Salur
stared down into the depths and said nothing. I felt the strange sadness
envelop him—sadness and something else. Something that sent a slight chill down my back and then was lost
Night found us on the water and we lay on our
backs and stared into the blue sky watching the myriad stars twinkle. By and by
I felt that I must be growing sleepy, for it seemed that the sky grew mistier
and the stars faded out into grayness. Then the boat rocked sharply and I sat
up.
Salur was sitting up also,
gazing out at the sea.
"A
rain!" I
exclaimed, "and I thought it never rained!"
Salur stared long before he
answered.
"Aquella
is not yet perfect. But this is not exactly a rain." His voice was low and tense.
I looked about the empty sea again and now I
saw that waves were beating across it and curious trembles were agitating its
surface. A
quake, I thought suddenly, a quake. A final struggle of a perhaps not entirely
drowned volcano.
The
sky was dark and black, not a star shone through. A storm,
too, accompanying the quake.
Rapidly
it was getting dangerous. I gazed around. Salur sat in the end of the boat
staring raptly out into the dark, turbulent sea.
I recovered myself. The ship could not sink, I knew the material it was made of. It could not be
battered nor overturned nor sunk. Beneath its simple exterior, the science of
the stars kept it firm.
I
strapped myself down to the deck and made ready to enjoy the last fury of the
not completely tamed planet Perhaps this was the answer to the lack of visitors.
It was not safe. Perhaps I had missed some stellar beacon before I landed.
Salur
seemed to guess my thoughts; for a brief instant he tore his gaze away from the
wjjd~ darkness and said: "This has not happened in five generations."
A
chill struck me again. Why was his voice so tense, so pitched? Why did it seem
to be harsher than before? Why were bis eyes so strangely aglow?
I
was close then, I knew, to the secret that these people held in their hearts. I
was close then to the knowledge that set them apart.
Sometimes,
in these later years, I wish I had got no closer. Sometimes, I wish the storm
had abated.
Rapidly
it grew even darker than before. Then came a sudden flash of lightning, and
another, after that the thunder, roaring and: violent. The ship pitched and
tossed as furious waves lashed us and broke over our deck.
There
was a rumbling beneath the waters. I felt the grinding vibration. In the boat,
Salur, heedless of danger, stood up and faced into the wind. His hair streaming behind him, his eyes glaring. The waters
writhed in agony and the thunder roared as the lightning flashed its momentary glimpses of the mad
scene.
Then came another terrible jarring. Quake after quake was torturing the ocean
floor.
Then Salur gave a great shout and I stared as
he pointed. The ocean was broken and in the flare of a lightning bolt I saw a
thrust of wet gray rock suddenly pierce the surface like a
submarine breaking water. Then all about I saw other surfaces break, and
in the terrible roaring noise a great section of land rose for a moment above
the sea. ** *
I
saw a greJrfcwet plain, streaming with rills of black water, streaked with
white and green weeds and sea growth. There were great hummocks and boulders
covered with slime.
And
I saw, against the black storm sky, piercing towers of metal twisted and
broken. I saw, lit by the crackle of lightning, great piles of armor plates and
hideous webbed metal chains that dangled from spiky wheels. The great black
snout of a gun was outlined against the sky—dripping weeds hanging from its
end.
All that, I glimpsed in the instant before the land plunged back into
the sea. I
saw Salur standing in the end of the boat, waving his hands and screaming at
the top of his lungs. And I heard the things he screamed. Things
that should not be heard by civilized ears.
And I knew then what Aquella was and why it
had few visitors.
In
the morning, when the storm was but a terrible memory and the sun shone upon a
tranquil blue sea, we sailed silently back to the island.
I
made my way through the streets of the little town. I knew the pink folk knew
that I knew. I saw the light that glimmered in the back of their eyes and I
understood the perverted sadness that prevented them from enjoying their
beautiful world.
I
knew why I had seen no pink-skinned folk on all the worlds of the starry horde.
When
I entered my space-yacht to leave this planet forever, I asked Salur a
question: "Aquella was not always the name of this world?"
He
looked at me and nodded. "Before it was flooded, Aquella was not the name
of this world."
I
hesitated to confirm my knowledge. But I must. I placed my hand on the door of
my ship's lock and said: "The original name of this world, before it was
cleansed, was—"
Salur stared at me. "Earth," he
finished slowly. I closed the door.
Marion Zimmer Bradley is one of the few
female writers to become highly popular in the science fiction field. Why it should be that so few women write science fiction is hard to
understand after reading one of her stories.
She
has appeared in all the major science fiction magazines and several of her novels have been published in pocket
book form.
The following story, the
longest by far in this collection, though one of the swiftest paced short novels the editor has had the
pleasure of reading, projects far into the future, when Man is ready to reach out if or the stars.
With all-out space travel almost around the corner, an event which will surely
be experienced by our children, it is
not hard to accept the idea of
interstellar travel. After all space
ships were laughed at only a few
years ago! Who knows what will follow?
But
Mrs. Bradley is not so much concerned with the event of interstellar travel as much as what effect it might have on people, and more than that, what will happen
when the grandchildren return to Earth? What kind of world will the Spacemen discover? The answers to these and
many more important questions will be found in...
THE CLBMB9NG WAVE
by Marion
Zimmer Bradley
Brian
Kearns knew to the second, by his sliip-time
chronometer and by the faint, almost imperceptible humming of a monitor
screen, when the limit of gravity tolerance was reached. Giving himself a round
ten seconds for safety margin—Brian was a practical and methodical young man,
and had spent twelve years training for this work and four and a half years
doing it—he unfastened the straps on his skyhook, the free-swinging, nest-like
lounge cradle where he had been lying with ears and eyes fastened on the
complex controls. He inched patiently, fly-like, down the wall, braced himself
to a handhold, and threw a certain switch to the farthest position leftward.
The barely perceptible
humming stopped.
Brian Keams had just put
himself out of a job.
He
picked up the stylus chained to the logbook, held a floating page down with his
right hand, and wrote swiftly and expertly with his left:
"1676th
day of voyage; have just thrown switch which cut the interstellar drives. Our
calculations were correct and there appear to have been no visible shock
effects as the IS units went out of function. We are now standing fourteen
hundred miles off Mars. Relinquished control of ship
at—" he glanced at the chronometer again, and wrote "—0814 hours.
Position . . ." He added a series of complicated numerals, scribbled his
initials beneath the
entry,
then picked up the hook of the intercabin communicator and waggled it.
A
dim rasping voice said from thg othef«end of the starship, almost half a mile
away, ^That you, Kearns?"
"Right,
Caldwell." j
"We're standing by with atomics back here, Brian. Were
the figures right?" 1
"All
calculations, appear to have been correct," Brian
answered stiffly. "The drives have been cut according to the schedule
previously worked out."
"Yippee!"
the voice shouted from the loudspeaker, and Brian frowned and coughed
reprovingly. The faraway voice appeared to be stifling an expletive, but inquired
correctly: "Standing by for orders, Captain Kearns?"
"All
right, Captain Caldwell," Brian said; "she's your ship, as of—"
he stopped, glanced at the chronometer again, and after a few>$eeohds said
"now!"
He
put down the hook, and looked around the main control room, in which he had
spent the best part of the Homeward'^ long
voyage. The tremendous interstellar drives were silent now, their dim hum
stilled, and the metal surfaces faced him with a blank, metallic unresponsiveness.
Brian had a curious feeling of anticlimax while he recapped the stylus, slid a
moving panel over the logbook, and clung there to the handhold, wondering with
the back part of his mind if he had left anything undone, while knowing, with
the sureness of long habit, that he had not.
It
is impossible to shrug one's shoulders in free fall; the motion sends you
flying across the cabin, and Brian was too well-trained to make waste motions
of that sort. But his eyebro\i|^yfted. a little, and a
sort of elated grin spread across his face; for a minute, unobserved, he looked
almost as young as he was. Then, re-schooling his expression to the gravity he
always wore in the presence of his crew, he inched back across the wall,
methodically unstrapped his rubber sandals from their place in the skyhook,
worked his feet into them with the skill of long practice, and, pulling himself
swiftly across the remaining section of wall, wriggled the forward part of his
body through the sphincter lock which led to the forward part of the great
starship.
There
he paused, his middle clasped firmly by the expanding diaphragm, looking down
the narrow, cylindrical corridor. He could feel, now, the faint vibration all
around him, as far away in the nose of the Homeward the atomic rockets began firing. He allowed
himself to grin again, this time with the secret contempt of a hyper-drive
technician for rockets, however necessary, and slowly hauled the rest of his
long, narrow body through the sphincter; then, pushing his feet hard against
the diaphragm which had snapped tight behind him, he arrowed down, in a
straight line, his body rocketing weightless down the corridor. He braked
himself with strong hands at the far end, then paused; there was a musical
mewing behind him, and the ship's cat, Einstein—actually a Centaurian mammal
more nearly resembling a dwarf kangaroo—somersaulted dizzily through the air
toward him
"Brian—catch
him!" a girl's voice called, and Brian turned, hooking one rubber sandal
through a strap, and made a wide sweeping grab for the creature. He caught it
by one spindly leg; it squalled and thrashed to get away, and the girl called
anxiously "Hang on, I'm coming." She propelled herself down the
corridor, and hurriedly snatched the little animal, who
immediately quieted and snuggled under her chin.
"He
went crazy when the rockets started," she murmured apologetically.
"It must be the vibration or something."
Brian
grinned down at the girl, who was small and slight, her curly fair hair
standing wierdly around her head and her prim brief overall floating out in odd
billows. They had all lived at free fall conditions for so long that he barely
noticed this, but he did see the disquiet in her brown eyes—Elinor Wade was a
food culturist, and knew rather less about the drives than the Centaurian cat.
"It's
all right, Ellie; maybe Einstein's a hyperdrive technician. I just cut the IS
units and turned the ship over to CaldwelL
She whispered, "Then we're almost there!
Oh, Brian!" and her eyes were a double star, first magnitude. He nodded.
"It's Caldwell's command now, ser.I don't know what he'll do," Brian
added, "but you'd better keep your ears lapped over for instructions.^
We'll have to strap in, in a few minutes, for deceleration, if he's going to
brake in at Mars."
"Brian, I'm scared. . . ." Ellie
whispered, and let the Centaurian cat float free, fumbling around for his hand.
"It would be—hideously ironical, if this old ship travelled to Centaurus
and back, and then cracked up in atmosphere—"
"Relax,"
Brian advised her genially. "He may decide to go on to Earth, anyway—Caldwell
knows his business, Ellie. Ancf I
know the Homeward."
"You certainly do;" The girl attempted a smile, which
somehow missed its purpose. "You're in love with this
old wreck!" >'
Brian
grinned disarmingly. "I won't deny it," he answered, "But it's
just a kind of substitute passion till I can
get you down to earth!"
The
girl blushed and turned her face away from him. The twelve- members of the Homewards crew were all young, and the confined
quarters aboard generated strong attachments; but men and women were carefully
segregated aboard ship, for an excellent and practical reason which had
nothing to do with morality. The trip from Centaurus, even at hyperspeeds, took
the best part of five years. And no one has yet discovered any method for
delivering a baby in free fall.
Brian
unhooked his rubber shoe. "Going into the lounge?"
"No.
. . ." ¡áj^Jhung. back. "I've got to feed Einstein,
after—Paula's still in the Food Culture unit, and there's no public address
system in there—I'd better go and tell her we may have to strap in. Go on
ahead, and I'll tell Paula—"
"I'll
come with you. I'm hungry and I want to snatch a bite before we go out,
anyhow—"
"No!"
The sharpness of her voice amazed him. "Go on out in the lounge, I'll
bring you something."
He stared at her.
"What—"
"Go
on. Paula's—Paula's—" Ellie fumbled and finished "—she's dressing in
there."
"What
the devil—" Brian, suddenly suspicious, shoved hard against the handhold,
and barreled across the corridor to the open lock of the Food Culture unit.
Ellie gave a wordless cry of warning as Brian fell through the doorway, and in
the aftermath of that cry, beneath Brian's intrusive stare, two fused figures
jerked convulsively and thrust apart. Paula Sandoval flung her arms over her
face and grabbed at a floating garment, while Tom Mellen jackknifed upright and
glared belligerently at Brian.
"Get
the hell out of here!" he roared, simultaneous with Brian's needle-voiced,
"What's going on in here?"
There
was blue vitriol in Paula Sandoval's taut voice. "I
think you can see what goes on, Captain!" and her black eyes snapped fire at him.
"Brian—"
Ellie implored, her hand on his wrist with a gentle, repressive force. He threw it off with a violence that flung her halfway across the cabin.
He
said, with icy command, "You'd better get up front, Paula. Caldwell will
need bis figures checked. As for you, Mellen, regulations—"
"Regulations
go jump in a hot jet, and you too!" Tom Mellen
stormed. He was a loose-limbed young fellow, well over six feet tall and
looking longer. "What the hell do you think you're doing anyway, pushing
your weight around?"
"Look,"
Brian said tersely, and jerked around to the girls, "Paula, get up front—that's an orderl Tom, this part of the ship is off limits for
men except at regular meal periods. This is the fifth time—"
"The
sixth to be exact, Captain's Log-book, and four times you didn't catch me. So
what? What the hell are you,
a blasted—"
"We'll
leave my personal habits out of the matter, Mister Mellen. Sandovall" he flung at Paula. "I
gave you an order!"
Ellie had her arms around Paula, who was
sobbing harshly, but the small dark girl pulled away from Ellie, her eyes
ablaze. "Give him another one for me, Tom,"
The Climbing Wave
she said bitterly, and scooted out of the cabin.
Brian
added, more quietly, "You go too, Ellie. I'll settle this
with Mellen right now." **«
But Ellie did not move. "Brian^'she said quietly, "this is a
pretty stupid time to be enforcing that regulation."
"As long as the Homeward, is in space," Brian said tightly, "that particular regulation—and
all others based on principles of necessity—will be enforced."
"You listen here—" Mellen began
furiously, then abruptly, his face suffusing with violent color, he flung himself
upward at Brian, before Kearns realized what was coming. "The atomics are
on," he grated. "Which means Caldwell's captain!
And for three years I've been waiting for this—"
Brian dodged in a queer, jerky gesture, and
Mellen hurtled over his head', thrown on by the momentum of his own blow. "Brian! Tom!" Ellie begged, diving toward them and
thrusting her rubber-sandaled feet between the men, but Mellen shoved her
aside.
"I'm warning you, Ellie, get out of the
way—" he panted. Brian started "Look here—" then, as Mellen
plunged at him again, put put both hands and shoved hard.
Momentum met momentum.
Brian and Mellen spun apart with such violence that heads cracked at opposite
ends of the Food Culture unit, and Brian, half-stunned, dragged himself groggily upright.
Mellen's laughter, wry and ironical, filled the cabin. "Okay, damn
it," he said bitterly. "I suppose there's no use having it out here
and now. But just wait till I
get you down to^arth—"
Brian
rabbe^LJiis head and blinked dizzily, but his voice was
precise, giving no hint of the shooting stars that were chasing themselves
before bis eyes. "By that time," he answered coldly, "there will
no longer be occasion for fighting, since my command will have
terminated."
Mellen tightened his mouth, and Ellie
interceded anxiously: "Tom, Brian is perfectly right, theoretically—don't
stir up hard feelings now, when we're almost home—" "Yeah, that's
right... ." Tom Mellen suddenly grinned,
177
and bis face was good-natured. "Hey, Brian, how about it? No hard
feelings, huh?"
Brian turned away. He said frigidly,
"Why should there be hard feelings? It's my duty to enforce regulations until
the Homeward is down."
"God damn—" Mellen muttered under
his breath at Brian's rigid back, and even Ellie
looked troubled. Then Mellen made a useless movement and started toward the
front of the ship.
"Come
on. I expect Caldwell will be wanting us," he
said tightly, and propelled himself in quick, wrathful jerks toward the forward
lounge.
n
The technique of braking into atmosphere had
been perfected a hundred years before the old Starward rose from Earth to aim at Centaurus. However,
it was new to the Homeward's
crew, and the tediousness
of the process set nerves to jittering. Only Brian, strapped into one of the
skyhooks in the lounge, was really calm, and Ellie, in the cradle next to his,
absorbed a little of bis calm confidence; Brian Kearns had been trained aboard
the Homeward for twelve years before the trip began.
It
had taken four generations for the stranded crew of the original ship, the Starward, to repair the hyperdrives smashed in landing,
and to wrest from the soil of Q Centauri
fourth planet—Terra Two, they called it-enough cerberum to take a pilot crew
back to earth with news of their success. A hundred and thirty years, subjective
time. Taking account of the time-lags engendered by their hyperspeeds, it was
entirely possible that four or five hundred years had elapsed, objectively, on
the planet their ancestors had left. Ellie, looking across at Brian's calm
face, at his mouth that persisted in grinning with some personal, individual
elation when he thought himself unwatched, wondered if he felt no regrets at
all. Ellie struggled with a moment of blinding homesickness, remembering their
last view of the little dark planet spinning around the red star. They had
left a growing colony of 400 souls, a world to which they could never return,
for, after five years of subjective time in hyperspeeds, it was entirely
possible that everyone they had known on Terra Two had already lived out a full
lifetime.
But
Brian's thoughts were moving forward, not backward, and he could not keep them
to himself.
"I
suppose by now they've discovered a better method for braking into
atmosphere," he mused. "If anybody's watching us, down there, we
probably look like living fossils—and I suppose we are. In their world, we'll
be so obsolete that we'll feel like stone-age man!"
"Oh,
I don't know," Ellie protested. "People don't change—"
"But
civilizations do," Brian insisted. "There was less than a hundred
years between the first rocket to Luna and the launching of the Starward. That's how fast a scientific civilization can move."
"But
how can you be sure they've moved along those lines?" Ellie wanted'to know.
"Have
you ever heard of time-binding?" he asked derisively.' "When each
generation accumulates the knowledge of the one before it, progress is a
perfectly cumulative, straightforward thing. When the Starward left—"
"Brian—" she began, but he rushed on:
"I grant you that man progressed at random for thousands of years, but
when he acquired the scientific method, it was less than a hundred years from jet plane to rocketship. A race which had
interstellar travel could progress in only one direction. If we wanted to take
the time, we could sit down with an electronic calculator and add it all up,
and predict exactly what we'd find down there."
"It seems," Ellie said slowly,
"That you're leaving out the human element. The crew of
the Starward were all scientists,
hand-picked for compatibility, and the Terra Two colony is probably the nearest
thing to a homogeneous society that ever existed. You can't make that kind of
predictions for a normally populated planet."
"The human
element—"
"Will you two quit it?" shouted
Langdon Forbes angrily from his skyhook. "I'm trying not to get spacesick,
but Kearns sounding off about progress is about all I can take! Does he have to
pick a time when we're strapped in, and can't get away?"
Brian
grumbled something unintelligible and lapsed into morose silence. Ellie reached
dragging fingers, newly clumsy, toward him, but he pushed the hand away.
A
dismal wailing came from beneath Eliie's skyhook; Einstein was getting
reacquainted with gravity, and didn't like it. Ellie scooped up the miserable
little animal and held it cuddled tight against her straps. It was silent in
the lounge; the steady, low vibration of the atomic drives was a sound already
so deeply embedded in their consciousness that they did not think of it as
sound at all. There was still no feeling of motion, but there was an
unpleasant, dragging sensation as the enormous starship made its wide braking
circles, first grazing the atmosphere for a second or two, as it swung
elliptically, like a crazy comet; then entering atmosphere for a few seconds,
then a full minute, then a few minutes—coming "down" in slow, careful
spirals.
"I
hope they've found some way to put artificial gravity in spaceships," Judy
Keretsky moaned, halHaughing, from the skyhook where she swung, upside down,
from what was now the ceiling of the lounge. Her long, curly hair fell down
over her head in a thick curtain; she alone of starship's crew did not keep her
hair clipped functionally short. She batted futilely at the waving curls as she
walled, "Oh, my poor head, I'm getting di-i-izzy up here!"
"You're
getting dizzy! What about this poor catl" Ellie jibed.
"Say,
whose idea was it to bring that animal along, anyhow?" someone demanded.
"Very
valuable contribution to science," Judy burlesqued. "Why didn't you
bring a pair of them, Ellie!"
"Brian
wouldn't let her," Marcia van Schreeven jeered, with an undertone of
bitterness.
Ellie
patted Einstein's darkish fur defensively, reminding Marcia in her peaceful
voice: "Einstein is one of the third gender. When
conditions are right, he'll reproduce in the first and second."
"Lucky animal," Brian said
half-seriously, and Ellie glanced at him with unusual shyness as she murmured,
"Well, Einstein will be unique on Earth, anyhow!"
"You'll
see things much weirder than Einstein," Brian said offhandedly.
"We've only been-bn
one planet, and by now,
Earth has probably colonized all the nearer stars. The people of Earth will be
cosmopolitan in the largest sense—"
"Speaking
of Earth," Langdon forcibly headed him off before he could hold forth
again, "where on the planet are we going to set this thing down?"
"We
won't know that till we contact the surface," Judy said irritably, batting
her hair back. "We have the map the Firsts gave us, but it's unthinkable
that the old spaceport at Denver would still be in use, and if it is, it would
probably be so,changed that we wouldn't know how to
land—and too crowded for an IS ship this size."
"You've
been listening to Brian," Langdon grinned. "According to him,- ifs a wonder we haven't already bumped into the local
rocket for the second galaxy!"
Brian
ignored the confusion of technical terms and answered seriously "That's
why I suggested landing on Mars. There are enough desert areas, on Mars where
we could have landed without any danger of damaging urbanized sections. I
doubt if the population there is quite so centralized—"
"Well,
why didn't we?" Marcia queried sharply, and
Langdon, frowning, twisted his head to her. "We tried to radio them from
space," he answered, "but they evidently didn't pick up our signals.
So Caldwell and Mellen decided to bring us in to Earth instead of wasting time
braking in at Mars and maybe having to pick up again. We haven't enough fuel for more than one landing and pick-up."
"We could certainly have refueled at
Mars—" Brian began, but was interrupted by an apologetic cough from the
loudspeaker in the centre of the lounge.
"Hey,
Kearns," it said in a puzzled rasp. "Brian Kcarns, come on up
forward, will you? Kearns, please come up to the front control room, if you
can."
Brian scowled, and started painfully
unbuckling the straps on his skyhook. "Now what does Mellen want—" he
wondered aloud.
"What's the matter?" Judy squeaked,
"Are we in trouble?"
"Oh, hush!" Ellie commanded.
"If we are, we'll be told!" She watched, with vague disquiet, as
Brian crawled over the side of his skyhook and abruptly tumbled two feet, not
very hard, to the floor. "Weight's on the axis now," he announced
wryly to no one in particular. "Good thing 1 wasn't up where Judy is, or
I'd have broken my neck! Somebody will have to lift her down—"
Judy squeaked again, but Ellie snapped at
her: "Just stay where you are until we find out what's going on!" and
watched, disturbed, as Brian crawled clumsily on hands and knees across the
wall which lay along the central axis of the starship and therefore
"down." He pushed at the refractory sphincter lock—it worked
perfectly only in free fall—and forced his head and shoulders through into the
forward control room.
Tom
Mellen, his short hair brisding upright around his head, twisted around as
Brian wriggled his shoulders through. "We've tried to raise them by FM, AM
and wavicle," he said, scowling, "but they don't answer. Not a sign
of a signal. What do you think of that, Brian?"
Brian
looked deliberately around the cabin. Paula Sandoval, strapped in before the
navigation instruments, hunched her bare, tanned shoulders and refused to meet
his eyes; Caldwell, the gray-haired veteran who had repaired the atomic
rockets, grinned truculently. Mellen's face was puzzled and defensive.
"I
said it off Mars," Brian told them, "and I say it again; we're just
wasting time trying to raise them with any communication devices aboard. By
now, they're probably using something so far beyond radio or wavicles that they
can't pick us up. Their equipment would be too fine for our clumsy primitive
devices to—"
"Clumsy
primitive—" Caldwell broke off, visibly summoning patience,
and Mellen interrupted fiercely. "Look, Keams, there are just so many ways
of transmitting electric impulses."
"The first spacemen said that all fuels
had to be chemical or atomic, didn't they?" Brian snapped. "And we
came on cerberum. The world didn't end when the Star-ward left! You've got to realize thatvwe've»i)een stranded in what amounts to a time-warp for five
hundred years or so, and we're hopelessly obsolete!'}
"Maybe
so . . ." Mellen said slowly, and waggled the switch again. Brian
irritably flipped it shut.
"Why
keep fussing with it, Tom? If they'd picked up our signals, they'd have
answered by now. Have you seen any rockets entering or leaving?"
"Nothing
larger than twelve centimeters since we entered the orbit," Mellen told
him.
Brian frowned. "Where
are we, Paula?"
The
girl gave him a venomous look, but she glanced at her instruments and replied,
"Orbiting at forty miles, velocity five pointtSBCfh.p.s."
Kearns glanced at Caldwell.
"You're the captain."
"In
a limited sense;* Caldwell said slowly, and returned his steady gaze. "That's why I wanted you up here. There are two
things we can do. We can go down under the cloud layer and maybe risk getting
shot at—to find a place to set down, or else go on a permanent orbit, and send
somebody down in the pickup."
"The
pickup," Brian decided immediately. "Can you imagine trying to land a
ship this size without instructions from outside? For all we know, there may
be laws about landing spaceships. The pickup can set down in a few square
yards. Whoever goes down can locate a spaceport big enough to handle the Homeward and see about getting the necessary
permissions."
"You're
overlooking one thing." Mellen forced the words out. "Suppose they
haven't any spaceports!"
"They'd
ha^tamto have spaceports, Tom," Caldwell protested, "even for
interplanetary ships." And Brian added, "It's impossible that we'd
have been the only interstellar ship—"
"That isn't what I mean," Mellen
protested. "Surely one of the planets, Mars or Earth, would have picked up
our signals. Someone must use radio for something, even if it's purely local.
That is, if there's anyone down there at alll"
Brian snorted laughter. "You mean some
kind of end-of-the-world disaster?" he asked, elaborately sarcastic, but
Mellen took him seriously. "Something like
that."
"There's
one way we can find out," Caldwell interrupted, "Do you want to take
the pickup down, Brian? We won't be using the IS drives again—there's nothing
more you can do aboard."
"I'll
go," Brian said shortly, but he could barely conceal his eagerness, and
even forgot his animosity toward Mellen for a minute. "Shall I take Tom to
handle the radio?"
Caldwell
frowned, and answered half practically and half tactfully, "I'll need Tom, and Paula too, to bring the ship down when we're ready.
Langdon can handle the radio in the pickup. And take a couple of others too;
Mellen may or may not be right, but I don't think any crew members ought to go
down alone until we know exactly what we'll find down there."
Caldwell's
seriousness made little impression on Brian, but he realized that he would need
someone to pilot the pickup in any case; his own training had fitted him only
to handle the complex interstellar drives. And Langdon should, they decided,
keep the radio at his fingertips, to report instantly to the Homeward in case of any unforeseen events.
So it was Ellinor Wade who took the controls
of the small jet-driven stratoplane which had been designed for ship-to-surface
shuttling, and used during the final stages of repair on the Homeward. She let the small plane sink through the
thick clouds, and asked, "Where do we want to set down?"
Langdon bent over the carefully copied map.
"Judy's scribbled all over this thing," he complained. "But try
North America, midwest. That's where the first rocket
ranges were built, and we all speak English, after a fashion."
"Unless the language has changed too
much," Brian murmured. Ellie frowned as she brought the swift little jet
down, arcing across an unfamiliar land-mass; Brian and Langdon squeezed their
hands to their eyes as the clouds thinned, for the sudden blaze of yellow light
was like a stab in the eyeballs. Lighting aboard ship, of
course, was keyed to the familiar crimson noon of Terra
Two, under which the crew had lived all tbeir lives. Ellie
squinted over the instrument panel', using an unladylike
word under her breath. %
The
ship dived over rolling hills, and Brian let out his breath slowly as the
serried ^regular skyline of massive buildings cleaved the horizon, and said in
an edgy voice, "I was beginning to wonder if Mellen had been right about
those atomic deserts!"
Ellie
warned, "From what the Firsts have told us, I don't care to get tangled up in a city airport! Let's find an open space
and set down there." She headed northward from the city, and asked,
"Have either of you seen anything that looks like transportation? Planes, rockets, anything oh the gfourid?"
"Nothing
at all with the naked eye," Langdon frowned, "and nothing moving that
beeps the radar. And I've been watching pretty close."
"Funny . . ."
Ellie murmured.
From
"this height everything was clear, and as they swerved groundward, details
became sharply incised in miniature: wide plowed fields, scattered, toy-like
houses, clusters of small buildings. There seemed to be animals in the fields.
Langdon smiled. "Just like home," he said happily, meaning Terra Two.
"Regular rural community, except that everything looks green!"
"That's
this ridiculous yellow fight!" Ellie said, absently, and Brian scoffed,
"Just like home! Better get set for a shock, Langdon!"
"It
might be you that gets the shock," Langdon answered unexpectedly, and
peered over Ellie's shoulder at the controls. $ibe grdund's
leve} here, Ellie."
The
pickup bumped ground and rolled gently; Lang-don's fingers moved delicately on
the radio panel, and he made a brief report in staccato speech while Brian unsealed
the door. Strange smells wafted into the cabin, and the three crowded together
in the entrance, eyes squinted against the stabbing light, strangely reluctant,
at the last, to set foot on the unfamiliar soil.
"It's cold. . . ." Ellie shivered
in her thin garment.
Langdon looked down, dismayed. "You've
set down in somebody's grainfield!" he reproached. Food was still conserved
carefully on Terra Two, more from habit than from serious privation; Man's
conquest of the new planet was uncertain, and the colony took no chances. The
three felt a twinging guilt as they looked down at the blackened spears of
grain, and Ellie clutched at Brian's arm. "Someone's coming—" she
faltered.
Across
the evenly plowed ridges, between rows of ripening wheat, a boy of thirteen
walked, steadily and unhurried. He was not very tall, but looked sturdy; his
face was deeply tanned under square-cut dark hair, and he was wearing a loose
shirt and breeches tucked into low boots, all the same rich deep-brown color.
Even Brian was silent as the boy advanced to the very foot of the pickup plane,
paused and looked up at it, then glanced up indifferently at the three in the
doorway, and began to move around to the tail, toward the smoking jets.
Brian
quickly dropped Ellie's hand and scrambled to the ground. "Hey
there!" he called, forgetting the prepared speech on his hps.
"Better not go around there, it's dangerous—hot!"
The boy desisted at once, turning to gaze at
him, and after a moment he said in slurred but perfectly understandable
English, "I saw the streak, and hoped that a meteor had fallen." He
laughed, turned and began to walk away from them.
Brian looked blankly up at Ellie and Langdon.
The man jumped down and gave Ellie a hand as she called after the boy
"Please—wait a minute—"
He looked around, politely, and before his
indifferent courtesy Brian felt the words melting from his hps. It was Langdon
who finally said, in an empty voice, "Where can we—We
have a message for the—the Government. Where can we get—transportation—to the
City?"
"The City?" The boy stared. "What for? Where did you
come from? The—the City?"
Brian
quietly assumed command of the situation again. "We are from the first
Centaurian expedition, the Starward" he
said. "We, or rather our ship, left this planet hundreds of years
ago."
"Oh?" The boy smiled in a friendly
way, "Well, I suppose you are glad to be back. Over" that
hill," he pointed, "you will find a road which goes toward the City."
He turned again, this time with a definite air of finality, and started to walk
away.
The
three travelers stared at one another in blank indignation. Brian finally took
a step forward and shouted: "Hey, come back here!"
With
an irritated jerk of his head, the boy turned. "Now what do you want?" he demanded.
Ellie
said conciliatingly, "This is only the pickup of our ship. We have to—to
find someone who can tell us where to bring the spaceship down. As you can
see," she gestured toward the,, ruined wheat,
"our jets have destroyed a part of the crop here. Our spaceship is much
larger, and we don't want-to do any more damage. Perhaps your father—"
The boy's face, puzzled at first, had cleared
while she was talking. "My father is not in our village now," he informed
them, "but if you will come with me, I will take you to
my'grandfather."
"If you could tell us where the nearest
spaceport is—" Brian suggested.
The boy frowned. "Spaceport?" he
repeated. "Well, maybe my grandfather can help you."
He
turned again, and led the way across the field. Langdon and Ellie followed at
once; Brian hung back, looking uneasily at the pickup. The boy glanced over bis
shoulder. "You need not be anxious about your plane," he, called,
laugjimg. "It's too large to be stolen!"
Brian
stiffened; the boy's attitude was just derisive enough to put him on the
defensive. Then, realizing the futility of anger, he broke into a run to catch
up with the others. When he came near them, the boy was saying, a little
sulkily, "I thought that I would be fortunate enough to find a fallen
meteor! I have never seen a meteorite." Then, making a tardy attempt to
remember his manners, he added politely, "Of course, I have never seen a
spaceship either—" but it was evident that a spaceship was a very poor
substitute.
Elbe's
thinly shod feet stumbled on the uneven ground, and all three were glad when
they came out on a smoothed road which wound between low flowering trees. There
seemed to be no vehicles of any kind for the road was just wide enough to
permit the four to walk abreast The boy's walk was
rapid, and he kept moving, almost unconsciously, ahead of them, then looking
back and deliberately slowing his steps. Once when he had forged ahead,
Langdon murmured, "Evidently vehicular traffic has been completely
diverted from rural neighborhoods!" and Brian whispered, "This is
incredible! Either the boy's half-witted, or else even the children here are so
blasS that the first star-expedition doesn't mean anything to them!"
"I
wouldn't be too sure," Ellie said slowly. "There's something that we
don't understand. Let's not try to figure things out ahead, Brian. Let's just
take them as
they come."
m
Muscles virtually unused for nearly five
years were aching by the time the narrow road wound into a village of low
clustered houses, built of what seemed to be grayish field stone. A profuse
display of flowers bloomed in elaborate geometrical patterns around nearly
every doorstep, and little groups of children, dressed in smocks of dark yellow
or pale reddish-gray, were chasing one another haphazardly on the lawns,
shouting something rhythmic and untuneful. Most of the houses had low
trel-lised porches, and women in short fight dresses sat in little groups on
the porches. The street was not paved, and the women did not appear busy; their
low-pitched conversation was a musical hum, and all down the street the three
strangers could hear a sound of singing. A man's voice,
singing in a low, monotonous rise and fall of notes. It was toward this
sound of singing that the boy led them, up the steps of a porch which was not
trellised but roofed, and through an open door.
They stepped into a wide, light room. Two
walls seemed to open in slatted shutters, giving a view of an evenly patterned
garden; on another wall was a large fireplace, where embers flickered quietly,
and there was a gleaming kettle of some light, brilliant metal swung on a crane
over the embers. It reminded Brian of a picture in one of his oldest history
books, and he blinked at the anachronism. The other furniture in the room was
unfamiliar, low cushioned seats built against the walls, and a few closed
doors on the fourth wall. From an inner room, the singing filled the house: a
baritone voice, rich and resonant, rising and falling in slow, unfamiliar
harmonic patterns.
The boy called:
"Grandpa!"
The
singer finished one of the odd phrases; then the song ceased, and. the three
strangers heard slow, deliberate steps behind the closed door. It swung back,
and a tall old man came-out into the main room.
He
looked like the boy. His hair was clipped short, but grew down along his
cheeks, although his chin was shaven clean; he wore a shirt and breeches of the
same rich brown, and his feet were thrust into slippers of stiched leather. He
looked strong and vigorous; his hands, tanned and knotty, were extremely
well-kept, though somewhat stained, and he stood very erect, surveying them
with great composure, while his deep-set dark eyes studied them from their
clipped and tended hair to their rubber-sandaled feet. The composure gradually
gave way to a quizzical smile, and he came forward a few steps. His voice was a
singer's voice, full and very strong.
"Be welcome, friends. You are home. Destry, who are our guests?" 3*»~ -"
The boy said calmly, "They came down in
a spaceship, grandpa, or rather, part of one. That streak wasn't a meteor at
all. They said they wanted to go to the City. So I brought them along to you
instead."
The
man's face did not change by a fraction. Brian had been looking for surprise,
or some more tangible emotion, but the man only surveyed them equably.
"Please be seated," he invited
graciously. "I am Hard Frobisher, friends, and this is my grandson
Destry."
The
three sank on one of the cushioned seats, feeling a litde like children in their first
learning-period before the Firsts. Only Brian had presence of mind enough to
murmur their names.
"Brian Kearns—Ellinor
Wade—Langdon Forbes—"
The
old man repeated the names, bowing courteously to Ellie, at which the girl
could barely conceal her amazement. He inquired, smiling, "Can I be of
assistance to you?"
Brian
stood up. "The boy didn't tell you, sir, but we're from the first
Centaurus expedition—the Starward."
"Oh?"
A faint flicker of interest crossed Hard Frobish-er's face. "That was a
good long time ago, I am told. Did the Barbarians have some means, then, of
prolonging life beyond its appointed limits?"
Brian's
patience had already gone a long way beyond its appointed limits, and now,
abruptly, it deserted him.
"Look,
sir. We're from the first expedition into interstellar space. The first. None of us left Earth on the Starward. We
weren't born. Our hyperspeeds, if you know what they are—which
I'm beginning to doubt— threw us into a time-lag. There's no need to
call us Barbarians, either. The ship's drives were smashed when they landed,
and we've been four generations, four generations, getting it in operable condition tQ come back to Earth. None of us has
ever been on Earth before. We're strangers here, understand? We have to ask our
way around. We asked a civil question. Now if we could kindly have a civil
answer—"
Hard Frobisher raised a placating hand.
"I am sorry," he said calmly. "I didn't understand. Just what do
you want me to do about it?"
Brian made a visible attempt to keep bis
temper. "Well, first, we want to get in touch with the authorities. Then I
want to find a place where we can bring our spaceship down—"
Frobisher
was frowning, and Brian fell silent. "Frankly," the old man said,
"I don't know whom you'd contact about a thing like that. There is plenty
of open
land to
the south, nearer the city, where you might land your ship—"
"Now
look—" Brian started, but Langdon touched his arm. So Brian only asked,
"If you eould tell us how to get in touch with the Government . . .
?"
"Well,"
the old man said neutrally, "there are three governors in our village, but
they only regulate the school hours, and make.rules about locking houses. I
wouldn't want to bother them about something foolish like this. I don't think
they'd have much to say about your ...
oh yes, spaceship."
That
silenced Brian and Langdon completely. Ellie, feeling as if they were being
tangled into a giant spider-web, asked desperately, "Could we go to some
other, perhaps some larger place?"
Frobisher looked at her,
frankly puzzled.
"It's
half a day's walk to Carney," he said, "and when you got there,
they*w6uid tell you the same thing. You are perfectly welcome to put your
spaceship down on our barrens, if you want to."
Brian
stiffened belligerently. "Now let's get this straight. There's a city over
there. There must be someone there in authority!"
"Oh, the City!" Frobisher's voice held dismissal, "Nobody's lived in any of the
cities for years! Why would you want to go there?"
Langdon
said, baffled, "Look, Mr. Frobisher. We've come all the way from
Centaurus, to bring Earth the news about our expedition. We'd expected to be
surprised at what we found—after all, it has been a long time since the Starward left. But are we supposed to understand from
this run-afound you're giving us that there's nobody to listen^ftat the' first
of the interstellar expeditions doesn't mean anything to anyone?"
"Should
it?" asked Frobisher, and his face was even more baffled than Brian's.
"I can understand your personal predicament somewhat—after all, you've
come a long way, but why? Didn't you like it where you were? There is only one
reason why people move from one place to another—and it seems to me that you
have overdone it."
The room was silent. Hard Frobisher stood up,
looking indecisively at his guests, and Brian half expected him to repeat
Destry's move and walk away, uninterested; but he merely went to the fireplace
and peered into the kettle.
"Food
is prepared," he remarked. "Can I invite you to join us? Good food is
ill-seasoned by dissension, and there is no wisdom in an empty belly."
Brian
and Langdon just sat and looked dumbly at Frobisher. It was Elbe who said
firmly, "Thank you, Mr. Frobisher," and dug an elbow into Brian's
ribs, whispering savagely, "Behave yourself!"
The
boy Destry came and helped his grandfather bring food
from the fireplace and from an inner room; he conducted the strangers to seats
around a sort of table. The food was unfamiliar and not altogether pleasant to
the strangers, accustomed to the elaborate synthetics of the ship; Brian,
altogether out of humor, made almost no effort to conceal his distaste, and
Langdon ate listlessly; Hard and Destry ate with the unfeigned appetite of men
who spend much time in the open air, and neither spoke much during the meal
except to urge food upon their guests. Ellie, finding the curious liquids and
semisolids fascinating, if strange, tasted them with an interested
professional curiosity, wondering how they were prepared.
It
was not very long before Hard Frobisher nodded to Destry, and the boy rose and
began taking dishes from the table. Frobisher pushed back his chair and turned
to Brian. "We can now discuss your problem, if you wish," he said
pleasantly. "Full stomachs make wise decisions." He glanced at Ellie,
smiling. "I regret that there is no woman in my house to entertain you
while we talk, young lady," he said regretfully, and Ellie dropped her eyes.
On the Homeward—as on Terra Two—men
and women were equals and neither deferred to the other. Hard's polite
deference was new, and his bland assumption that she could have no part in
their talk was a somewhat distasteful surprise. Langdon clenched his fists,
while Brian seemed about to explode. Ellie summed up the situation at a glance,
and swiftly intervened by rising and glancing shyly at Destry. "Can I help
you?" she offered diffidently, the boy grinned.
"Sure,
come ahead," he told her. "You cafry the dishes and I'll bring the
kettle."
Frobisher settled back, taking a leather pouch from his pocket and meticulously stuffing a pipe of carved
amber which swiftly revised Langdon's ideas of the present level of
civilization. Smoking was a habit on Terra Two as well; only the smell of the
tobacco was unfamiliar. Both young men stifled coughs and refused his offer of
the sack, taking out their own grayish cigarettes and inhaling the
sweetish-sour smoke avidly to shut out the rank stench of the pipe. Somewhere,
behind closed doors, they heard a splashing of water and the uncertain falsetto
of the boy's voice, mingled with Elbe's merry soprano laughter. Brian scowled and leaned forward, his arms on his knees.
"See
here, Mr. Frobisher," he said truculendy. "I know you are trying to
be hospitable, but if you don't mind, let's talk business. We have to bring the
ship down, and" after that—?' He stopped and stared at the floor,
wondering suddenly if he were on some kind of reservation for half-wits. No:
the room was tastefully, if simply, furnished; everything was plain, but nothing crude. The wood of the furniture was
beautifully stained and polished, and the hand-woven rug on the floor matched
the thick draperies at the slatted windows. The house showed comfort, even a
moderated luxury, and Frobisher's accents were those of a cultured man. Nor was
he merely an eccentric, judging from what Brian had briefly seen of the other
houses and the glimpsed people. Destry badnt seemed surprised at the plane—
he'd "known wh#Sk-»was/ and yet it hadn't impressed him. No, it wasn't
savagery. But it was radically different from what he had expected, and the
change bewildered him. He looked up at one of the many pictures which hung
about the room, and there, for the first time, sensed a note of eccentricity;
they were mostly sketches of birds, very precisely drawn, but the colors were
combined in a fashion which only a madman could endure. . . . Then Brian
realized that it was this bright, unfamiliar light
which made the colors bizarre to him, and simultaneously he became conscious
that his eyes were stinging and watering, and that he had a violent headache.
He rested his forehead on his clenched hands, closing his eyes.
"It
isn't that you aren't welcome here," Frobisher said thoughtfully, pulling
at his pipe. "We realize that there is only one reason why you would leave
your home planet, and that would, of course, be
because you were unhappy there. And so we understand—"
"Of all the stupid, unjustified
assumptions—" Brian began furiously, then checked
himself. What was happening to his caution? He and Langdon were effectively
cut off from the rest of the crew; they couldn't afford to get into trouble. He
rubbed his aching eyes.
"Sorry,
Mr. Frobisher," he said tiredly. "I didn't mean to be
offensive."
"No
offense taken," Frobisher assured him. "And certainly none was
intended by me. Am I mistaken—"
"We
came here for one reason," Langdon informed him. "To
advance man's knowledge of the world outside the solar system. In other
words, to finish what the Firsts started."
"And,
judging by appearances—" Brian's voice was bitter "—we've wasted our
time!"
"Yes,
I'm afraid you have." Something new in Fro-bisher's voice made both young
men look up. "Whether you realize it or not, I am quite aware of your problems,
Mr. Kearns. I have read a good deal about the Bar—excuse me, about the
past." He tapped his pipe meditatively on a projecting comer of the
fireplace. "I suppose it would be impossible for you to return to
Centaurus in your lifetimes?"
Brian
bit his Up. "In our lifetimes—no, not impossible,"
he answered, "but in the lifetimes of anyone we had known, assuming that
we could get
back. Our fuel reserves are
not great—" He looked questioning^ at Frobisher.
"Then I don't quite know what to do with
you," the old man said, and there was a genuine personal concern in his
voice. And that friendly concern was the last thing needed to bring Brian to
critical mass. Ignoring the warning pressure of Langdon's hand on his knee, he
stood up.
"Look,
Frobisher," he said tensely^ "jusf'who in hell gave you the authority
to make thi6 decision, anyhow?"
Frobisher's
face did not change* by a fraction. "Why, you landed in our field and my
grandson brought you here."
"So you're just taking responsibility
for the whole matter? Do you rule Earth?"
The man's mouth dropped open. "Do I rule . . . Ha, ha, ha!"
Frobisher leaned back in his chair, holding his sides and rocking suddenly with
uncontrollable laughter. "Do 1 rule . . ." He collapsed into chuckles again, his mirth
literally shaking the floor, arid the large expansive laughter was so
infectious' tiiaj-Langdon finally glanced up with a faint, puzzled grin, arid
even the worst of Brian's fury began to drain away a^ little. "I'm
sorry," Frobisher said weakly at last, and there were tears in his eyes.
"But that—that is the funniest thing I've heard since spring sowing! Dq. 1 ... ha, ha, ha, ha! Wait
until I tell my son —I'm
sorry, Mr. Kearns, I can't help it. Do I rule Earth!" he chuckled, again, "Heavens forbid! I have enough trouble ruling
my grandson!" He laughed again, irrepress-ibly. Brian couldn't see what
was so funny and said so.
With
an effort, Frobisher controlled his laughter and his eyes sobered—but not
much—as he looked at Brian. "You did come to me," he pointed out,
"and that makes it my responsibility. I'm not a man to evade
responsibility or refuse you hospitality, but frankly, I wish you had found
somebody else!" A tiny snort of laughter escaped him again, "I can
^ee, you'll make trouble here! But if you don't listen to m^ ^ipu'lLpnly have to find somebody else, and I'm
afraid tnti Whoever you found would tell you just
about the same thing!" He smiled, and the anxious friendliness in his
face took the edge from Brian's anger, although annoyed puzzlement remained.
Frobisher
added quietly, "There is no reason that Norten village shouldn't have this
problem, as well as any other." He stood up. "I expect the remainder
of your ship's crew will be anxious about you. Do I assume correctly that you
have a communication device?" At Langdon's exasperated nod, Frobisher
twitched a loose coat I
from a peg. "Then why
not report to them? We can talk further on the way—you don't mind if I come, do
you?" "No, not at all," Brian said weakly. "Not
at all."
IV
Mindful of Caldwell's words about not getting
separated, Brian insisted that Ellie should accompany them back to the pickup.
Destry, apparently uninterested, at first refused his grandfather's invitation
to join them, then changed his mind. He ran to fetch a
warm jacket, but, surprisingly, instead of donning it, he laid it about Elbe's
shoulders. "She's cold," he explained briefly to his grandfather,
and without waiting for thanks, strode ahead of them, along the road.
The
sun was dropping westward, and the light was almost unbearable; Brian's eyes
were squinted tight, and Langdon's forehead furrowed in deep-plowed lines;
Ellie held one hand across her forehead, and Brian put his arm around her.
"Headache,
darling?" he asked tenderly.
She
grimaced. "Will we get used to this light, do you think, or are we going
to have to put up with this all along?"
Langdon
said wryly, "I suppose the Firsts felt like this under Theta
Centauri!"
Ellie
smiled faintly. "No one spread out a welcome for them."
Frobisher
walked ahead of them, with long, swinging steps, and Brian said in a savage
undertone, "I still think this whole thing is an elaborate bluff of some
sort. Or else we're on a primitive reservation. The whole world can't be like thisl"
"Oh,
don't be silly," Ellie said wearily, rubbing her aching eyes. "How
could anyone have known that we'd choose to land here?"
Some
of the women on the porches called familiarly to Frobisher, and he waved gaily
to them in return, but no one paid any attention to the strangers, except for
one plump woman, her hair in curly sausages all over her head, who waddled from
her steps and toward the road. "I see you have guests, Hard,"
she called. cheerfully. "If your house is too
full, mine is empty!" >
Frobisher faced around, smiling. "Your
hospitality may be required," he said. "There are others, and they
have come a long way."
The woman looked at Ellie with a sharp female
glance, noting her fair cropped hair, the smooth spun-synthetic coverall
beneath the boy's jacket, the molded sandals and bare legs. Then she put out a
fat warm hand. "Are you planning to settle in our village, my dear?"
she asked.
"They
haven't decided," Frobisher answered noncom-mittally, but Elbe said with a
shy, impulsive friendliness, "I do hope so!" and.squeezed the offered
hand.
"Well,
I hope so toolbar. It isn't often we have young neighbors," the plump
woman replied. "You and your husband" (Ellie blushed *atvthe
forthright archaism) "be sure and call on us, now, if you need anything
before you get settled.'*-She smiled and waddled back to her doorway.
Langdon
said, low-voiced^ "It's like being on Terra Two, except that
everything—everything—"
Brian
said, "There must have been some inconceivable disaster! Culturally,
they're a thousand years behind the world when the Starward left. Why, even Terra Two is more civilized
than they seem to be! Cooking with fire— and these little villages—and the
cities empty—"
"Oh,
I don't know," Ellie murmured surprisingly. "How do you measure
culture? Isn't it possible that they've progressed in ways we don't know
anything about? The difference might be in viewpoint."
Brian shook his hetfd
stubbornly.
"It's
fegression,5*fte-protested, but Ellie had
no time to answer, for they had come within sight of the pickup, and Frobisher
dropped back to walk with them.
"There
is your plane," he said. "Do you intend to communicate from here, or
will you rejoin your spaceship?"
Brian
and Langdon looked at one another. "We haven't
thought about it," Langdon said at last, "but—Brian— without a
spaceship or at least a radio beaming device, how are they going to land?"
Brian frowned. "I don't know much about
rockets," he said at last; "the hyperdrives are my job. How much landing
room do they need?"
Langdon said, troubled, "Paula and
Caldwell, between them, could land the Homeward in
great-grandfather Kearns's biochemistry lab, if they had to, without breaking
a test tube. But they'd have to have a fix. If they land blind, they're apt to
set down right on the village." He paused, and clarified, "That is,
if they just aim at our general direction from what we transmit here."
"In
that case," Brian suggested, "we'd better take up the pickup and
rejoin the ship—and hunt up a good big desert to land blind."
"Rejoining
the ship would be quite a problem in this light," Ellie said, troubled.
"It's going to be dark in less than an hour, I'd say—and I have a feeling
that we're going to find ourselves completely night-blind."
Frobisher
had considerately withdrawn while they were talking, and Brian snapped,
"What's the matter with your brain, Ellie? You can go around to sunward,
and match velocities with the Homeward there!"
"But then we might not find this place
again," Langdon said surprisingly, and Ellie added, "If we go
hurtling all around the planet, who knows if we'd find this again?"
"For the love of—who cares!"
"I
do," said Langdon firmly. "According to Frobisher, conditions are
pretty much the same everywhere, and— I kind of like that old guy, Brian. I
like it here. I'd like to land here. Maybe settle down here."
Brian stared. "Are you
crazy?"
Langdon
said, "Not at all. If we want to look around after the Homeward is down, fine—we have the pickup, we can do
all the exploring we want to. We've plenty of fuel for the pickup. We're down,
let's stay down."
Brian's
face lost a litde of its self-confidence; it was the first time that any of the
crew had ever questioned his judgment, although many had resented his methods.
He shrugged in a sudden futile misery. "I'm outvoted! And anyhow I
resigned command when the atomics went on! Settle it with Caldwell by
radio!" He lurched away from them and around toward the other side of the
pickup. He heard the staccato bark of the radio inside, but paid no
attention until he suddenly became conscious of Elbe,
close beside him. + -
She raised her face, with an affectionate
smile. Brian, even distracted by a thousand irritated thoughts, found time to
wonder at the new mystery/of her fair hair in the golden sun: the red was
dimmed dut, here, and the short curls seemed a pure,
delicate silver; she was very white and fragile in this new light, and Brian
reached impulsively to pull her close. She responded eagerly, her arms going
around him and her face lifted with a simplicity that he had not quite
expected.
"Journey's end," she said gently.
"We've waited a long time for this, Brian. «ven
if that electronic calculator was off-beam about what- we'^ find down here.
Kiss me, you idiot."
The strength in his anrjis,.
was astonishing, and she gave a little cry. "Hey,
I'm not-used to weighing so much, take it easy—" she protested, laughing
and the laughter trailed away as he^bent his head dpwn to hers. She was
conscious of the sun in her eyes, of the physical fatigue from unaccustomed
exercise, and the dragging feel of too much gravity—Terra Two was a small,
light world. There was a crushing urgency in Brian's arms, and he strained her
desperately close for a frantic minute, then abrupdy pushed her away, his voice
roughened.
"Where did Frobisher go? Damn it, Ellie,
I need a clear head right now! The way it looks, we'll have the rest of our
lives for that kind of thing!"
Hurt,
but sensing the plea for help that begged her from behind the facade of his. taut control, Ellie swallowed the pain of jthe
personaTrejection, and forced herself to think beyond the inuneoflR^mftment.
"He -and Destry went to see how much of the grain had been ruined—"
"Hell,
we can pay for the grain. There they come now—" Brian kicked out at a
stalk of wheat, a curiously futile movement, and said in an odd, quenched
voice, looking at his foot, "It's going to take months for us to get back
in shape, after so long in free fall. We're coordinated all wrong for such
much gravity. Notice the way Frobisher walks? Like he owned
the world—" Resentment and envy mingled in his voice, and he stopped, then
finished in a surprised tone, "—or as much of it as he wants!"
He
said abruptly as the grandfather and grandson joined them, "Mr. Frobisher,
we'll be glad to pay for what wheat we ruined."
"I
would not have mentioned it," Frobisher said, and for the first time there
was something like respect in his voice, "but it shows a good spirit that you have mentioned it. I have abundance, and you will have much to do after
your crew lands. But if you insist upon payment, you can contribute task-work
next season, after you are settled."
Brian
was puzzled, but decided not to press the point. Langdon rejoined them, and he
asked, "What did Caldwell say?"
"He'll try it, if we'll fix up some kind
of radio beam," Langdon responded. "Where do you want us to land, Mr.
Frobisher?"
Hard Frobisher began to draw a sketch-map
with a
long stick in the dirt.
"Over that rise—"
"We'll
move the pickup over there," Ellie decided, then abruptly proffered the
invitation, "Ride over there with us?"
Hard
Frobisher looked speculatively at the plane, then toward the horizon. "Oh,
it isn't a long walk," he said, but Destry said eagerly, "I believe
I'd like it, grandpa."
The
old man smiled deprecatingly. "The young are enthusiastic, Miss
Wade," he said, almost in apology, "but —very well."
Brian
logged another point of bewilderment. Could any educated humans be so trusting?
Even on Terra Two, a well-united colony, there was a certain individual wariness,
and strangers—how did Frobisher and Destry know they wouldn't be kidnaped?
It
was an incredible relief to get back inside the pickup and switch on the
familiar crimson light. Destry expressed mild surprise at the lighting, but
Frobisher asked no questions and did not seem impressed when the pickup rose
straight upward and circled before relanding at the edge of the large barren
tract where they were to bring the Homeward down.
At only one point in the whole maneuver did Frobisher show the slightest surprise, and that was when Ellie took the controls; he glanced at Brian, then at Langdon, and then, in frank amazement, at the small slim girl at the controls; but he/made, no comment.
They landed, and Langdon touched the radio. Brian took it from his hand. "Hello? Hellqjhe Homeward? Kearns
talking. That you, Tom?"
Tom Mellen's husky voice, very far away, asked thinly, "Was I right about no spaceports?"
"You were." Brian did not elaborate.
"We've got the direction of your beam. But Paula says if we follow it in, we'll land straight on the pickup. And if we don't, how are we going to hit the spot you've picked out for us?" Tom sounded puzzled. "In the last few seconds of braking, thjs hulk isn't very easy to steer."
"Hell!" Brian swbfe^'Hold on a minute!" He explained the situation briefly to Langdon. "I told you so!"
Langdon said grimly£<*There's only one way to handle it. Take the fuel out of the pickup—impact would blow it up—move it out where we want them to land, and let them land on it. The pickup's expendable. The crew isn't. They'd land hard, but the crew will be in skyhooks, and Caldwell in a crash cockpit. Nobody'll be hurt."
"We're going to need the pickup later," Brian argued stubbornly.
"Well, have you a better idea?" Langdon asked. "If they follow the beam in part way, and try to swerve in the last few seconds, they're apt to miscalculate by a degree or two, and burn up the village."
"I still think we ought to hunt up a good-sized desert," Brian insisted. ^
Destry interruntedLJuddenly, in a tone of disgust, "Say, when you want akingrisher to dive, "you throw a hunk of bread where you want him to dive—you don't stand and hold it! If your ratio—what is it—beam comes from that," he gestured at the transmitter, "why not just rip that thing out of the plane, fix it to send out a steady signal, and take it out where you want your spaceship to land? It won't hurt the spaceship to land on anything that small, will it?"
Brian stared at the boy in amazement for a
minute, and Langdon's mouth dropped open.
"Destry,"
Ellie said after a brief silence, "you have
the makings of a scientist."
"Look,"
the boy said uncomfortably. "The idea may not be much good, but why insult
me?"
"It
is good," Langdon interrupted. "I
don't know why I didn't think of it myself, except that I'm half-witted in this
light! Brian, that's it.
Ellie, while I send word to
Mellen—before I rip this out—get under the seat and find the radio kit; I may
have to resolder a few wires. Looks like we'll be in the dark by the time we
finish, too; better get out the small lamps. Come on, get busy—" He nipped
the switch open. "Homeward?
Forbes
speaking.
Tom? Listen, in about twenty minutes we'll have a fix set up—"
Brian
and Ellie were struggling to lift the heavy seat; the unaccustomed gravity made
it almost impossible to budge. Destry caught one end and heaved it up easily,
and Ellie and Brian bent over the equipment stored there. The girl murmured in
Brian's ear, "There goes your theory about regression! That kid knew what
he was talking about."
Brian
snorted. "And used an analogy from natural history!
It was obvious enough, knowing the purpose of the radio. If either Langdon or I
had been dunking, we'd have hit on it."
Ellie did not answer; there seemed no use in
making Brian angry again. She went and stood watching Langdon working swiftly
and expertly to dismantle and readjust the radio set to emit a self-contained,
steady signal. He had to switch on the lights in the pickup before he finished,
and before the impromptu homing device was completed, the sun had gone down. As
they stood in the doorway of the pickup, Langdon scowled.
"I can't see my hand before my
eyes!" he protested, and took one of the small red handlamps Elbe handed
him. He looked at it disgustedly. "I can set the signal up with this,
yes—but I don't know the lay of the land!" He gestured to the vast empty
tract of barren land, and added, "I'll get lost there, or set it up on a
side hill!"
Destry volunteered: "I know this place
like my own hand—I'll come along and find a flat space."
"Need
any help?" Brian offered, but Langlfon shook his head. "No thanks. No sense in both' of us getting tangled up in this murk."
He picked up the homing device and, with Destry, moved away across.the field
which, to Brian and Ellie, was inky-dark, although in actuality it was bathed
in clear moonlight. They stood in the door of the pickup, straining their eyes
for the reddish, bobbing glimmer of Langdon's light, and Ellie shuddered in
the rough warmth of Destry's coat. Brian's arm stole round her in the darkness.
She said tremulously "What would have
happened if we'd gone in atMars!"
Frobisher^ behindVthem, drew a harsh breath.
"You're certainly lucky you' didn't!" he said thankfully. "You
couldn't have lived there three days, unless you stayed with your ship—I
asSurne the ship is self-contained?"
"Oh,, yes," Brian told him. "But—Mars was a sizable
colony when the Starwazd
left!"
Frobisher
shrugged. "Everybody came in from Mars before the spacers stopped running. There's no water there at all, now."
Brian
murmured, ". . . and by now you should have had all the planets colonized,
and reached most of the nearer stars!"
The
older man's voice lost its pleasant inflection. "You say some very
surprising things, Mr. Kearns," he said dryly. "You don't say that we
could have colonized the planets—which, of course,
is true—but that we should
have. Do you mind telling
me why? The planets are not exactly suited fg^irman
habitation, except this one—and I would hate to nave'to live on any
other."
Brian
asked almost savagely "You mean there is no space travel?"
"Why,
no," Frobisher said slowly. "No one cares to go to the planets."
"But
... the planets had already been
reached, conquered, when the Starward left!"
Frobisher
shrugged. "The Barbarians did a great many things which we regard as
stupid," he said. "But why should it be called conquest, to encourage
men to go out to worlds for which they are not biologically adapted? I have
read much about the Barbarians, their insatiable egotism, their idle, childish
curiosity, their continual escapism and refusal to face their problems,
but—forgive me for saying this, no personal offense is intended—I had never
believed it until today!"
Elbe
took Brian's arm before he could answer. "Look there, Langdon's
signaling—they must have the transmitter set up," she said, and moved her
lamp in a wide circle. Before long, Langdon and Destry emerged from the bath of
inky darkness, and sank down on the ground, in the little flood of reddish
light from the pickup's windows. "That did it," Langdon said.
"Now we sit and wait while Paula pinpoints the beam, and Caldwell will put
her down right where we want."
"I
hope somebody remembers to look after Einstein," Ellie worried. "I'd
hate to have him break his neck in the last few seconds of the trip!"
"Judy
will take care of him," Langdon reassured, and they waited in the red-cast
darkness. Brian was mustering all the arguments he had heard from the Firsts
about the necessity that had backed developing space travel.
"What
about overpopulation? What about diminishing food supplies and natural
resources?"
Frobisher's
laugh was loud in the darkness. "Certainly not even the Barbarians
expected to find natural food supplies on Mars or Venus!" he chuckled.
"Interstellar travel might have solved it, but at prohibitive cost. Still,
once man decided to stop squandering natural resources on vast theoretical projects,
and throwing them irrecoverably out into space, that problem was easily
solved."
"But
what forced the decision?" Brian asked almost timidly.
"I
wouldn't know," Frobisher said thoughtfully, "but when a decision is
really necessary, as a rule, some one makes it. Probably the overpopulation
reached such extremes—the solar system as a whole, of course, since Earth had
to feed Mars and Venus too—that for one or two whole generations, every
able-bodied man and woman had to put all his efforts into food-making instead
of theoretical astronomy or whatever they called it. And by the time they had
that problem solved, people were thinking of science in terms of human
benefits,!and probably realized that their resources
could^be handled more efficiently here on Earth. That—I mean
thinking in terms of cost and human benefits—did* away with war, too. It
doesn't take long for attitudes to grow up. Then, too, during the overpopulated
generations, the population was almost entirely neurotic. The scientists of
that day simply made it possible, I imagine, for women to avoid having the
children they didn't want anyway, so that no one had children except the
healthy-minded women whose primary interest was in children. The neurotic
death-wish in the others effectively reduced the population in only two or
three generations;.. You might say that the neurotics
committed race suicitJe. Is that your ship, or another of Destry's
meteors?"
They
scrambled down, stumbling in the darkness, as the incredible rocket-roar
sounded, and, on a collapsing telescope-of fife, the Momeward screamed down to its resting-place. Brian,
standing between Destry and Ellie, wondered—but was too weary and too
overexcited to ask —if Destry still regretted his failure to find a meteor.
V
Explanations, introductions and much
rapid-fire conversation made the landing a babble of noise. "Hey, we're
here!"
"Who
thought up that homing device?" "Hey, I'm bJindJ No light on this
planet? Couldn't we have landed t<S*»award?" "What, in
China?" "Damned gravity, I can't walk!"
"Ellie!" (More imperatively than the other voices.)
"Come here and get this devil-ridden cat of yours!"
Ellie
dashed to Judy, who was carrying the squirming Einstein as she stumbled,
clumsy-footed, down the ladder. "Here, take this animal!" she said
crossly. "He's pulling my hair out by the roots!" She shoved the
thick curls back over her shoulder, and fretted, "Hair's a worse nuisance
in gravity than out of it!"
Ellie gently unwound her pet's suckers from
Judy's ringlets, and the animal clung to her shoulder, squirming in crazy
anticipation, struggling to get to the ground. She climbed the ladder
painfully, wondering if she would ever adjust to the heavy gravity again, and,
shoving into the lounge, ripped a strip of cloth from her skyhook to make a
leash for the little animal. It was docile, but the prospect of running freely
might tempt it to wildness.
As
she came down again, she heard Frobisher's rich voice. "I offer the
hospitality of our village and my home, for as long as you wish."
Stumbling on the final rung, Ellie almost
fell against Mel-len and Paula, standing silently in each other's arms at its
foot. Their faces glowed dimly in the reddish shimmer from the open door of the
ship, and a pang of envy stabbed through Ellie. They had only one emotion
about the landing. They didn't care what they found—they were here, and
together. She turned swiftly, not wanting to violate
their moment, but Tom looked up at her and smiled with a joyfulness that made
his gaunt good-natured face almost handsome. Paula reached out and hugged
Ellie, cat and all. "It's all over!" she whispered jubilantly.
"We're here!" But her dark eyes were a little sad, too, as she added,
"I only wish there was some way we could let—our mothers and fathers—know
that we came safely."
"They would be sure of
that," Ellie comforted softly.
Tom
Mellen scowled. "What's Kearns sounding off about now? Shush, girls—"
Brian
was protesting, "Look, we can't all go. Some of us ought to stay aboard
the Homeward. I suggest that we sleep aboard, and visit the
village in the morning—"
"You
stay if you like," Caldwell said mutinously. "I've seen enough of the
Homeward for a lifetime!"
Then
open rebellion burst out. Little Judy set off the reaction by proclaiming
violently, "If I ever go aboard the Homeward again,
they'll have to carry me and tie me!" and Mellen shouted, "The trip's
over and we're private citizens again, Kearns, so stop pulling your rank on
us!" In the storm of voices, the Centaurian cat went wild and clawed its
way from Ellie's shoulder, tumbling with a queer, staggering gait across the
rough dark grass. Elbe screamed, "Catch him, catch himl" and Paula
made a grab for the creature, but missed^ to trip and fall in the darkness. She
lay there, laughing hysterically, watching the cat as it dived into the ring of
lights. It stumbled and weaved on its spindly legs, thrusting pouch and tail
weirdly to balance against the unfamiliar gravity; it sniffed the grass, with a
musical caterwauling, then rolled over and over in the dark grass of the
barrens, like a crazy asteroid tumbling in a wildly erratic orbit.
Brian didn't have a chance after that. The Homeward's crew, barely more than adolescents, and
semi-hysterical anyway with release from strain and the euphoria of journey's
end, laymen the grass and rolled and stretched like children, paying less, than
no attention to Brian's harangue. By the time*Eliie had managed to recapture
the staggering Einstein, and the laughter-drunk youngsters had calmed a little,
Brian had only one desire; to restore some semblance of dignity to"
himself and his crew. Livid and all but speechless, he tersely requested
Caldwell, the calmest of the group, to accept Frobisher's hospitality on behalf
of all, and watched, leaning somberly against the ladder, as they trooped away,
guided by Destry with a lantern, still laughing wildly at nothing, and hanging
on to each other's hands in the darkness to keep from falling."
Hard Frobisher walked steadily toward him,
and on an impulse Brian asked him, "Would you like to come aboard?"
Hard answered unexpectedly, "Yes, I
believe I'd be interested to see^the inside of your ship," and followed
Brian up the raftler, "navigating the rungs with more ease than Brian
himself, and into the lounge.
He
looked curiously at the skyhooks and the complicated recreation devices,
inspected the cabins without much comment, gave an
interested hum in the Food Culture department. Finally Brian led him upward,
into the enormous cabin where he himself had spent most of the voyage, handling
the incredibly complex IS drives.
And here, before the tremendous machinery,
Frobisher seemed at last impressed. He broke his silence with a wondering,
"And you—you know all about this—this gim-crackery?"
Since
the IS drives weighed upwards of a hundred tons, Brian laughed tolerantly at
this understatement. "Yes, I'm a drive technician. I spent some time
training."
"It must take a
lifetime to learn all this!"
Brian condescended,
"No, only about twelve years."
"Twelve
years!" Frobisher repeated. "Twelve years, and how many—four?—on the
way here, wasted on a room full of machines!" And now Brian uncomfortably
recognized the emotion in his voice. It was pity. "You poor boy,"
Frobisher said, and repeated "Poor boy! To waste sixteen years on these
metal levers and things! No wonder you are—" He broke off, perhaps aware
of the tightness of Brian's clenched jaw.
Brian
said in a low and deadly voice, "Oh, don't stop there! No wonder I
am—what"
"Neurotic,"
Frobisher said quietly. "Of eourse you must give youself some reason why
you have not wasted your life." And sadly he shook his head.
"Fortunately you are still young—"
"This ship," Brian said stiffly,
"is the greatest accomplishment of the human race! If I live to be twice
your age, I shall never—" Abruptly he rose and flicked a switch. The great
dome cleared, and the immense magnifiers brought down the newly blossoming
stars so that the man and boy stood under a vast, blazing galaxy of fire.
"Damn it," Brian said huskily and his voice caught. "Man, we
brought this little ship across nine light-years of nothing, nothing, nothing! We stepped on worlds where no human being had ever been before! You
can't make out that that's nothing! It's the biggest thing humanity ever
did—and I had the privilege to be part of it—" He was stammering, and,
aware of it, he stopped.
Frobisher
looked sad and embarrassed. "Poor lad, and what
for? What did you, personally, get from it? What good did it do—not you
alone—any single human being?"
Brian
shouted suddenly," "You senile, half-witted old imbecile, I don't
suppose you ever heard of abstract knowledge!"
"It isn't wholly unknown to me,"
Frobisher said coldly, but added, again with the same anxious friendliness,
"Well my boy, I suppose you believe as you've been taught—but can you show
me one single human, now or in
the past, who was benefited by the trip of *the Starward, except in his personal vanity? I think, if
you carefully examined the matter, you'd find that the building, launching and
cost of the Starward
defrauded quite a large
number of people."
Brian
said almost desperately, "Individuals don't matter. Knowledge—any
knowledge—is for the good of the race as a whole—to lift humanity out of the
mud of the sea bottom—toward the stars—"
"I
can't breathe such thin air," Frobisher said lightly. "The mud is
much more comfortable."
"And where wouldvyou
be," Brian almost shouted, "if your remote ancestor, had never
crawled down a tree trunk because he was.,,comfortable where he was?"
"Why,"
Frobisher returned, looking up at the stars that were billiant in the dome,
"I should be very happily scratching, myself and swinging by my tail. Do
you think the great apes have any ambition to be human? Unfortunately,. I've come too far to be happy in a treetop or a cave. But
it seems to me that it's important, for any individual human, to find the
absolute minimum with which he can recover that state of effortless happiness
he lost when he left the treetops. Do you know what this ship reminds me
of?"
"No!" Brian
snapped.
"A brontosaurus." Frobisher did not elaborate, and in surly
silence Brian snapped a switch. The stars went out. "Come on," he
muttered, "let's get out of here."
Brian slept that night. At daybreak he stole
into the room where the six women of the crew were sleeping, and quietly woke
them; one by one, wrapping themselves sleepily in blankets, they tiptoed into
the men's bedroom, where the crew gathered close, listening to Brian's soft,
savage whispers.
"Kids,
we've got to do something—anything to get away from this madhouse!"
"Go easy, Brian,"
Mellen interrupted. "That's strong language, and I don't like it. These
people aren't crazy, from what we saw and heard last night. They think we're a
little off course, though."
Caldwell
muttered, "They're probably right. They used to say that being too long in
space drove men crazy."
Brian said bitterly,
"You all seem insane!"
"I
don't blame them," Ellie said unexpectedly. "What is the good of going shooting all over the galaxy? It was fine, back in the
days when it made people happy, but these people are happy without it."
"Brian's
right, of course," said Don Isaacs, a quiet boy who had
never grown too friendly with any of the crew except Marcia, and who never
had much to say. "But there's this. Let's be practical. We're here. We
can't go back to Terra Two. And we can't start reforming them. So let's just
make the best of it."
Mellen
said shortly, "Good for you, Don. And one more thing: if Kearns keeps
shooting off his big mouth, we're apt to land in the local equivalent of the
lock-up, for disturbing the peace or something. The peace seems to be valued
pretty highly around here."
"But
what are we going to do?" Brian wanted to know. "We can't just live here, can we?"
"And why not?" Paula's voice was defiant, and Judy murmured, "There aren't as
many gadgets and things as there are on Terra Two, but it's certainly a better
place then the Ship!"
Mellen
pulled Paula's small shadowy form upright beside him. "I don't know why
you came on the trip, Brian," he said. "But I came for one reason:
because the Firsts trained me for it, and because if I'd begged off, somebody
else would have had to. This isn't home, but it's as close to it as we're apt
to find. I like it. Paula and I are going to settle down, and build a house or
something."
Langdon
added, "It's no secret that Judy and I and Don and Marcia,—" he
paused, "and Brian and Ellie too —have been waiting a lot longer than we
wanted to wait. There are a couple of hundred people in this village. Nice
people, too, I'll bet. I like that old fellow. He reminds me of great-grandpa
Wade. Anyhow, that's almost as many as they have on Terra Two. And I'll bet
they don't all spend their time knocking themselves out, synthesizing food and
exploring and cataloguing the whole planet^either!"
"They
certainly don't!" Ellie slid/' her a'rm through Brian's. "They are,
now, where Terra Two is, without the struggle. They've conquered the planet.
They can quit trying."
But Mellen murmured derisively, "Kearns
is heartbroken! He wanted to find mechanical computers telling everybody when
to spit, and robots doing all the housework!"
"Yes____ " Brian
said thickly. "I guess I did_______ "
He turned his back on them
and slammed out.
Ellie
thrust her way through the others and ran out into the new day. She plunged her
way through the gradually thinning darknesk'after.his retreating shadow, and
found him, huddled at the^foot of the pickup. She knelt close to him and put
her warm.hands over his cold ones.
"Brian—oh, my
deafest—"
"Elliej,
Ellie!" He flung his arms around her, hiding his head against her thin
dr^ss. The girl held him tight, without speaking. How young he was, she
thought, how very young. He'd started training for this work before he could
read. Twelve years, training for the biggest job in the world he knew. And now
it all collapsed under him.
Brian
said bitterly, "It's the waste, Ellie. Why—we might as well have stayed on
Terra Two!"
"That's
exactly what Frobisher said," Ellie told him gently. She glanced at the
reddening clouds in the east, and such a wave of homesickness wrenched at her
that she nearly sobbed.
"Ellie—why?"
he insisted. "Why? What makes a culture just stop, gcjjflead,
stagnant? They were right on the borders of conqwSmg' the whole universe! What made them stop?" The agonized earnestness of the question made
Ellie's voice very tender.
"Maybe
they didn't stop, Brian. May they just progressed in
another direction. Space travel was right for the culture we knew—or maybe it
wasn't. Remember what the Firsts told us, about the Russo-Venusian War, and the
Mars Raids? These people—maybe they've achieved what all cultures were looking
for, and never found."
"Utopia!" Brian sneered, and pushed her away.
"No,"
said Ellie very low, and put her arms about him again. "Arcadia."
"You're
just the same, anyway. . . . Ellie, whatever happens, don't you leave me too—" he begged.
"I
won't," she promised. "Never. Look, Brian,
the sun's coming up. We should go back."
"Yeah,
big day ahead," he said, and his mouth was too young to twist into such
bitter lines. Then it relaxed, and he smiled and pulled her close to him.
"Not just yet. .
."
VI
Paula and Ellie stood on a knoll, near the
abandoned Homeward,
and watched the skeletal
houses going up almost visibly beneath them. "The entire village has
turned out!" Paula marveled. "Our house will be finished before
night!"
"I'm
glad there was land near the village for us," Ellie murmured. "Don't
you feel as if you'd always lived here? And in only four
months!"
The
dark girl's face was sad. "Ellie, can't you do anything to keep Brian
from—from sounding off at Tom? One day Tom will up and paste him one, and then
you know what will nappen to us!"
Ellie sighed". "And I'd hate to
have either of us turned out of the village! It isn't all Brian's fault,
Paula—" But then she paused, smiled sadly, and finished "I'm afraid
he usually starts it, though. I'll do what I can, of course—"
"Brian
is crazy!" Paula said emphatically. "Ellie—is it really true, that
you and Brian will go on living in the Homeward!" She
glanced distastefully at the black mass of the starship, and went on, "Why
do you stand for it?"
"I'd
live with Brian in a worn-out hydroponics tank, Paula. You would too, if it
were Tom," Ellie said wearily. "And Brian's right, some one should
keep the ship from being dismantled. Any of you had the same choice."
Paula
murmured "I like our house better, especially now—" and she put her
head close to Ellie and whispered. Ellie hugged her delightedly, then asked,
"Are you feeling all right, Paula?"
The
girl hesitated before answering: "I/tell myself it's all my
imagination," she said at/last. "This planet belonged to our
ancestors, our race* my body should adapt to it easily. But after being borni
and growing up on Terra Two where I weighed half what I do here, and then so
long in free fall—I know it's hard for all of us, this gravity, but since the
baby . . . My body is one damned enormous ache, night and day!"
"You
poor thing—" Ellie put an arm around her friend. "And I think I have
troubles because my eyes still hurt in this light!"
Judy, heavy-footed, puffed up the slope. She
had wound her heavy hair into a^coil on her neck, and would have been pretty,
in hef^Iight synthetic ship's overall, had her eyes been less painfu|jy ..screwed up against the brilliant sunlight. "Lazy
things, she called gaily. "The men are
hungry!"
"In
a minute," Ellie^ answered, but did not move. She still found it more
convenient to prepare food in the culture units of the Homeward, but disliked doing so now. However, oh
occasions such as today, when the villagers had turned out en masse, making a holiday of building the five new
houses, it would make it easy to feed almost three hundred.
Langdon and Brian came up the hill, Hard
Frobisher striding easily beside them. Langdon squinted at the woman and
finally pretended to identify Judy. "You women are getting spoiled,"
he teased. "On Terra Two, you'd be working along with the men, Judy!"
Judy
tossed jigr head. "I enjoy being spoiled," she said pertly,
"and I"fWl&ve enough to do, learning what women do
here!"
There
was a derisive twist in Brian Kearns's smile. "I came off lucky," he
commented sourly. "Ellie at least had training for this kind of life. What
about you, Paula, are you sorry not to be playing nurse to your electronic calculator?"
Paula gave an eloquent shrug. "The women
of the Star-ward chose to be scientists and were chosen because they were scientists! I learned navigation
because my grandmother learned to fix a cyclotron before she had her babies on
Terra Two! I'm shedding no tears."
"Well,
suppese you two come and have a lesson in food culture," Ellie admonished,
and the three women turned toward the ship. At the foot of the ladder, however,
Ellie paused. "Paula, dear, you shouldn't climb these steps now. Go on
back, we'll manage by ourselves," she offered gently, and Paula gratefully
turned back to rejoin the men.
Meanwhile,
Frobisher sat looking down at the rising houses. "Soon you will be part of
our village," he commented. "I think you have all done well."
Brian
nodded curtly in acknowledgment. He had not been prepared to find the village
operating as a self-contained colony, very much like the one at Terra Two— the
crew of the Homeward
had expected to re-enter
the complex financial structure of the world the Starward had left. But the system seemed simplicity
itself. Every man owned as much land as he, alone, was able to work, and owned
whatever else he made with his own hands. A man gave his work wherever it was
needed, and in return was entitled to take what he needed; food from those who grew
it, clothes from those who made them, and so forth. Whatever he needed beyond
the necessities of life must be earned by industry, good management and private
arrangements. Brian found the system easy and congenial, even enjoying the job
he did—a carpenter in Norten had. given him work, and
Brian, whose training had familiarized him with tools and machinery, had found
no trouble in adapting his specialized skills to carpentry and building. There
was always building going on somewhere in the village, it seemed. Brian made a
good living.
And
yet, for all its simplicity, the system seemed remarkably inefficient. Brian
said, looking down at the sprawled houses, "I would think it would be
easier if you had some kind of central distribution system."
"It's
been tried, often," the old man-answered patiently. "Every few years,
a group of villages will consolidate, to exchange services, or set up
communication systems for private individuals, or distribute foods that can't
be grown locally, or luxury goods of one kind or another. But that means
devising a means of exchange, and keeping account of credits, and so forth. As
a rule, the disadvantages are so much greater than the advantages-that 1he consolidation breaks down again within a yeaf or
two."
"But there's no law
against it?",<Brian asked.
"Oh, no!" Frobisher sounded shocked. "What would be the sense of that? The
purpose of the whole system is to leave each man as free as possible! Most
places are just about like Morten—the maximum of comfort, and the minimum of
trouble."
Brian
murmured, "I should think, then, that you'd want all kinds of labor-saving
devices. You cook with fire— isn't it easier to have food culture units, such
as we have on the Ship?"
Frobishej:. ga^e- the matter grave
attention. "Well, a wood fire imparts^ 'fine flavor to food," he
remarked. "Most people prefer ij. And a cook must take pride in what she
cooks, or wtfy cook at all? And, although food culture units may be easier, if
one is lazy, for those who use theta, no, one wants to take the time to
manufacture them. One man can build a fireplace in a day, with a neighbor to
help, and cook with it for the rest of his life. For a food culture unit, a man
would have to spend years in learning to build it, and dozens of skilled and unskilled
workers take months to build it; and, in order to make them cheaply enough for
one man to buy, millions of them must be made, which means hundreds and thousands
of people crowded together, just making them, having no time to grow or cook
their own food, or live their own lives. The cost is too high. It's more
trouble than it's worth." ^
Langdon askjj^jjlm. suddenly, "Just what is the population
now?"
Frobisher frowned. "You people certainly
are full of questions! Who knows? Collectively, people are nothing but
statistics, which are no good to anyone. People are individuals. A few years
ago, a philosopher in Carney— that's where Destry was born—worked out what he
called the critical factor in population: the point where a village becomes too
large to be efficient as a self-contained unit, and starts to break down. It's
a nice problem, if you're interested in abstract mathematics—which I'm
not."
"But
I am," Paula said behind them, lowering herself carefully to the grass
beside the men. "It sounds interesting."
Frobisher looked at her with fatherly
friendliness. "You and Tom can come with me, next time I go to
Carney," he invited. "I'll introduce you to Tuck—but all I know is,
if a village gets too large, it's more trouble than convenience, and about
half the population will go away and start a new one, or move to a smaller
place."
"It
doesn't sound very workable," Brian said with sour skepticism.
"It
works," Frobisher answered equably. "That's the final test of any
theory—hullo, here's Tom. We're not lying down on the job, Tom—just waiting for
the women to bring dinner."
Mellen
thrust a penciled scrap of paper into Lang-don's hands. "Is Judy around? I
can't read this—her writing is half Russian and half Arabic!"
"She's
in the ship with Kearns's wife," Frobisher answered, not noticing how
Paula winced at the word which, on Terra Two, had acquired an ignominious
connotation of servitude and sexual inferiority. The three men from the Homeward tried to ignore the vulgarity, and Langdon gave a self-conscious laugh.
"I think I can translate for you."
"What have you got there?" Brian
asked, interested against his will—Judy had been an
electrician aboard the Homeward, responsible for all lighting circuits, and
her work was capable and excellent. He squinted toward the paper. Langdon
scowled. "I can't see a thing in this cussed sunlight! What's it supposed
to be, Tom?"
"Wiring diagram. There are red bulbs in the Homeward, and Judy's going to put lighting in our house—and yours, too. Didn't she
tell you?"
"I
thought you'd both gone allout on the primitive life," Brian muttered.
Langdon snorted mockingly, and Mellen clenched his fists, then
relaxed, with an easy grin.
"It's
a free country," he said. Then suddenly he added, "Brian, it's none
of my business, but are you and Ellie really going to stick to this damn
foolishness? You'll be
lonely up here. We could start on a house for you to-
morrow." f
"Somebody's
got to keep the sriip from being dismantled," Brian said stiffly.
"And th'ftt reminds me, if Judy's going to do any wiring, she'd/better use
spare parts. No more
trying to dismantle the "drive units!"
Langdon laughed softly, but Mellen's face
darkened in annoyance. He said shortly, "You aren't captain any more. The Homeward isn't your personal property, Brian."
"I'm aware of that," Brian rasped.
"Neither does it belong
to the crew collectively. It's being held in trust. And since nobody else has
any sense of responsibility, I'm acting as caretaker."
Frobisher
locked jyp as if he were about to speak, but Paula forestaUed^^fiffi, asking
gently, "What for? We've no fuel, we'll never takejjfLagain."
The
nightmare settled down on Brian again. He was fighting—but fighting an
intangible, unresisting opponent! If they had. been malicious, it would have been easier. They weren't malicious, they were only stupid—unable to understand just
why the Homeward
must be safeguarded as
their only link with civilized life. A year or two, he thought grimly, and
they'll realize just what I'm doing, and why. Just now, this primitivism is
hew, novel. But they are basically intelligent, sooner
or later they will get tired of this. They can't live from day to day, like the
villagers—but how do the villagers live this way? Fro-bisher's a cultured man.
Destry's a bright boy. How can they stand it, living like nice clean animals?
"What
deep imponderable are you mediating?" Ellie mocked his serious expression
with a gay grimace, and thrust a bask^^urtd* his
hands, loaded with hot food. "Langdon, Paula, Mr. Frobisher—all hands
needed to
carry food. Here, Destry,
you take a basket too," she commanded, handing one to the boy. "Bring
this down to the village, now. Dinner is ready .And hurry up before it all gets
cold."
Brian
absent-mindedly picked up a biscuit-like cake of protein and munched at it as
they descended the hill, his mind still halfway circling the continual problem.
Ellie offered her basket, in turn, to Destry and Frobisher, and the old man
politely took a cake, but Destry shook his head. "Thanks, I don't care for
synthetics, Ellie."
"Destry!" His grandfather said with unnecessary sharpness, while Ellie murmured,
"I didn't know you'd ever tasted them."
Destry
stumbled over a rock in the path and used a couple of unfamiliar expletives; by
the time he had picked himself up, retrieved the luckily unhurt basket, and
apologized unnecessarily for the words he had used—he might have saved the trouble, for Ellie had never heard them and
did not know whether they were sacred or profane— Ellie had forgotten her question for another.
"Have you ever been
out of Nörten, Destry?"
"Once or twice. I went to Carney with my father, when he went to teach a man there how
to weave a rug. He weaves beautiful rugs—much better ones than ours."
"I see," Ellie
murmured.
"He
wanted me to come with him this time, but one place is pretty much like
another, and I had my gardens to look after, so I stayed with grandpa. Besides,
I had to—" Destry abruptly stopped. They were nearing
the site of the new houses, and he called loudly "Dinner!" and
watched the villagers swarm off their scaffolds and beams. He took one of the
baskets and scooted away to hand it around.
The food from the Homeward's culture units was distributed, and the
villagers ate it with polite thanks, but without much enthusiasm; only the
children seemed to enjoy the elaborate synthetics, and even the Homeward's crew seemed to have lost their taste for it.
Brian, sitting on a half-finished wooden step and munching absent-mindedly,
abruptly made a face and flung the cake into the grass. Ellie cooked better, he
decided, without the food machines. She liked the primitive cooking, and he had
to admit she did it well. Still he felt disquieted. The food culture units
synthesized their food out of a raw carbon, water, and almost infinitesimal
amounts of raw chemicals; the whole process of growing food seemed, to Brian, wasteful and
inefficient. It took so much time. Of course, he reflected, it was pleasant,
outdoor work, and the people who did it seemed to enjoy it. It wasn't so
confining as standing over the machines^ and you didn't grow so deathly bored,
month after month, with nothing to do except push a lever now and then, and
between the lever-pushings, scan films and play endlessly complicated mental
games. Brian had been expert at a certain three-dimensional board game which
had to be played with the aid of an electronic computation device; now he felt
a curiously disloyal thought that his proficiency had been born of boredom.
When you enjoyed your work, he thought, you didn't have to invent things to do
in your spare time.
But I enjoyed my work, he told himself in
confusion, I enjoyed working on the IS units. Didn't I? '^,.^v
Furiously
scattering the remaining synthetics on his disposable plate, he crumpled up
the bit of plastic and flung it angrily away, grabbing up his tools—the new hammer,
plane, and level which the village smith had made in exchange for roofing a
chicken-house and repairing his cellar steps—and shouted to Caldwell.
"Come
.on, let's get back at work, I want to get this floor
laid by sundown!" He walked catlike across the empty beams, squatted where
he had left off, and began sliding boards into place and nailing them with
fierce, angrily precise blows.
vn
He was still tersely angry and short-worded
when, a few weeks later,, he walked down through the village, a bqx in his
hahBs.* The houses were completed now, even to the steps, arSibUgh still
scantily furnished—Brian was still working, after each day's work, helping
Caldwell build furniture.
He
turned in at one still-raw, trampled muddy lawn, where brief spikes of summer
grass were just beginning to peep through the wet earth, and knocked roughly.
Paula,
a loose hand-woven smock wrapped about her body—she was beginning to grow
clumsy and heavy now —opened the door, and her squinted, drawn face relaxed
suddenly in a quick impulsive smile which made Brian feel ashamed and almost
defensive.
"Brian—yes,
Ellie's here, but—" She paused, hesitant, then invited shyly, "Won't
you come in for a few minutes? We don't see much of you."
"I
came down to see Tom—" Brian said uneasily, and followed Paula into the
large reddish-lighted room. Before the fireplace he saw, to his intense dismay,
that not only Ellie was there with Tom Mellen, but Langdon and Judy, Marcia and
Don Isaacs, Destry, and—Hard Frobisher. Frobisher! It seemed that Hard
Frobisher was continually underfoot, as if the crew of the Homeward needed his continual surveillance,
assistance, advice! Brian frowned in annoyance; Frobisher acted like a
self-appointed guardian to the newcomers. Yet it was impossible not to like the
old fellow, even when he inquired genially, "And what have you in that
big, interesting box, Mr. Kearns?"
"Just
more of our top-heavy science," Brian said rudely, and, undoing the box,
took from it several pairs of red-lensed glasses in bent-plastic frames. He
handed one pair to Mellen and donned one himself. "Turn out these lights,
and see if these help any in the sun, will you?"
Tom
looked at the glasses, puzzled, for a moment, then hooked the frames behind his
ears and switched out the red lights, stepping to the west door and looking
into the setting sun. Then he turned, grinning.
"They
work, all right! What did you do, Brian? Just red glass wouldn't work—remember, we tried it?"
Brian
shrugged. "There's a polarized layer inside. I couldn't find selenium, so
1 used an oxide of gold for the red color. It's a thin quartz filter ... oh, never mind. I'd have had them
before, but it took a damned long time to grind them."
Langdon
took a pair from the box. "That's right," he said slowly. "I
remember, Miguel Kearns made lenses for some of the
old Starward instruments, when they broke, and when we
were duplicating instruments for the trip. Did you help him?"
"Some,"
Brian returned. He met Frobisher's eyes, and said truculently, "So you
have no use for science. Well, as you pointed out yourself, it's a free
country, and my crew have been going around with sore
eyes—and I don't like it!"
Paula's
strained face relaxed as. she slipped the filter
glasses over her eyes, and she smiled. "This is wonderful, Brian,"
she said, and Elbe's face 'glowed with pride. Langdon mocked in a friendly
voice, "The old fellow's human after all!" and flung a companionable
arm around Brian's shoulders. "When are you and Ellie going to come down
off your lofty peak and live with the rest of the pack?"
Brian
stiffened, but the tone of approbation warmed him, and he came back,
half-unwilling, to the fireplace, and listened to Frobisher, who said, laughing
faintly, "It isn't science itself we don't like. It's the use of science
as an end in itself, rather than a means. I mentioned a bron-tosaurus. I assume
vpu know what that is?"
"We
had them*afiye, on Terra Two—or something like them. They're big, but not
dangerous—they're too dumb." Brian told him. * *
"Exactly,"
Frobisher said. "But they're not much good to themselves, are they?"
He smiled; then his face sobered. "The brontosaurus, with his titanic
body-mass, had outgrown the logical use of a development which had, originally,
been good and useful. Science," he proceeded, "was developed to make
life easier for man. The individual man. The light
body-armor of the Barbarian soldier was developed of more formidable weapons,
and finally the armor had to be so cumbersome that the armored man must be
lifted on his horse with a derrick. And if he fell down—well, there he was. It
helped along the army, as a unit—but it certainly made life a mess, for the
individual. And science gave so much time and thought to units —the
Nation^'the Race, Humanity-as-a-Whole—that it laid terrific bmffehs on'
humanity as individuals. To benefit the monster of Humanity-as-a-Whole, they
even fought wars—which killed off humanity, individually, at a fearful rate.
Eventually—well, the knight fell down inside his armor, and couldn't get up
again. I think the collapse started even before the Starward left. The brontosaurus died along with his
protective nuisances, but nature was a little kinder to men—individually.
Humanity-as-a-Whole died out pretty thoroughly, even as a concept. The individuals
who were left knew enough not to start the whole dreary process all over again.
Science took its rightful place with the other arts and crafts—instead of using
it to serve a hypothetical whole, we use each art, or
science, to enrich the personal, private life of each individual." He
gestured around the room. "The sawmill and
pottery. Tom's red lighting in here. And—your red-lensed glasses, Brian. I
think the time has come when I can tell you why—"
But Brian had already
risen, and flung away from him.
"I
didn't come down here to be lectured!" he shouted at Frobisher, and strode
to the door. "There are the glasses, Tom. You hand them out. Tell
everybody not to break them; they take forever to grind."
The door slammed behind
him.
Now that he had defied Frobisher, he felt a
little better, but as the days came and went, he felt tormented by the
uselessness of his life. He spent more and more time in vicious, expert
hammering and sawing—in solitude, now—at furniture, finding a sort of
satisfaction in substituting physical activity for insoluble mental problems;
Ellie never dared to broach the subject of moving away from the Homeward again, until one night when Brian was sitting
hunched over in the former lounge, listlessly watching Einstein clamber around
the axis beams. The Cen-taurian cat's suckers were not strong enough to support
his weight, in this gravity; he had developed a queer shambling gait on his
hind feet, amusing to watch, but clumsy and painful, and Ellie picked up her
pet and patted him as she passed through the lounge.
"Poor
Einstein doesn't know what to make of this," she observed. "Gravity, in here where there ought to be no gravity at all.
He'd be happier in a regular house."
"I
suppose so," Brian said sourly. "I suppose you would too. But look,
Ellie; the crew would dismantle the ship inside a year or two."
"Well,
why not let them?" Ellie asked, matter-of-factly.
Brian shrugged, helplessly.
"I suppose, sooner or later 222
—but
still, some day Terra Two will go out into space again, too—they haven't reverted to savagery!"
Ellie only smiled. "It won't happen
in*fcur lifetime."
"You're
worse than the othersr" Brian shouted in sudden furious anger. She only
murmured uncritically, "Come in and have dinner."
Brian
morosely rose and followed her. He had to edge by a machine, suddenly stumbled
over Einstein, and exploded violently, "It's too damn cramped in
here!"
Ellie
did not answer, and Brian finally said, "I suppose —it won't happen in our
lifetime, no."
"What
are you going to do then, pass this great secret on to your sons?" Ellie
inquired, and Brian started to answer before apprehending the dry irony in her
voice. It had taken him twelve years to learn even the basics of interstellar
operation. '
He
applied himself grimly to his food; but his mood softened as he ate," and
he finally looked up and said, "Frobisher can like it or not, but I'll
make a scientist out of Destry yet. The kid's always underfoot. Ever since you
taught me to fly the pickup—I took him up one day, and let him take the
controls for a few minutes; they aren't very complicated." He spoke with a
sort of satisfaction; it was a point of self-respect in his continual struggle
to maintain himself in Frobisher's presence. "The boy's
nuts on airplanes. He must have read a lot in old books."
Ellie
asked suddenly, "I wonder what Destry's father is like?"
Brian scoffed, "He
makes rugs!"
Ellie
looked unconvinced. "Maybe he makes the rugs the way Frobisher paints
those birds he has all over the house. Loofesifeat, Ifound in Frobisher's
bookcase. Destry loaned it to me when I asked him." She handed him a book,
nicely handbound in red cloth. Brian opened it curiously, skipping over the
name—John D. Frobisher— penned neatly on the cover. He had seen few books in
Norten village, and those were mostly blank-books filled with recipes, musical
notations, or diaries—diary-keeping was a favorite pastime among young people
here. But this was printed, and filled with elaborate, exquisitely reproduced
diagrams which reminded Brian of Judy's scrawls when she was working out a
wiring diagram. He tried to read a page or two, but, although the language was
only loosely technical, Brian's education had been so rigidly specialized that
the vocabulary was beyond him. He shut it up, and asked, "Did you show
this to Judy?"
"Yes.
It's a text, she says, on radio and radar, and not an elementary one
either."
"Funny . . ."
Brian mused.
"Here's
something funnier," Ellie said. "Have you seen Caldwell lately? Or Marcia and Don Isaacs?"
"Come
to think of it, I haven't. I never saw much of Don, though—"
"They
went away, that night you and Frobisher had a fight. Marcia told me they were
going so that Don could work in another village. That's what they always say—
like Destry's father. People seem to come and go, here, all the time! Almost
every day, somebody picks up a clean shirt and a pair of stockings, and walks
off down the road. And nobody sees him again for three or four months—then he
walks in again, as casually as I do when I go down to Paula's and back!"
"And
the standard of living . . ." Brian mused "comfortable enough—but
primitive—"
Ellie
laughed. "Oh, Brian! We were happy enough on
Terra Two, without quite so much. The ship is super-mechanized. We're
spoiled—we've developed a lot of artificial wants—"
"Frobisher converting
you, too?" he asked glumly.
Her laugh was gay. "Maybe."
Brian
was silent, staring at the book. He felt trapped. It was an insidious poison,
the temptation to relax, rest, dream and die in this—Ellie had called it
Arcadia, but a fragment of poetry from an old book in the ship's library teased
his brain; not Arcadia, he thought drearily, but the isle of the lotus eaters,
who tasted the poison flower and forgot all that they had been before. . . .
The
words of the ancient poet sang insidiously in his brain. He rose and fetched
the book from behind a panel in the lounge, and sat with it on his knees, the
words of defeat staring him in the face.
Hateful
is the dark-blue sky,
Vaulted
o'er the dark-blue sea;
Death
is the end of life; ah,- why'**
Should
life all labor be?
Let
us alone; Time drivetn onward fast . , .
How could a man who had mastered space live
like this, in animal content, year after year? He wondered if among the lotus
eaters there had been anyone who had refused the poison—and finally eaten it
from starvation, or because he could not endure the loneliness of being the
only sane man among a crew abandoned to their dreams?
Let us alone
... . what pleasure can we have
To
war with evil? Is
there any peace
In
ever climbing up the climbing wave?
Give us long re'st or
death, dark death or dreamful
6<1S&* • • •
Brian scowled and let the book fall to the
floor. There was nothing easy about life in Norten! In the last few days,
weeks, months, he had worked harder than ever in his life. His hands, once
sensitive and smooth; alert to the quiver of a lever, were hard and calloused
and brown. And yet there was something satisfying about it. He no longer found
himself inventing elaborate leisure-time pursuits, no longer felt impelled by
continual anxiety about his crew, lest some minor infringement of a rule should
lead to catastrophe. And Ellie—he had Ellie, and that, if nothing else, was something to hold him here.
And
yet—*after he had crossed space—his body thrived, but^lte-brairr was starving. Or was it, he asked himself. He'd gotten almost as
much satisfaction—the guilty thought came—out of seeing hi* crew's eyes get
well again, with the special glasses he'd made, as he had had in piloting the Homeward safely through a dangerous cloud of
radio-active gas. Maybe—again the guili —maybe more.
The glasses. But they couldn't go around wearing red goggles for the rest of their
lives. There ought to be some way of gradually altering the filters,
maybe at monthly intervals, so that they became gradually accustomed to the
light. He pulled a stylus toward him, vainly rummaged for a loose sheet of
paper, then irritably climbed into his old control
room, search, and at last slid open the moving panel over the log book. His
hands hesitated at the vandalism, then he shrugged and swore —the voyage was
finished, the log book closed out! He ripped a blank sheet from the back, sat
down then and there on the edge of the skyhook, and began to sketch out,
roughly, a plan for glasses with changeable filters.
The
yellow dawn was a glare in the sky when he finally came down; Ellie was
sleeping in the cabin, her curly hair scattered over her face, and he quietly
tiptoed past her and down the ladder. The air was cold and clear, and he
stretched and yawned, suddenly realizing that he was very sleepy.
Against
the brightening sky, a man's form was silhouetted as he gradually came over
the knoll, and Tom Mellen called to him, "Is that you, Brian?" and
came toward him with swinging strides. He had long ago discarded the shorts
and sandals of the ship in favor of boots and long dyed breeches, and he wore
one of his uniform shirts tucked into them. The ship's synthetics were not
long-wearing or practical, although they were simply produced, but a few of the
younger women in Norten had liked the thin pretty stuff, and exchanged lengths
of it for the sturdier and more practical handmade variety.
As
he came near, Brian asked him, "Where are you going so early?"
"I'm
going to work awhile in another town," Tom told him casually. "I've a
letter to a friend of Frobisher's. I came up to ask a favor. I don't suppose
Elbe's up yet? Well, don't bother her, but—" He paused, then added,
"I meant for Paula to come along with me. But she's not very well, and she
doesn't want to be with strangers. She'd particularly miss
Ellie. But I hate to have her alone—"
Brian
said abruptly, "Tom, we're going to move down into the village.
I've—" He glanced around at the Homeward and all his pent-up resentment suddenly
spilled over and he shouted, "I'm tired of caretaking the damned old
—brontosaurus! I'm through!"
Tom
whistled. "What's gotten info'
you? I thought you were
dedicated to maintaining a niée
snug little island of
culture." Then at Brian's expression, the sarcasm left his voice, and he
said eagerly, "Brian, if you mean that, why don't
you and Ellie move down with Paula while I'm gone? I'll be back before the baby
comes, and we can get started on a house for you two."
Brian
stood thinking it over for a minute, and finally nodded. "All
right. I'm sure Elbe will want to; she worries about Paula."
Tom
stood looking at the ground. "Well, I'll shove along and tell Paula tQT expect you, and then I'll get on my
way." He paused,' then said, low-voiced, "Brian—I thought, on the
ship, you. were just throwing your rank, about—well,
about the'girls. But now—" He stopped again, and said finally,
embarrassed, "You know the baby was—started—before we landed?"
"I guessed that,"
Brian said coldly.
"I
thought it was all right because we'd be landing within a month or two. But
now—and the change in gravity, I'm afraid—if Paula and I had had the sense to
wait—Judy's pregnant, you know, and she's not having any trouble at all, while
Paula—" He stopped, and finally got out, "I guess I owe you an
apology, Brian."
"You
might better apologize to Paula," Brian said, but he had appreciated the
spirit in which Tom spoke. So Tom finally realized that Brian had a good reason
for what he'd done!
Tom
added quietly, "I owe an apology for something else, 'too, Brianf'llV my
fault they've been leaving you out of things around here. I had the idea you
were still trying to rehabilitate the natives."
"Don't
bother apologizing," Brian said frigidly. So Tom had missed the point
after all! "I'm not particularly interested in 'things around here,' and
sooner or later I expect the natives will need rehabilitating, as you put it.
When that day comes, I'll be here."
Mellen's mouth hardened. "I guess
Frobisher's right about you!" he said tightly. "So
long, then." He put out his hand, rather unwillingly, and Brian
shook it, without enthusiasm. He watched as Tom descended the hill, wondering
where he was going and why. Was it just part of \ the local irresponsibility?
Tom was irresponsible anyhow —the way he'd behaved toward Paula was shameful.
And who, here, was going to look after her? The local
witch-doctor? He scowled, and went in to tell Ellie about their
impending move.
VIII
Paula was almost pathetically grateful for
Ellie's company, and even Einstein settled down near the new fireplace as
cozily as any of the ordinary Norten cats with^ whom he had a continual feud.
Brian located a site' for the house he intended to build and, aided by Destry,
began a rough workshop of fieldstone. In return for the boy's help, Brian took
him, nightly, into the dome of the Homeward and
taught him the names and positions of the fixed stars. The boy was filling a
blank-book with astronomical data; Brian offered to present him with one of the
astronomy texts duplicated in the ship, but Destry politely refused the gift.
"I like to make my own. That way I'm sure of what's in it," he
explained.
Brian
himself was painstakingly perfecting his lens-grinding equipment. The workshop
had gradually become his refuge, and, now that he knew he was working on
something which was worth doing, he slowly began to come out of the closed
shell he had originally thrown about himself, forbidding intimacy with the life
of the village. He relaxed from the painstaking lens-grinding by beginning
something he had not done since his early teens: glass-blowing. He made a set
of fancy bottles for Ellie, and when Judy admired them, made one for her as
well. Both Ellie and Judy had many friends in the village, and within a few
weeks Brian found that so many men and women were asking him to make them that
he could switch his full-time work from carpentry to glass-making. There was a
potter in the village, who made extremely fine
crockery, but at present the local glass-maker was
—again the
omnipresent phrase—"working in another vil-
lage." Brian found the work congenial, and felt that he
had approval. , ***
However,
privately, anxiety piled on anxiety. He actually saw very little of Paula, for
there was still a certain stiffness between them;
however, he felt disturbed at her obvious weakness. Ellie, too, was expecting a
child by now, although aa yet she had told no one but
him, and Paula's condition filled him with panic for Ellie.
There
had not been a medical man on the Homeward: none
of them had ever been ill. Marcia had nominally been responsible for their
health, but even Marcia wasn't here now. And judging from what litde talk Brian
had heard here in Norten, it was simply a matter of any woman's, helping out
when asked. Ellie had vigorously defended 'the' system when Brian attacked it,
protesting that having children was a natural function, and that the medical
arid surgical atmosphere with which the Terra Two colony surrounded it was
enough to make any woman neurotic. Brian was unconvinced; that might be true
when" everything was normal, but Paula definitely needed care. He wondered
how Ellie could be so unconcerned; Paula was her closest friend.
But
even Brian was not prepared for the suddenness with which mere anxiety turned
to disaster. At noon that day Paula -was her usual self: pale and pathetically
heavy of step, but gay and bright-eyed. In the evening she was quieter than
usual, and went to bed early. And some time during the night Brian was roused
by Ellie's hand on his shoulder and her scared voice: "Brian—wake up!"
Brian
drew himself upright, instantly alert, seeing Ellie's tensely drawn face^and
hearing the near-hysteria in her voice. "'It's Paula**4'»ve never seen anything like it—she was all
right this evening—oh, Brian, please come!"
Brian
pulled a robe about his shoulders, thinking, what could have happened so
suddenly? He heard the low, incessant moans even before he stepped into the
inner room and stopped, aghast at Paula's face. It was altogether drained of
color; even the lips were white and sunken, but a curious dark line marred
their edges. She had always been excessively thin, but now her hands seemed
suddenly shrunken into claws, and when Brian touched one, it was fire-hot.
Brian cast his mind rapidly over where little he had been taught about the
relationship of gravity and pregnancy—just enough to know that in free fall, a
dangerous condition could develop suddenly. He wished he had known more, but
they had taught him just enough that he was thoroughly convinced of the wisdom
of enforcing strict celibacy in spaceship personnel. His brain, strictly
specialized for one limited aspect of science, retained only a few fragments of
knowledge. They fluttered and teased at the edge of his mind: imperfect
placental junction without the cohesive effect of gravity, hormone malfunction
under the added strain of pregnancy, extensive damage to internal tissues—all
this was at free fall conditions. But what about Paula, who was adapted to the
light gravity of Terra Two, whose child had actually
been conceived in free fall, and who was being brutally punished by the
dragging gravity of Earth? Something in the delicate balance of cohesions had
evidently kicked loose. Brian looked down at the unconscious girl and spoke
violently.
"Damn Mellen for an insubordinate
idiot!"
"Where's
Tom?" Paula whispered rackingly. "I want Tom!" The feverish bony fingers
clutched at Brian's, and she begged "I want Tom!" Her eyes opened, but she was
looking past Brian into space. Brian felt the old cold anger knotting inside
him. He bent over and promised quietly, "I'll get him."
Elbe
whispered, "But—I don't know where he's gone, Brian. Paula
might be—"
Brian
straightened savagely. "I'll find him if I have to take my fists to Frobisher! Thank God
we still have the pickup! And I'll find out where Don and Marcia were sent;
yes, sent! All along I've had the feeling—"
"Brian—"
Ellie caught at his hand, but he pushed her away. "Frobisher's going to
listen to me for once! He can damn science all he wants
to. But if Paula dies on our hands because nobody on this dark-ages planet
knows what to do for her, then by the living God I'm going to personally raise such hell in this
god-forsaken little Utopia of theirs that Frobisher and his pals will snap out
of their daydream and start living like human beings again!" Without
another word he strode out^f the room, dressed hastily and went out of the
house, his long-repressed anger boiling up and stiffening his back as he
hurried toward the village. He^ went up Frobisher's steps and across his porch
at asingle bound, thrust the door open without knocking, arid stormed inside.
"Frobisher!" he
bellowed unceremoniously.
In
the darkness there was a surprised noise, then steps, a door flung open and a light shining in
Brian's eyes— and Hard Frobisher, half-dressed, came swiftly into the main
room. Another opening door showed the half-naked Destry, surprised and angry.
Frobisher's face, dim in the firelight, was surprised, too, but there was no
anger, and he asked calhily,;"Is something
wrong?"
And
as always, MS calm brought Brian's anger to the exploding point. "You'|e
right there's something wrong," he raged, and advanced on Frobisher so
violently that the old man retreated a step or two. "I've got a girl on my
hands who looks as Jf she were going to die," Brian roared, "Arid I
want to know where on this devil-ridden planet you packed Tom off to, and where
Marcia's gone! And then I want to know if there's a decent medical man anywhere
in this damned backward dark-ages Utopia of yours!"
Frobisher's face swiftly
lost its calm.
"Tom's
wife?"
"And
there's no need to talk smut!" Brian shouted, "Paula!"
"Paula Sandoval, then, if you like it
better. What's the trouble?"
"I doubt if Vbu'd understand,"
Brian snapped, but Frobisher said sTe*fefiiy","I suppose it's the
gravity sickness. Tom mentioned it before he left. It's easy to get hold of
him. Destry—" He turned to the boy in the doorway. "Quick, go down
and get the Center on the wire. Tell them to fly Mellen back here, inside an
hour if they can. And—where's your father, Destry? This sounds like something
for him."
Destry
had disappeared inside his room while his grandfather was talking; almost
instantly he came out again, stuffing his shirt into trousers. "He was in
the Marilla Center last week, too," Destry said quickly, "but he's
in Slayton now. And there's no regular transit plane there. Hey, Mr.
Kearns—" He turned quickly to Brian. "You can fly the Homeward's plane now, can't you? Or shall we get
Langdon? They'll fly Tom in from the Marilla Center, but we'll have to fly over
and pick up my father."
"What the—what the hell—!" Brian started, but Destry was already
hurrying down a flight of stairs. Hard Frobisher put a compulsive hand on
Brian's shoulder and shoved him after the boy. Brian stumbled on the steps and
blinked in the raw light of an electric arc-bulb. On a rough wood workbench,
with Destry's notebooks and a few ordinary boy-type oddments, the stupefied
Brian recognized what was unmistakably a radio transmitter. And
not a simple one. Destry was already adjusting earphones and making a
careful calibration of an instrument which looked handmade but incredibly delicate.
He moved a key and said in a hurriea voice, "Marilla Center, please,
second-class priority, personal. Hello —Betty? You've got a man in the Center
working on radio? Mellen? That's the man. This is
Destry Frobisher talking from Norten. Fly him over here—as fast as you can make
it. His wife's ill—yes, I know, but it's a special case. Thanks—" A long
pause. "Thanks again, but we'll manage. Look, Betty, I have to get
Slayton. Clear the stations, will you?" Another pause, and he said,
"My father. Why? Oh—thanks, Betty, thanks a lot.
Tell them we'll bring a plane over there for him." He closed the key and
ripped off the headphone, standing up, and Brian exploded again.
"Just
what's going on?" he demanded. "What kind of a bluff have you people
been putting up on us?"
"No
bluff," Frobisher said calmly. "I've told you, all along, that we use
science, in its proper place. I've tried to tell you, two or three times, but
you always shouted at me and shut me up before I could explain. Tom Mellen has
been working in one of the Centers for a month. Didn't you wonder why he wasn't
worried about leaving Paula, in her state of health? He's known that if any
serious complication developed, he'd be sent for right away." He turned
and started toward the stairs. "Don't you realize this is the first time
you've^ever shown the slightest personal concern
for anyone or* anything?' Before this, you've been concerned jXfith scientific
accomplishments for their own sake. Now* look, you can stand here staring like
a brainless fool/or you can come with me to the Center to fetch my
sori—Destry's father—who is one of the most skillful medical men in this
section." As Brian stood stonestill, unable to move before the onslaught
of ideas, Frobisher urgently took his arm. "Snap out of it!" he
commanded harshly. "I can fly
a plane, but I would hate to have to manage that jet of yours! And I'll have to
come with you, because you don't know the way! Destry, you stay close to the
radio, just in case," he added.
:-v
Brian,
too dazedF%&"speak, stumbled with him across the dark
fields toward tjie pickup, but by the time they reached it, his reactions %ere
in operable condition; he climbed in at the controls, advised Frobisher to
fasten a safety strap, put the pickup in the air, and listened intelligently
to Frobisher's" instructions for reaching the place he called- Slayton
Center. Then he turned his head.
"Look,"
he said grimly, "I'm a little stunned. Just what has been going on?"
Frobisher
looked equally puzzled. "What do you mean?"
"All this—"
"Oh, this!" Frobisher dismissed it with a shrug.
"You
had fire extinguishers on your spaceship, I remember.
Did you keep them but on your dinner tables, or did you
leave them out of* sight until they were needed in a
hurry?" 4m**.\
*-
"I
mean—you let me go on thinking that people here didn't know much about
science—"
"Listen,
Kearns," Frobisher said abruptly, "you've been jumping to conclusions
all along. Now don't jump to another one, that we've been bluffing, and
concealing our civilization from you. We live the way we like to live."
"But
radio—planes—you have all those things, and yet—"
Frobisher said, with barely concealed
disgust, "You have the Barbarian viewpoint, I see. Radio, for instance. We
use it for emergency needs. The Barbarians used to listen to keep from doing
things—I know, they even had radio with pictures, and used to sit and listen and
look at other people doing things instead of doing them themselves. Of course,
they had rather primitive lives—"
"Primitive!"
Brian interrupted. "You have airplanes, and yet people walk—"
Frobisher
said irritably, "Why not? Where is there to go in such a hurry—as long as
we have fast transport for those few times when it is really necessary?"
"But
even when the Starward
left, each man had bis own
private 'copter—"
"Private baby carriage!" Frobisher snorted. "When I go anywhere,
I go on my feet like a man! Stupid, primitive Barbarians, living huddled in
cities like big mechanical caves, never seeing the world they lived in, hidden
away behind glass and steel and seeing their world on television screens and
through airplane windows! And to make all those things they had to live huddled
in their caves and do dirty smelly jobs with metal nuts and bolts, and never
see what they were doing, never have any pride or skill—they hved like dirty
animals! And what for? Mass men for mass production—to
produce things they didn't need, to have money to buy other things they didn't
need! Top-heavy brontosaurs! Who wants to live that way, or do that kind of
work7 There are a few craftsmen who build airplanes,
or design them, because that's what they would rather do, and they'd be unhappy
if they couldn't. They're artisans. And we can always use a few planes. But there aren't many, so we keep the planes for necessary work.
And most people Uke doing simpler things, things with personal satisfaction.
We don't force them to mass-produce airplanes simply because it's
possible!" He checked his vehemence with an almost apologetic cough.
"I didn't mean to get angry—that's the Slayton Center down there. You can
land inside that rectangle of lights."
Brian
set the pickup down easily—it seemed to be rolling over a velvety carpet—and
they got down and walked, in silence, across the darkly luxuriant grass, toward
a low frame building of dark wood. Inside, by the warm glow of a fireplace, a
man sat p.t a large table, lighted by an expertly rigged system of
;miniature spotlights, looking down at what appeared to be a
large relief map. A headphone was on his ears; he glanced up as they came
through the door, but motioned them into silence, listening intently, and after
a moment groped blindly into a box fixed on the side of the desk and came out
with a large black pin which he stabbed accurately into the relief map.
"Tornado reported between Carney and Manila. All right, then, ring off and
send Robinson up to put a bomb in the center of it before it hits the farms out
that way." He replaced the headphone, and inquired courteously. MWhat
.can I do for you gentlemen?"
"Hello,
Halleck," Hard Frobisher said, and, advancing to the desk, shook hands
with the man, "This is Brian Kearns—came in from space."
"Oh,
are they still coming in, down your way? The last One we had here was in my
grandfather's time," the man Halleck observed casually. "No, come to
think of it, down there in Marilla they have a man called Mellen, been working
the weather station. Do you know him, Mr. Kearns? I'm glad to meet you."
Brian
murmured something noncommittal, and looked around, dazed. Halleck added,
"I suppose you came to pick up Dr. Frobisher? He's on his way over. Won't
you sit down?"
"Thanks."
Frobisher sank down in a comfortable armchair, motioned Brian into another.
The man at the desk hung up his headset and came to stand by Frobisher's
When do you come up
"Not for a month or
so. You'll be off by then?"
"I
should say so! I've a couple of good cows calving, and I want to be home."
"Those blacks?" Frobisher asked. "Drive a few through
Norten some day, and we'll see if we can't make a deal. I could use a good
bull, and there are some new families with children, could use a milk
cow."
Brian didn't try to follow the conversation
after that;
it
seemed to be mostly about cows and the luck a mutual friend was having in
breeding chickens which laid black-shelled eggs. Frobisher finally took pity on
his blank face. "He's never been at a Center, before, Halleck," he
told the stranger, who grinned. "Pretty dull, aren't they, Mr. Kearns? I'm
always glad to come up here when it's time, but I'm always glad to get back to
the farm."
Brian
said, "I'm a little stunned at all this—" and added, "I'd
understood your—your civilization wasn't scientific—"
"It
isn't," Frobisher said sternly. "It definitely is not. We use
science; it doesn't use us. Science, Mr. Keams, is no longer the plaything of
powerful warmongers, nor is it enslaved to an artificial standard of living,
keyed to an unhealthy, neurotic population who want to be continually amused,
rocked in a cradle of overstimulation! It is not a plaything for pressure
groups, so-called educators, fanatics, adolescents, egocentric exhibitionists,
or lazy women! Men are no longer under pressure to buy the products of
commercialized science to create employment and keep the cities running.
Anyone who's interested, and who has talents and skills which go beyond
day-to-day living, which is more than half of the population, spends a few
months every year doing the things which need doing, not just in science.
Halleck here knows more about weather conditions than anyone else in the South
Plains. About four months out of the year, he sits over there, or works out in
a weather plane, fighting tornados before they get started, working on reforestation,
handling drought conditions. The rest of the year, he lives like anybody else.
Everybody lives an easy, balanced life. Man's a small animal, and has to have
a small horizon. There's a definite limit to his horizon, which is why a
village breaks down and starts having internal trouble when it gets too big.
But groups of people, as a whole, have to have some idea of the world over the
horizon, if they're going to avoid the development of false ideas,
superstitions and fears of strangers. So every man leads a secure, balanced
life in the small horizon of his village, where he is responsible for himself,
and responsible to every person he knows—and also, if he is capable, he lives
a larger life beyond
the village, working for
others—but still and always for individuals, not for ideals." Brian opened
his mouth to- speak,*but Frobisher quietly forestalled him. "And before he
can work in the Centers, he has to prove himself áas a responsible individual in the villages. There's a place waiting for
you, Brian. How would you like to teach a course in the mechanics of
interstellar space?"
"What?" Brian spluttered. "You mean—space
travel?"
Frobisher
laughed heartily. He glanced at his watch and said inconsequentially, "My
son will probably be here in a few minutes—but still, I've time to
explain—"
He
turned to Brian again. "For two or three months a year," he reminded
him. "There is always a use for knowledge,
whether-Ave
can use it immediately or
not. Our present way^of life won't endure forever. At best it's an interim
devjc%a probationary period, a sort of resting stage while rhán returns to sanity before he starts climbing again. Some day, man will
probably take to space again; even the, stars, but this time, we hope he'll do
it with a sense of perspective, counting the cost and weighing it against
individual advantages." He paused, and added quietly, "I think he
will."
After
a long silence, he added, "I'm a historian. Back in the First Renaissance,
man was starting to outgrow his atavistic notion about survival of the strong
and powerful instead of the best. Then, unluckily for Europe, and also
unluckily for the Redmen, the so-called New World was discovered. It's always
easier to escape across a frontier, and drive your misfits out instead of
learning to live with your problems. When that frontier was finally conquered, njan
had. a second chance to learn to live with himseliaria
with what he'd done. Instead, after wars and all kinds of trouble, he escaped
again, this time to the planets. But he couldn't escape from himself —and
eventually that frontier was filled up to the saturation point, too. So he
escaped again, this time by launching the Starward—but that time he went just one step too far.
And then the crash came. Every man had the choice: die in his armor, or take it
off." He grinned. "I thought for a while, Brian, that you were a
brontosaur."
Brian mopped his forehead. "I feel
pretty extinct," he murmured.
"Well,
you can try teaching interstellar mechanics for awhile. The rest of the
time—"
"Say—"
Brian interrupted anxiously. "I don't have to start right away, do I? I'm
fixing up a new set of lenses for the crew—"
Frobisher
laughed, heartily and kindly, and put a hand on his shoulder. "Take your
own time, my boy. The stars won't be bridged again for centuries. It's a lot
more important to get your crew's eyes in good condition again." He rose
abruptly. "Good—here is John, and I suppose by now, Mellen's on his way to
Paula."
Brian
quickly got to his feet as a tall dark-haired man in a white jacket came into
the room. Even in the dim light the resemblance to Frobisher was obvious; he
looked like an older, maturer Destry. Frobisher introduced the men, and Dr.
John Frobisher gave Brian's hand a quick, hand shake.
"Glad
to meet you, Keams. Tom Mellen spoke about you, last time I was in Marilla.
Shall we be on our way?" As they turned outward, and crossed the lighted
airfield, he and his father spoke in low tones, and for once Brian had nothing
to say. Even his thoughts were not working as he put the pickup in the air. The
reversal had been too fast. Then, abruptly, a memory hit him and he turned his
head around to ask sharply, "Listen here, if you can receive radio
signals, how
is it that no one answered the Homeward's call
from space!"
Frobisher
looked a trifle embarrassed. He said gently, at last, "We use a special,
tight-beam transmission. Your signals are the old wide-band ones, and they came
in as bursts of static."
For
some reason Brian felt incredibly relieved, and his relief exploded in
laughter.
"I told Tom our radio devices would be obsolete" . . . he choked.
"Yes,"
Frobisher said quietly. "Obsolete, only in a way you hadn't planned for.
The whole crew of the Homeward
was obsolete—and you've
been on probation all along. But you've come out of that now, I think. Wait a
bit—don't go on to Nörten just yet. Turn north—just a mile or two. There's something I want
you to see." Brian protested, "Paula—"
John
Frobisher leaned forward/"Mellen's wife—" and this time Brian did not bridle at the vulgarism, "—will be all right, Kearns. We don't get the gravity sickness very often,
now, but any danger in it was knocked out even before the spacers quit running.
The girl's probably uncomfortable, and it looks terrible, but it isn't dangerous.
We'll have her fixed up within an hour."
And
somehow Brian's anxiety slid away. The words didn't mean much to him, but his
training had taught him one thing, at least; he recognized competence when he
met it, and it was in every inflection of John Fro-bisher's voice.'Acquiescently
he swung the ship to the northeast. The rismg sun broke in a wave of brightness
over the horizon, revealing the far-away line of ruined buildings that looked
down drearily over a too-flat strip of disjnal, barren land where nothing grew,
a straight level plain of gray concrete. For miles it seemed to stretch away;
Brian, flying low, could see the grass that pushed its way upward through the
cmmbluig concrete, the dreary gap-windowed buildings softened a little by ivy.
And then he saw them: eight tall regular shapes, straight and still gleaming a
little. . . .
"There are only two laws in our culture," Frobisher
said quietly. "One is that no man shall enslave another.
And the second—"
he paused, looking straight
at Brian,
"—is that no man shall enslave himself. Which is why we
have never destroyed these ships. This was the old space-
port, Brian. Does it look very majestic? Would you care
tojand?" .
Brian
lookea7 fhiiiking: this was what he had expected to see first.
And yet, somehow, this was what seemed greatest to him: that man, having
created this monster, should have the common sense to abandon its dreary
domination—and the courage to leave it there. Men destroy
only what they fear.
"Come on," Brian said steadily.
"Quit riding me. Let's
get
back home-------- and I do mean
home. There's a sick
girl waiting for you, doctor. And even if it
isn't dangerous,
they're
going to be worrying until you tell them it isn't." Abruptly he gunned the
jets and turned the ship southeast toward Norten Village, into the rising sun.
He was not aware that he had passed the final test. He was thinking about Paula, and about Ellie, waiting and worrying. He knew in
the back of his mind that he'd come back here some day, look around a little,
maybe even mourn a little; you couldn't put away the biggest part of your life.
But he wouldn't come right away. He had work to do.
The
pickup of the Homeward
flew away, into the morning.
Yet behind them the mighty symbols remained, cold and masterful, a promise and
a threat: eight great star-ships, covered from nose to tail with green-growing
moss and red rust.
Willy Ley is well-known to anybody who has
read much about rocketry. Since the 1920's he has been interested, actively,
in rockets and space travel, and was an early member of the German Rocket
Society, out of which Hitler got his major rocket scientists during World War
II. But it was during the rise of Hitler that Mr. Ley decided that it might be
better to leave his homeland and seek his fortune elsewhere.
In
the years that followed, Mr. Ley has made himself nationally and
internationally famous with his books on rocketry. He has done a series of
small books for children, telling them of the secrets of rockets and space
ships, of interplanetary travel. For years he has been doing a column for
GALAXY MAGAZINE titled FOR YOUR INFORMATION. His book, THE CONQUEST OF SPACE
was loosely adapted and made into the movie with the same name, produced by
George Pal. He has been technical advisor for many movies and appeared in Walt
Disney's MAN IN SPACE.
Like
many of the authors here included, Mr. Ley has been a Guest of Honor at a
science fiction convention, which reveals both his and the field's closeness.
The following is the only article to be
presented in this volume. Because of his sober and intelligent outlook about
the future, coupled with his extensive knowledge in matters of science and
where science "might lead us, Mr. Ley is a natural choice to turn to for
an,honest and logical look into ...
YOUR LffiFE INW1977"
by Willie Ley
Back in 1952 I took part in a television show
which was given over to predicting the future. The producer wanted to look a
quarter of a century ahead so that the target date was 1977. The show was to be
unrehearsed, but I had been requested to bring some "visual material"
along, so I came armed with photographs of the then newest rockets, with
illustrations from books on space travel and, last but not least, half a dozen
covers of science fiction magazines.
When
I arrived at the studio I found that the producer's assistant had provided
some more "visuals," consisting of more pictures, a toyshop
"ray gun" and a few small open cardboard boxes of which he was
especially proud. They were carefully labelled STEAK, CHICKEN, VEGETABLES and
BOURBON and each box contained a handful of pills. I don't know what they
really were, capsules against cold or something like that. He was greatly hurt
when I called his exhibit nonsense and offered him the alternative of throwing
his cardboard boxes into the wastepaper basket then and there, or have me make fun of his idea on the air.
Remember
that the year was 1952. Many people had just realized that science existed in
everyday life—and they thought that this was a very recent development— though
they knew literally nothing about physics, chemistry, astronomy or biology. If
they happened to know
why
the engine of a motor car ran they probably considered themselves engineers.
The foresjghtedness of these prophets added up to about the following picture:
By 1977 all diseases will have been wiped out. Surgery will repair all injuries resulting* from accidents,
provided only that the patient reached the hospital alive or just recently
dead. Cities will be air-conditioned, not by the old-fashioned method of
air-conditioning every building separately, but by placing a plastic dome—in
some predictions it was a force field—over the whole city. Even in the country
much of the weather will be under control.
Excursions
to the moon, to Mars and to Venus, the prophets went on, will be commonplace by
1977. Don't worry about clo^um^vthe strictly utilitarian coveralls
for both sexes will neither, wrinkle nor get dirty. And in cold weather,
outside the dop^s °f ^e cities the coveralls will be heated
electrically; and automatically. Don't worry about provisions either
when you board your antipodal rocket;'you'll be able Jo carry a three-months supply of food pills in a small bag. . . .
If
it sounds to you as if I am more than a little skeptical about these
predictions you are judging my attitude correctly. The point is that new
inventions, for example, are not always foreseeable. When the physics professor
Dr. Konrad Röntgen stumbled across the X-rays he found something that had not
been expected. Once the discovery had been made it was comparatively easy to
predict what could be done with it. Or, to use a more recent example: the
transistor came as a complete surprise to everybody engaged in electronics. A
few physicists had fought .about doing things with so-called
senu^conducto"rf~but even they were surprised by the result.
In
addition to unforeseeable inventions, the life of the predictor is rendered
difficult by the fact that even predictable innovations have to overcome two
obstacles and it is very difficult to judge whether these obstacles will be
overcome. Obstacle numero One is Tradition in the widest possible meaning of the word.
Whether an innovation will be accepted in spite of an existing (and opposing)
tradition is about as difficult to predict as the outcome of Russian roulette.
The second, and usually much more serious
obstacle, is the capital invested in something that exists. In Great Britain
they are driving on the left side of the street not just because it is traditional.
Surveys aiming at conforming to the driving habits of most other and much
bigger countries have been made, they ended up as a
sheaf of typed paper nobody read because just converting the London buses to
right side driving would cost a fortune. And most Europeans who have paid a
visit to New York City come home and tell how easy it is to get around in
Manhattan. If you are at Fifth Avenue and 23rd Street and are supposed to go to
Eighth Avenue and 88th Street there is no doubt which direction you have to
take. One can even judge the approximate distance with a little practice. But
the Europeans are not going to tear down their cities for a grid plan; too much
capital invested and too expensive to do. Even the massive bombings of the
Second World War improved the city layouts in minor respects only. The above
ground structures had been destroyed, but there was still the matter of
existing sewers, underground cables and sometimes subways.
Of course I am the last man to say that there
will be no changes in the future, I am merely trying to distinguish between
likely and unlikely changes. The likely changes are either complete innovations
which do not interfere (or not much) with existing capital investments, or
they are changes in an area where changes are the rule. As an example of an
innovation that did not interfere much with existing investments television
might be quoted. It caught on like wildfire, but it did not replace radio, it
did not replace the movies (even though Hollywood was shaken up for a while)
and it has actually increased the sales of books. As an example of changes in a
field where changes are the rule we have the fashion industry.
Fashions
do change and sometimes they go in cycles. At the time that broadcast was made,
American ladies sported dresses that were the equivalent of the crinolines of
the Civil War period, improved by better fabrics, greatly reduced in weight and
adapted for more physical activity. Except for cold areas—remembef that a
Christmas outfit cannot be the same in'Miami and in Montreal —this adapted
imitation of Civil War dress pointed a general trend: lighter fabrics, fewer
layers of them and design for mobility. But just what the fashion will be in a
given year farther in the future than five years away cannot be predicted, if
only for the reason that the emphasis on different parts of the female anatomy
is also subject to fashion. Considering a well-padded (what I mean is
"fat") woman as beautiful is probably a thing of the past, especially
since it is generally realized that fat is not a sign of good health. But in
the course of time Cinderella's foot has been replaced by Jane Mansfield's
breasts and fashion may well go back again,— after all a woman has .only a
restricted number of parts. Which part fashiorf will feature I don't know, but
I have no doubt that whatever fashion will do, it will be feminine. >
How
about those enormously efficient wrinkle-proof and dirt-proof sexless
coveralls? Sure they can be made and they will be made because they will be appropriate
for some jobs. I expect them to be made in many bright colors for the purpose
of identifying the wearer from a distance. But to think that they, even when
brightly colored, could be accepted by the ladies as all-day apparel would be
more than merely naive. At this point I am struck by the afterthought that they
might come in as
a fashion for
a year or two, but if they do there will still be a difference between the
on-the-job type and the fashion type. -s
During
my%roadeast, an early printed version of this article reminds me, I made a
prediction for 1977 which came true in 1964. I predicted then that the ladies
might extend a color scheme into their own hair. "Fifty years ago," I
said, any hair dye job was frowned upon, and most of them deserved it because
they were so bad. Twenty-five years ago dyed hair was silently tolerated. Today
nobody even asks. Twenty-five years from now, by means of dyes which can be
sprayed on one day and simply washed out the next, milady may decide to spray
her tresses to match the pale purple of her new evening slippers for a single
night on the town."
Well,
the fact is that these dyes exist now and that a woman can change her hair color for a special occasion. As far as I can tell it
isn't done very often but that may be due to the fact that in the meantime wigs
have come back into fashion, to be worn frankly as wigs and not to cover an
unfortunate situation from which dermatologists have several terms quietly.
I continued then saying: as for the males who
strive more for comfort than for radical changes in style, they may still wear
long trousers all year round, but for summer the jacket may have been replaced
completely by a dressy shirt." This isn't the case yet, but I am tempted
to think that we won't have to wait for 1977 to see this prediction come true.
What
about food? How will we eat in 1977? Will meals be different, dining habits
changed, revolutionary diets in use? Well, if there is something that certainly
will not be in use it is the food pill. Not because of
tradition, not for reasons of expense but for very simple natural reasons
that cannot be circumvented. A reasonably active man needs around 2Vi pounds of
proteins (mainly meat) and carbohydrates (starches and sugar) per twenty-four
hour period. If you tried to compress that you'd simply make it indigestible;
it wouldn't be food anymore. But you can, if you insist, make pills out of it
without compression. With a reasonable pill size this would make about 1000
pills per day you'd have to take; only slightly more tedious than counting
newspapers or railroad cars ten hours a day!
One
can, for use on expeditions and for similar purposes, make food concentrates,
simply by selecting food items not containing anything inedible (like the bone
in a steak) and one can even select items that produce very little residue. In
fact for the last three years food chemists have been very busy along these
lines, producing menus for orbital flight lasting up to two weeks (Project
Gemini) and for the lunar expedition of Project Apollo. I have been handed
samples of such "space food" and can testify that the lobster soup
the Gemini astronauts will get is simply superb, even j£ it looks like shredded pink cardboard before^.water is" added. Something
that might be called "spa£e bread" since it serves the purpose of
bread is an elegafit concotion from the nutritional point of view but it has a
sweetish taste I don't like. It isn't sweet enough to be called sweet, but its
taste resembles neither cake nor bread. It comes in one-inch cubes wrapped in
something that looks like cellophane. You don't need to unwrap it, the wrapper
is edible, too.
But
these are special applications which might find terrestrial use as hurry-up
meals, say, during long trips. The normal leisurely meal will just be far
better than it was in the past; "Better" does not mean "bigger" by any means; that thovJjfht is a
hangover from by now long past times when overeating, was an ostentatious
display of wealth. By better
miate I mean two things: (1) meals which have the desirable balance of
proteins, fats and carbohydrates (note..that the
desirable balance is not the same for all climates) and (2) meals which offer a great choice, free of
geographical and season restrictions. The introduction of airfreight has done
wonders here, I can have a Maine lobster in Colorado
Springs and a fresh mango in New York City. Both were impossible demands as
recently as 1935. No, the meals of 1977
will not be pared down to a
few concentrates, the menus will be even more varied than today,—but I absolutely
refuse to make predictions about prices.
The
director of a large corporation said recently that industry has now reached the
point where they have stopped doubting*the.technical feasibility of a new idea.
In other worWfhey^feel that anything anybody can think of can be built.
Therefore, the speaker continued, they examine new ideas from two points of
view only, namely whether it is practical and whether it will bring in a profit.
A
device much talked about in the past, the "personal communicator"
(Dick Tracy's wrist radio to those who don't write or read engineering reports)
breaks down on point two. Of course it can be built but its general
introduction would probably lead to general unhappiness. There just aren't
enough wavelengths to accommodate personal communications for fifteen million
people. The crowding is bad enough as it is. Scientists who fired rockets for
upper atmosphere research from Fort Churchill in Canada told me that one day
they had trouble with their own radio communications because they kept
receiving messages from and for a fleet of radio cabs in a city in South
Carolina. This, of course, was a freak event, but I recall the anaoyance of a
cab driver in Washington D.C. who received the instructions of a laundry truck
dispatcher and could not get his own messages through. Personal communicators
will be fine in Antarctica and may have a place in Arizona or Alaska, but won't
do any good between Boston and Washington D.C. on the East Coast, between San
Francisco and San Diego on the West Coast or around the great lakes in the
middle of the continent.
However, it is possible that a "personal
alarm" device may be introduced, if the criminal element is still with us
in 1977. That would be a small device, sending out an alarm radio signal on a
wavelength reserved for this purpose. If a woman is attacked, or a man held up,
squeezing a switch will inform all cruising police cars for two miles around.
Now we come to a problem which hasn't been
touched yet, namely: how will we get around? Will we be driving a car of some
type (possibly turbine powered) or a helicopter or what? A question like this
has no general answer because the basic problem is not one of technology or of
personal prosperity, it is the circumstances
surrounding the would-be traveller. First one has to know: where do you live
and where do you want to go?
Let's
start at the point where all discussions of transportation must start
today—the traffic jam. Traffic troubles are not caused by vehicles that move,
but by those that stand still.
The
problem is that every vehicle, at one time, has to come to rest and that takes care of the oft-repeated demand for a
simple and preferably inexpensive helicopter that needs no more skill to
operate than an automobile. To begin with the demand is unreasonable, a vehicle
that can and does move in^thfee dimensions will need more operating skill than
$ne moving in two dimensions only. But even a perfect helicopter would finally
have to be parked and?; no matter how it is designed
it will probably require a larger parking area than an automobile. And I don't
believe that it will be more enjoyable cruising around looking for roof space
than it is to cruise around looking for curb space. When cruising around in an
automobile you at least don't have to worry about tangling rotor blades with
another driver on the look out for parking space.
When
it comes to city traffic I feel that the only real solution lies in^irntnating,
by law, private transportation inside the cityT'This is what I mean: supposing
you drew a line some distance outside the congested area. Beyond this line
yoifcan travel in any manner you like, but vehicles must be left outside this
line. From the line on inward you have tq proceed by public transportation,
subways, buses and taxicabs: vehicles that keep moving all the time. In New
York City, something quite similar to this idea has come about by force of
circumstances: New Jersey commuters, if they use their cars, usually park them
at the New Jersey end of the George Washington Bridge, take a bus across the
bridge and proceed by subway or taxicab to their destination.
In
the center of a new city that has been designed with this problem in mind, or
in an existing city that can be adapted, there might be no wheeled vehicles at
all. There the moving roadway is likely to take over, looking^, exactly like£aa escalator except that it moves along the same
lever** Most "likely these roadways will have strips moving at different
speeds. The outer strip would move at 8 feet per second which is a shade faster
than 5 miles per hour. The next strip would move at the rate of 8 feet per
second relative to the first strip and there might be a third which is another
8 feet per second faster. That third strip would move at a speed of 15 miles
per hour relative to the stationary pavement and that is about as fast as you
can get around in a city by car, even without traffic jams. Of course these
moving roadways do not need to be at the surface; they probably will be
underground so that rain will not inconvenience passenger and snow will not
clog the mechanism. And they can be used, in off hours, for the delivery of merchandize
as easily as for passenger transportation.
In
short, the most important means for the movement of people and large quantities
of merchandize in a future city is apt to remain the subway, but not the subway
consisting of separate cars and separate trains. Close range commuting, say up
to fifteen miles, will be mainly by trains of some sort, trains that run
underground where there are no crossings and no traffic lights and where the
probability of accidents is close to zero.
Trips
to intermediate length, say above 50 and below 250 miles,
are the most difficult phase to foresee. This is the range where the airplane
is not practical because it needs airports that necessarily must be some
distance from the center of a city. One possibility here is a really large
two-rotor helicopter capable of carrying up to 100 passengers. Although its
ground speed may not be faster than two miles a minute it will be able to beat
even eight mile a minute airplanes because it can land and take off from
terminals that can be much closer to the business center than normal airports.
Helicopters would also be less hampered by bad weather, but such
"heli-buses" would not solve the problem completely.
For
such medium range trips something known but little used may come to the fore.
Its prototype has been in action since 1900 between the two cities of Elberfeld
and Barmen in West Germany. The two cities have grown together in the meantime
and now bear the name of Wuppertal but the prototype is still in action. It is
a true monorail with cars that do not run on
a single rail like the monorails at various Fairs. The Wuppertal cars hang from a single rail that has a width of less than three inches. The rail
is supported by girders that look like inverted Vs. Originally this suspension
monorail was conceived by an engineer from Cologne because transportation for
passengers was needed in an area where there was literally no room left on the
ground. Even the river connecting the two cities was congested by heavy barge
traffic. But there was room above the
river, the Wupper, to give it its name. By placing the invated V's on the river
banks an avenue of transportation was created which did not take space away
from anything else.
The
Wuppertal monorail is not fast because the stations are closely spaced and all
of them are needed. And since it cannot, be fast the cars are propelled by
electric motors that drive the wheels in the "bogies," the two-wheel
housing which is the only part of the cars that is above the rail.
A
monorail for longer distances would look and work differently. Of course the
cars would be streamlined, in fact they would be bullet shaped. And the wheels in the bogies would.just.be supporting wheels that
spin freely: propulsion would be by propeller. Over thirty years ago a
Scottish engineer built just such a monorail in Glasgow. He was right, but?Mead of his time by too large a margin and his test
structure was finally broken up for scrap. In his scheme propulsion was by
propeller but the braking was up to the wheels in the bogies and critics
pointed out (correctly) that this would be dangerous at high speeds, the wheel
brakes would not act fast enough. The invention of the
reversible propeller.
The
advantage of a suspended monorail train with propeller drive is not just speed,
though the speed may go up to 250 miles per hour on sufficiently long runs.
There are many other advantages too. The supports of such a monorail do not
take up much space on the ground and there can be a highway, a river or an
ordinary railroad track for freight trains below them. More important, the cost
of such a structure is far less than that ^fe^^Tailroad track where grading is needed, where hills
have to be cut through and depressions have to be filled in. The monorail track overcomes all these difficulties by
simply adjusting the length of the supporting girders. Moreover rain cannot
form puddles on the single three-inch wide rail, snow cannot accumulate and
even in the densest fog no other vehicle can possibly get in the way.
Travel beyond distances of 500 miles will stay air travel, even two fine airports 500 miles apart
and the most expensive passenger jets add up to less investment that a 500-mile
monorail.
Will the jets of 1977 be
supersonic?
Sticking
out my neck by less than six inches my answer is: only over the ocean. The
trouble with a supersonic jet is that the "sonic boom" travels with
it. Many people still bebeve that the sonic boom is a momentary phenomenon that
takes place at the moment the plane "breaks through the sound
barrier." The term itself is wrong, passing the speed of sound is done by
military aircraft all over the planet many times every day and the pilot has to
look at his instruments to find out whether he is travelling faster than sound
or not. But when he does travel faster than sound the so-called Mach cone comes
into being, it is an invisible cone trailing the aircraft and that trailing
cone contains all the sound the aircraft makes. The pilot is unaware of it, but
the people on the ground cannot help but be aware of it. Since all the sound
produced is contained in the Mach cone that sound is exceptionally loud and
powerful enough to break not only windows but flimsy walls. The formation of
the Mach cone cannot be avoided and it will trail a supersonic airliner all the
way from New York to Los Angeles. It will annoy everybody between these two
points, though New Yorkers and Angelenos will not hear it, for the aircraft
takes off much more slowly than the speed of sound and it is also slow when it
comes in for a landing.
Supersonic
transports probably will be restricted to ocean flights where the trailing Mach
cone could be a very minor nuisance.
I
said a short while ago that the formation of the Mach cone behind supersonic
vehicles cannot be avoided. That sentence should be amended to read if the vehicle stays inside the atmosphere. But one does not have to stay inside the atmosphere, a passenger-carrying rocket would fly half an
orbit, or a quarter orbit around the earth, outside the atmosphere where Mach cones
do not exist. A passenger-carrying rocket would be a winged rocket with swept
back or delta wings but it would still take off nearly vertically. Of course
the take-off is noisy but the rocket port could be 30 jmiles from the center of a city, with a nice monorail connection. By
the time a large rocket reached the speed where the Mach cone would form it is
usually in atmospheric layers that are so attentuated that Mach cones don't
happen anymore. And the Mach cone forming at re-entry is so high up that it
probably would not reach the ground. Moreover it would be of short duration.
For all these reasons, passenger-carrying rockets are a distinct possibility a
decade or more in the future. There is hardly any doubt about technical
feasibility and their practicability also seems more or less assured. Whether
the passenger-carrying rocket can pass the third hurdle between design arid;
introduction, namely whether it can show a profit, is 'something that cannot be foreseen now.
Will there be pasjsenger
space travel in 1977?
The
answer is a qualified yes, since by that time space travel will still be
restricted to astronauts and qualified passengers,
that is scientists and technicians with a reason for going through space. Astronomers and physicists en route to the base on the moon yes,
sightseers no. (Or not yet.) The same applies
to trips to orbiting manned space stations.
Well,
that is what can be foreseen for 1977. That the world will be
"better" from the point of view of material advances seems obvious.
Whether it will also be a better world for people to live in peace and
prosperity is something we cannot predict,—only hope!
"Fredric Brlftm- needs little introduction to either the
science fiction reader or the mystery reader. His THE SCREAMING MIMI, a
best selling mystery novel, appeared in movie form a few years back, several of
his stories have appeared on television, and almost everything he has written
has been printed throughout the world.
His
fame as a writer of short-shorts
(between 300-1000 words), has almost out-famed his reputation as a novelist, and has spread through the science
fiction, mystery and men's magazine fields like an atomic fire.
Now
we "know" that all the stories in this collection are
"impossible." And here is Fredric Brown's story which demonstrates
that they really are . . .
PREPOSTEROUS
by Fredrie Brown
Mr. WeatheMax buttered his toast carefully.
His voice was firm. "My dear," he said, "I want it definitely understood
that there shall be no more such trashy reading around this apartment."
"Yes, Jason. I did,
not know—"
"Of
course you didn't. But it is your responsibility to
know what our son reads."
"I
shall watch more closely, Jason. I did not see the magazine when he brought it
in. I did not know it was here."
"Nor
would I have known had I not, after I came in last night, accidentally happened
to displace one of the pillows on the sofa. The periodical was hidden under it,
and of course I glanced through it."
The
points of Mr. Weatherwax's mustache quivered with indignation. "Such utterly ridiculous concepts, such impossibly wild ideas.
Astounding
Stories, indeed!"
He took^*Srp of his coffee
to calm himself.
"Such
inane and utterly preposterous tripe," he said. "Travel to other
galaxies by means of space warps, whatever they are. Time
machines, teleportation and telekinesis. Balderdash,
sheer balderdash."
"My
dear Jason," said his wife, this time with just the faintest touch of
asperity, "I assure you I shall watch Gerald's reading closely hereafter.
I fully agree with you."
"Thank you, my dear," Mr.
Weatherwax said, more
kindly. "The minds of the young should not be
poisoned by such wild imaginings."
He
glanced at his watch and rose hastily, kissed his wife and left.
Outside
the apartment door he stepped into the anti-gravity shaft and floated gently
down two hundred-odd floors to street level where he was lucky enough to catch
an atomcab immediately; "Moonport," he snapped to the robot driver,
and then sat back and closed his eyes to catch the telepathecast. He'd hoped to
catch a bulletin on the Fourth Martian War but it was only another routine report
from Immortahty Center, so he quirtled.
Other
books for your reading pleasure are:
Club
Tycoon Sends Man To Moon by Felix Mendelsohn, Jr.
This time the author brings you a book so
funny and so serious that you might die laughing.
CLUB
TYCOON—$1 million entry fee! A tieless billionaire, a "ticker-tapeworm,"
a senator with a built-in stump, the world's greatest lecher and a homicidal
steward ... These are the men who beat the United States and the Soviet Union in
the race to the moon. A wonderfully gay spoof of the mighty... with a fascinating space age
story-line.
Also recommended I*: , *
Planets for Sale
by k. E. Van Vogt
014
Other
books recommended tor your reading enjoyment are:
THE
BENCH IS WARPED by Alvin Gershenson..................................... 95$
SECRETS
OF HANDICAPPING oy Bob Hebert...................................... 95$
IT
PAYS TO STEAL by Maury Wills........................................................ 75$
KENNEDY
AND BIG BUSINESS by Aiv.n Gershenson............................ 95$
CHICAGO,
CITY OF SIN by John J. NLPhaul.......................................... 75$
THE
STORY OF SYNANON by Daniel Casriel, M.D................................. 75$
THE
DOTMAKERS by Frank Beaman................................................... 60$
WHODUNIT?
HOLLYWOOD STYLE by Charles Nuetzel.......................... 75$
OVER
MY DEAD BODY by Ftanklin Maytair.......................................... 50$
THE
MARK OF PAK SAN Rl by William Stroup....................................... 50$
SOMEONE
YOU MAY KNOW by William Konraad................................. 75$
TELEPHONE A-GO-GO, HOLLYWOOD WEST by Woodrow
Olivetti. .75$
PLANETS
FOR SALE by A. E. Van Vogt................................................. 50$
CLUB TYCOON SENDS MAN TO MOON by Felix
Mendelsohn, Jr. .. 75$
BARNEY
CROME by Felix Mendelsohn, Jr.......................................... 75$
KING
TARICK by Sadik Adlai............................................................... 75$
These books may be purchased at your local
bookstore or newsdealer. If they are not available, copies may be purchased by
writing to:
Book Company of America 9171 Wilshire Blvd. Beverly Hills, California
Here is a series of Science Fiction stories
by some of the top masters of the field, all taking a sober, close look at our
world of today and asking what will happen "if this goes on?"
There is the machine which predicts all
crime, and then suddenly predicts its own murder.
There are the humanity killers who would take
over the world.
There is the world of no television and radio, a world where man finds
himself thrown into a madhouse.
There is the intersteller flight which
returns after many generations to find a world which has refected science in
favor of art.
There is YOUR LIFE IN 1977, a close, realistic
look into the near future, by Willy Ley.
IF
YOU WANT TO KNOW WHAT THE FUTURE HOLDS FOR YOU, IF YOU HAVE EVER ASKED,
"WHERE IS THE WORLD GOING?" THIS BOOK HOLDS SOME OF THE ANSWERS, SOME
OF THE POSSIBLE RESULTS OF MODERN DAY TRENDS WHICH COULD LEAD US TO UTOPIA OR
HELL.